L101 - Loading Arm Manual

Vendor / Subcontractor
Document Check Sheet TS Wm Gas Engineering
05566
Cryogenic Ethylene Storage Tank
Equipment / Tag Number L101

Vendor / Subcontractor Name SVT GmbH
Purchase Order / Subcontract Number AU5566-39/01 .PO01102819
TGE Codification
TGE Document Title Installation, Operation and Maintenance
Manual (IOM)
Document Number 05566/SV35/MAL/3901/0002
Revision 3
VENDOR Codification:
Vendor Document Title Installation, Operation and Maintenance
anual
Document Number -
Revision 2
Revision Date 03.07.2019
CLIENT Codification:
Client document number -
Revision -
Revision Date -
For TGE use only

1 Reviewed Without Comments t)u 2<?I3
2 Reviewed With Comments
~
3 Reviewed With Request To Resubmit
4 Noted (Not Reviewed By TGE)

Check Resubmit
Meaning Checked By Date
Code By Date
Review by TGE does not relieve the vendor from his responsibility for fulfilling his contractual obligations.
Installation, Operation and
Maintenance Manual
Customer TGE Gas Engineering
Order number AU5566-39/01.PO01102819
Tag No. L 101
Manufacturer SVT GmbH

Eisenwerkstrasse 21-27
58332 Schwelm, Germany
Tel. +49-2336-443-0
Fax +49-2336-443-100
SVT works order number 926/71793
Product Liquid Etylene
Year of manufacturing 2019
Design changes reserved.

© SVT all rights reserved 2016-04
Preserve for future application!
Rev. 2

0000_71793_Cover-and-Index_Rev.1.indd
Index
Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual

1. General
1.1 Safety Data Sheets of the Recommended Lubricants
1.1.1 Hydraulic Oil AWS 22 (HLP 22)
1.1.2 Dow Corning Molykote 1292 Long Life Bearing Grease
1.1.3 Ball bearing greace Aralub HLP 2
1.1.4 Dow Corning Molykote 1000 PASTE
2. Safety Instructions
Safety Instructions
Safety Instructions for Commissioning, Inspection and
Maintenance Work at the Loading Equipment
Qualification and Training of Personnel
Arbitrary modification and use of unauthorized spare parts or accessories
Unauthorized Operating Methods
The Safety Instructions Are Marked in this Manual as Follows

Responsible Working
Improvements
3. Description of Equipment
List of Components to be Erected / Installed
Design Data
Intended Use
Disposal of Equipment
Description of the Workspace
4. Installation Manual
Transportation and Erection Plan (614064)
General Information
Transportation Safety Devices
Marine Loading Arm Balance Adjustment

1. Parallel Adjustment of Outboard Arm & Counterweight Beam
2. Inboard Arm Balancing
3. Outboard Arm Balancing
Long Term Storage Requirements and Recommendations

1. General Notes
2. Stored MLA not Erected
2.1 Environment and Storage
2
Index
2.2. Marine Loading Arm Assembly

2.3. Triple Swivel Assembly with ERC System
2.4. Counter Weights
3. Stored MLA fully Erected
4. Hydraulic and Electrical Equipment
5. Loose Items and Spare Parts
5. Commissioning
MLA Start Up Check
Correct Positioning of the Vessel
Position of Liquid Connection Flange on the Vessel
Check Design of Connection Flanges on the Vessel
Check Wind Velocity
6. Operating Manual
Nitrogen (N2) Quality for Swivel Joint Purging
N2 Purging of Swivel Joints
Cool Down Procedure for Ethylene Marine Loading Arms
Normal Operation Procedure

Connection to the Vessel
Disconnection from the Vessel
Special Features
ERC Ball Valve
Opening of the Upper ERC Ball Valve
Closing of the Upper ERC Ball Valve
Emergency Shutdown Procedure, Alarm Conditions

Freewheel alarm
Pre-Alarm
Warning Area / Shutdown (PSD1)
Release Area / Emergency Release (PSD2)
Reassembling of the ERC/MLA after Emergency Release
Mechanical Interlocking Device, MLA Type Arctic
Manual Jacking System
Hydraulic Cylinder Operation
7. Components Descriptions
7.1 Manual Release Safety Device (MRSD)
7.2 Cryogenic Emergency Release Coupling (ERC) 6” (457856)
3
Index
7.3 ERC Ball Valves 6” (453884)

7.6 Ball Valve 1” (456752)
7.7 Ball Valve 2” (456739)
7.8 Ladder and Fall Protection System
7.9 Installation and Maintenance of Hydraulic Systems
Manual Release Safety Device (MRSD)

General
Main Parts
MRSD Function
Maintenance

General
Main Parts
ERC Function
Stand-by Mode
Disconnection
Re-assembly
Mounting a new Disconnection Flange Seal
Disassembly of the old disconnection flange seal
Assembly of a new disconnection flange seal
Maintenance
Special Tools (tool kit, part of ERC)
Spare Parts
7.4 Cryogenic Emergency Release Coupling (ERC)
3” (457858)
General
Main Parts
ERC Function
Stand-by Mode
Disconnection
Re-assembly
Disassembly of the old Disconnection Flange Seal
Assembly of a new Disconnection Flange Seal
4
Index
Maintenance
Special Tools (Toolkit, Part of ERC)
Spare Parts
7.5 Ball Valves 3” (357945)
7.6 Ball Valve 1” (456752)
7.7 Ball Valve 2” (456739)

General
Information Signs
User Manual for the Fall Arrest System (Twin stop)
Installation and User’s Manual Ladder
Inspection Sheet for Ladders
Installation Instruction Endstop
Installation and User’s Manual for Joint Connectors

1. General Points
2. Transport
3. Use
4. Commissioning
5. Inspection and Maintenance
6. Recommended Maintenance- and Inspection Intervals
7. Tracing Malfunctions
8. Special Points for Operation in Hazardous Locations
9. Shutdown, Dismantling and Disposal
8. Maintenance Manual
Periodic Maintenance Check List
Marine Loading Arm, Model Arctic - Hydraulically operated
Maintenance of the Hydraulic Control System
Hydraulic Drives
Hydraulic Hoses
Ventilation of the Hydraulic System
Ventilation of the ERC-Cylinder
Ventilation of the ERC-Ball Valve Cylinder (Product Line)
Typical Procedure for Tensioning Pantograph Wire Ropes on Marine Loading
Arms (MLAs) by SVT

Re-tightening of the Pantograph Wire Ropes
General
5
Index
Required Tools, Manpower and Equipment

Preparation
Evaluate Wire Rope Slack as per the following Sketch

Procedure
Potential Problems and Difficulties
Potential Risks and Hazards
Re-tightening the Wire Ropes of the Drive System

General
Re-tightening
Swivel Joint Type 30-244L/ 6” - 10”/ Cryogenic

Cross-sectional Drawing
Function Test of Swivel Joint Purging System
Bolt Tightening Torques
Assembly/Re-assembly - Swivel Joint Type 30-244L
Changing of the PTFE Sealing Tape (item 60)
Change of Balls (Ball Races)
Swivel Joint Cryogenic Type 30-244L / 3”

Data Sheet
Balls (Ball Races)
Assembly/re-assembly - Swivel Joint Type 30-244L
Handling of Seals and Sealing Surfaces

General
Seals
Sealing Surfaces
Seal Change at the Apex
Seal Change at the Trunnion
Structural Ball Bearings

General
Lubrication
Seal
Tolerance
Routine Maintenance
Checking of Bolt Connections
Counterweight Bearing (Position A)
6
Index
Trunnion Bearings (Position B)

Apex Bearing (Position C)
Re-lubrication
Lubricants
Insulating Flange, Swivel Joint Type, Cryogenic Type, 6”
(Stray Current Protector)

Resistance Values
Dismantling and Re-assembly
Re-assembly
Routine Maintenance
Insulating Flange, Flange Type, 3”
Cryogenic Type (Stray Current Protector)

Resistance Values
Re-assembly
Routine Maintenance
Repair Instructions Painting
9. Drawings, Parts Lists, Information

9.1 Operating Envelope (555739)
9.2 Marine Loading Arm Arctic (613363)
9.3 Base Plate Loads (555740)
9.4 Coating System (C4 71793)
10. Spare Parts Lists

11. Documents Control System
11.01 Scheme of Electrical Equipment (71793/1100/01)
11.02 Hydraulic Circuit Diagram (71793/1100/02)
11.03 Wiring diagram electric control (71793/1100/14)
11.04 Terminal diagram (71793/1100/15)
11.05 Logic diagram (71793/1100/16)
11.06 Arrangement plan hydraulic electric cabinet (71793/1100/10)
11.07 Arrangement plan Ex control (71793/1100/06)
11.08 Arrangement plan local control panel (71793/1100/07)
11.09 Arrangement plan components at loading arm (71793/1100/11)
11.10 Functional description control system (71793/1100/13)
11.11 Serial interface list/Modbus list (71793/1100/17)
11.12 Cable List (71793/1100/18)
12. Appendix
12.01 Technical specification with vendor specific data
7
Index
12.02 Anchor template

12.03 Anchor bolts
12.04 Pressure drop calculation
12.05 List of Special Tools
12.06 List of Lubricants
8
1. General
1.1 Safety Data Sheets of the Recommended Lubricants 2
1.1.1 Hydraulic Oil AWS 22 (HLP 22) 2

1.1.2 Dow Corning Molykote 1292 Long Life Bearing Grease11
1.1.3 Ball bearing greace Aralub HLP 2 21
1.1.4 Dow Corning Molykote 1000 PASTE 30
0100_71793_general_ansi.indd
General
1.1 Safety Data Sheets of the Recommended Lubricants

1.1.1 Hydraulic Oil AWS 22 (HLP 22)
SAFETY DATA SHEET
Section 1. Identification
Product name Hyspin AWS 22
SDS # 456614
Historic SDS #: 12059
Code 456614-US03
Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against
Product use Hydraulic fluid.
For specific application advice see appropriate Technical Data Sheet or consult our
company representative.
Supplier Castrol Industrial North America, Inc.

150 W. Warrenville Road
Naperville, IL 60563
Product Information: +1-877-641-1600
BP Lubricants USA Inc.

1500 Valley Road
Wayne, NJ 07470
Telephone: (973) 633-2200
EMERGENCY SPILL 1 (800) 424-9300 CHEMTREC (USA)
INFORMATION:
Section 2. Hazards identification

OSHA/HCS status This material is not considered hazardous by the OSHA Hazard Communication
Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).
Classification of the Not classified.
substance or mixture
GHS label elements

Signal word No signal word.
Hazard statements No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Precautionary statements
Prevention Not applicable.
Response Not applicable.
Storage Not applicable.
Disposal Not applicable.
Hazards not otherwise Defatting to the skin.
classified Note: High Pressure Applications
Injections through the skin resulting from contact with the product at high pressure
constitute a major medical emergency.
See 'Notes to physician' under First-Aid Measures, Section 4 of this Safety Data Sheet.
Product name Hyspin AWS 22 Product code 456614-US03 Page: 1/9

Version 4 Date of issue 09/01/2017. Format US Language ENGLISH
(US) (ENGLISH)
0100_71793_general_ansi.indd 2
General
Section 3. Composition/information on ingredients

Substance/mixture Mixture
Highly refined base oil (IP 346 DMSO extract < 3%). Proprietary performance additives.
Ingredient name CAS number %

Distillates (petroleum), hydrotreated heavy paraffinic 64742-54-7 ≥90
Base oil - highly refined Varies - See Key to ≤3
abbreviations
Any concentration shown as a range is to protect confidentiality or is due to batch variation.
There are no additional ingredients present which, within the current knowledge of the supplier and in the
concentrations applicable, are classified as hazardous to health and hence require reporting in this section.
Occupational exposure limits, if available, are listed in Section 8.
Section 4. First aid measures

Description of necessary first aid measures
Eye contact In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes.
Eyelids should be held away from the eyeball to ensure thorough rinsing. Check for and
remove any contact lenses. Get medical attention.
Skin contact Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water or use recognized skin cleanser. Remove
contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash clothing before reuse. Clean shoes thoroughly
before reuse. Get medical attention if symptoms occur.
Inhalation If inhaled, remove to fresh air. Get medical attention if symptoms occur.
Ingestion Do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Get medical
attention if symptoms occur.
Protection of first-aiders No action shall be taken involving any personal risk or without suitable training.
Most important symptoms/effects, acute and delayed

See Section 11 for more detailed information on health effects and symptoms.
Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed, if necessary

Notes to physician Treatment should in general be symptomatic and directed to relieving any effects.
Note: High Pressure Applications

constitute a major medical emergency. Injuries may not appear serious at first but within
a few hours tissue becomes swollen, discolored and extremely painful with extensive
subcutaneous necrosis.
Surgical exploration should be undertaken without delay. Thorough and extensive
debridement of the wound and underlying tissue is necessary to minimize tissue loss and
prevent or limit permanent damage. Note that high pressure may force the product
considerable distances along tissue planes.
Specific treatments No specific treatment.
Section 5. Fire-fighting measures

Extinguishing media
Suitable extinguishing In case of fire, use foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide extinguisher or spray.
media
Unsuitable extinguishing Do not use water jet.
media
Specific hazards arising In a fire or if heated, a pressure increase will occur and the container may burst.
from the chemical
Hazardous combustion Combustion products may include the following:
products carbon oxides (CO, CO2) (carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide)

(US) (ENGLISH)
General

Special protective actions Promptly isolate the scene by removing all persons from the vicinity of the incident if
for fire-fighters there is a fire. No action shall be taken involving any personal risk or without suitable
training.
Special protective Fire-fighters should wear positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)
equipment for fire-fighters and full turnout gear.
Section 6. Accidental release measures

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
For non-emergency No action shall be taken involving any personal risk or without suitable training.
personnel Evacuate surrounding areas. Keep unnecessary and unprotected personnel from
entering. Do not touch or walk through spilled material. Put on appropriate personal
protective equipment. Floors may be slippery; use care to avoid falling.
For emergency responders If specialized clothing is required to deal with the spillage, take note of any information in
Section 8 on suitable and unsuitable materials. See also the information in "For non-
emergency personnel".
Environmental precautions Avoid dispersal of spilled material and runoff and contact with soil, waterways, drains
and sewers. Inform the relevant authorities if the product has caused environmental
pollution (sewers, waterways, soil or air).
Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up

Small spill Stop leak if without risk. Move containers from spill area. Absorb with an inert material
and place in an appropriate waste disposal container. Dispose of via a licensed waste
disposal contractor.
Large spill Stop leak if without risk. Move containers from spill area. Prevent entry into sewers,
water courses, basements or confined areas. Contain and collect spillage with non-
combustible, absorbent material e.g. sand, earth, vermiculite or diatomaceous earth and
place in container for disposal according to local regulations. Dispose of via a licensed
waste disposal contractor.
Section 7. Handling and storage

Precautions for safe handling
Protective measures Put on appropriate personal protective equipment (see Section 8).
Advice on general Eating, drinking and smoking should be prohibited in areas where this material is
occupational hygiene handled, stored and processed. Wash thoroughly after handling. Remove contaminated
clothing and protective equipment before entering eating areas. See also Section 8 for
additional information on hygiene measures.
Conditions for safe storage, Store in accordance with local regulations. Store in original container protected from
including any direct sunlight in a dry, cool and well-ventilated area, away from incompatible materials
incompatibilities (see Section 10) and food and drink. Keep container tightly closed and sealed until
ready for use. Store and use only in equipment/containers designed for use with this
product. Containers that have been opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright
to prevent leakage. Do not store in unlabeled containers. Use appropriate containment
to avoid environmental contamination.
Section 8. Exposure controls/personal protection

Control parameters
Occupational exposure limits
Distillates (petroleum), hydrotreated heavy paraffinic ACGIH TLV (United States).
TWA: 5 mg/m³ 8 hours. Issued/Revised:
11/2009 Form: Inhalable fraction
OSHA PEL (United States).
6/1993
Base oil - highly refined ACGIH TLV (United States).

(US) (ENGLISH)
General

6/1993
Appropriate engineering All activities involving chemicals should be assessed for their risks to health, to ensure
controls exposures are adequately controlled. Personal protective equipment should only be
considered after other forms of control measures (e.g. engineering controls) have been
suitably evaluated. Personal protective equipment should conform to appropriate
standards, be suitable for use, be kept in good condition and properly maintained.
Your supplier of personal protective equipment should be consulted for advice on
selection and appropriate standards. For further information contact your national
organisation for standards.
Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the relevant airborne
concentrations below their respective occupational exposure limits.
The final choice of protective equipment will depend upon a risk assessment. It is
important to ensure that all items of personal protective equipment are compatible.
Environmental exposure Emissions from ventilation or work process equipment should be checked to ensure they
controls comply with the requirements of environmental protection legislation. In some cases,
fume scrubbers, filters or engineering modifications to the process equipment will be
necessary to reduce emissions to acceptable levels.
Individual protection measures

Hygiene measures Wash hands, forearms and face thoroughly after handling chemical products, before
eating, smoking and using the lavatory and at the end of the working period.
Appropriate techniques should be used to remove potentially contaminated clothing.
Wash contaminated clothing before reusing. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety
showers are close to the workstation location.
Eye/face protection Safety glasses with side shields.
Skin protection
Hand protection Wear protective gloves if prolonged or repeated contact is likely. Wear chemical
resistant gloves. Recommended: Nitrile gloves. The correct choice of protective gloves
depends upon the chemicals being handled, the conditions of work and use, and the
condition of the gloves (even the best chemically resistant glove will break down after
repeated chemical exposures). Most gloves provide only a short time of protection
before they must be discarded and replaced. Because specific work environments and
material handling practices vary, safety procedures should be developed for each
intended application. Gloves should therefore be chosen in consultation with the supplier/
manufacturer and with a full assessment of the working conditions.
Body protection Use of protective clothing is good industrial practice.
Personal protective equipment for the body should be selected based on the task being
performed and the risks involved and should be approved by a specialist before handling
this product.
Cotton or polyester/cotton overalls will only provide protection against light superficial
contamination that will not soak through to the skin. Overalls should be laundered on a
regular basis. When the risk of skin exposure is high (e.g. when cleaning up spillages or
if there is a risk of splashing) then chemical resistant aprons and/or impervious chemical
suits and boots will be required.
Other skin protection Appropriate footwear and any additional skin protection measures should be selected
based on the task being performed and the risks involved and should be approved by a
specialist before handling this product.
Respiratory protection In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment.
The correct choice of respiratory protection depends upon the chemicals being handled,
the conditions of work and use, and the condition of the respiratory equipment. Safety
procedures should be developed for each intended application. Respiratory protection
equipment should therefore be chosen in consultation with the supplier/manufacturer
and with a full assessment of the working conditions.

(US) (ENGLISH)
General
Section 9. Physical and chemical properties

Appearance
Physical state Liquid.
Color Amber.
Odor Mild.
Odor threshold Not available.
pH Not available.
Melting point Not available.
Boiling point Not available.
Flash point Open cup: 205°C (401°F) [Cleveland.]
Pour point -27 °C
Evaporation rate Not available.
Flammability (solid, gas) Not applicable. Based on - Physical state
Lower and upper explosive Not available.
(flammable) limits
Vapor pressure Not available.
Vapor density Not available.
Density <1000 kg/m³ (<1 g/cm³) at 15.6°C
Solubility insoluble in water.
Partition coefficient: n- Not available.
octanol/water
Auto-ignition temperature Not available.
Decomposition temperature Not available.
Viscosity Kinematic: 22 mm 2/s (22 cSt) at 40°C
Kinematic: 4.25 mm 2/s (4.25 cSt) at 100°C
Aerosol product
Section 10. Stability and reactivity

Reactivity No specific test data available for this product. Refer to Conditions to avoid and
Incompatible materials for additional information.
Chemical stability The product is stable.
Possibility of hazardous Under normal conditions of storage and use, hazardous reactions will not occur.
reactions Under normal conditions of storage and use, hazardous polymerization will not occur.
Conditions to avoid Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame).
Incompatible materials Reactive or incompatible with the following materials: oxidizing materials.
Hazardous decomposition Under normal conditions of storage and use, hazardous decomposition products should
products not be produced.
Section 11. Toxicological information

Information on toxicological effects
Aspiration hazard
Name Result
Distillates (petroleum), hydrotreated heavy paraffinic ASPIRATION HAZARD - Category 1
Information on the likely Routes of entry anticipated: Dermal, Inhalation.

routes of exposure

(US) (ENGLISH)
General

Potential acute health effects
Eye contact No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Skin contact No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Inhalation Vapor inhalation under ambient conditions is not normally a problem due to low vapor
pressure.
Ingestion No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Symptoms related to the physical, chemical and toxicological characteristics

Eye contact No specific data.
Skin contact Adverse symptoms may include the following:
irritation
dryness
cracking
Inhalation No specific data.
Ingestion No specific data.
Delayed and immediate effects and also chronic effects from short and long term exposure
Short term exposure
Potential immediate Not available.
effects
Potential delayed effects Not available.
Long term exposure
effects
Potential chronic health effects
General No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Carcinogenicity No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Mutagenicity No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Teratogenicity No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Developmental effects No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Fertility effects No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Numerical measures of toxicity

Acute toxicity estimates
Not available.
Section 12. Ecological information

Toxicity
No testing has been performed by the manufacturer.
Persistence and degradability

Not expected to be rapidly degradable.
Bioaccumulative potential
This product is not expected to bioaccumulate through food chains in the environment.
Mobility in soil

(US) (ENGLISH)
General

Soil/water partition Not available.
coefficient (KOC)
Mobility Spillages may penetrate the soil causing ground water contamination.
Other adverse effects No known significant effects or critical hazards.

Other ecological information Spills may form a film on water surfaces causing physical damage to organisms. Oxygen
transfer could also be impaired.
Section 13. Disposal considerations

Disposal methods The generation of waste should be avoided or minimized wherever possible. Significant
quantities of waste product residues should not be disposed of via the foul sewer but
processed in a suitable effluent treatment plant. Dispose of surplus and non-recyclable
products via a licensed waste disposal contractor. Disposal of this product, solutions
and any by-products should at all times comply with the requirements of environmental
protection and waste disposal legislation and any regional local authority requirements.
Waste packaging should be recycled. Incineration or landfill should only be considered
when recycling is not feasible. This material and its container must be disposed of in a
safe way. Empty containers or liners may retain some product residues. Avoid dispersal
of spilled material and runoff and contact with soil, waterways, drains and sewers.
Section 14. Transport information

DOT Classification TDG Classification IMDG IATA
UN number Not regulated. Not regulated. Not regulated. Not regulated.
UN proper - - - -
shipping name
Transport - - - -
hazard class(es)
Packing group - - - -
Environmental No. No. No. No.
hazards
Additional - - - -
information
Special precautions for user Not available.
Transport in bulk according Not available.

to Annex II of MARPOL and
the IBC Code
Section 15. Regulatory information

U.S. Federal regulations
United States inventory All components are listed or exempted.
(TSCA 8b)
SARA 302/304
Composition/information on ingredients
No products were found.
SARA 311/312
Classification Not applicable.

(US) (ENGLISH)
General

SARA 313
Form R - Reporting This product does not contain any hazardous ingredients at or above regulated
requirements thresholds.
Supplier notification This product does not contain any hazardous ingredients at or above regulated
thresholds.
State regulations
Massachusetts The following components are listed: OIL MIST, MINERAL; OIL MIST, MINERAL
New Jersey The following components are listed: MINERAL OIL (UNTREATED and MILDLY
TREATED); MINERAL OIL (UNTREATED and MILDLY TREATED)
Pennsylvania None of the components are listed.
California Prop. 65
Ingredient name Cancer Reproductive
Toluene No. Yes.
Ethyl acrylate Yes. No.
Benzene Yes. Yes.
Other regulations
Australia inventory (AICS) All components are listed or exempted.
Canada inventory All components are listed or exempted.
China inventory (IECSC) All components are listed or exempted.
Japan inventory (ENCS) All components are listed or exempted.
Korea inventory (KECI) All components are listed or exempted.
Philippines inventory All components are listed or exempted.
(PICCS)
Taiwan Chemical All components are listed or exempted.
Substances Inventory
(TCSI)
REACH Status For the REACH status of this product please consult your company contact, as
identified in Section 1.
Section 16. Other information

National Fire Protection Association (U.S.A.)
1 Flammability
Health 1 0 Instability/Reactivity
Special
History
Date of issue/Date of 09/01/2017.
revision
Date of previous issue 03/03/2017.
Prepared by Product Stewardship
Key to abbreviations ACGIH = American Conference of Industrial Hygienists
ATE = Acute Toxicity Estimate
BCF = Bioconcentration Factor
CAS Number = Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number
GHS = Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals
IATA = International Air Transport Association
IBC = Intermediate Bulk Container
IMDG = International Maritime Dangerous Goods
LogPow = logarithm of the octanol/water partition coefficient
MARPOL = International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution From Ships, 1973 as
modified by the Protocol of 1978. ("Marpol" = marine pollution)
OEL = Occupational Exposure Limit
SDS = Safety Data Sheet

(US) (ENGLISH)
General

STEL = Short term exposure limit
TWA = Time weighted average
UN = United Nations
UN Number = United Nations Number, a four digit number assigned by the United
Nations Committee of Experts on the Transport of Dangerous Goods.
Varies = may contain one or more of the following 101316-69-2, 101316-70-5,
101316-71-6, 101316-72-7, 64741-88-4, 64741-89-5, 64741-95-3, 64741-96-4,
64741-97-5, 64742-01-4, 64742-44-5, 64742-45-6, 64742-52-5, 64742-53-6, 64742-54-7,
64742-55-8, 64742-56-9, 64742-57-0, 64742-58-1, 64742-62-7, 64742-63-8, 64742-64-9,
64742-65-0, 64742-70-7, 72623-85-9, 72623-86-0, 72623-87-1, 74869-22-0, 90669-74-2
Indicates information that has changed from previously issued version.
Notice to reader
All reasonably practicable steps have been taken to ensure this data sheet and the health, safety and environmental
information contained in it is accurate as of the date specified below. No warranty or representation, express or implied is
made as to the accuracy or completeness of the data and information in this data sheet.
The data and advice given apply when the product is sold for the stated application or applications. You should not use the
product other than for the stated application or applications without seeking advice from BP Group.
It is the user’s obligation to evaluate and use this product safely and to comply with all applicable laws and regulations. The
BP Group shall not be responsible for any damage or injury resulting from use, other than the stated product use of the
material, from any failure to adhere to recommendations, or from any hazards inherent in the nature of the material.
Purchasers of the product for supply to a third party for use at work, have a duty to take all necessary steps to ensure that
any person handling or using the product is provided with the information in this sheet. Employers have a duty to tell
employees and others who may be affected of any hazards described in this sheet and of any precautions that should be
taken. You can contact the BP Group to ensure that this document is the most current available. Alteration of this
document is strictly prohibited.

(US) (ENGLISH)
General
1.1.2 Dow Corning Molykote 1292 Long Life Bearing Grease
SAFETY DATA SHEET

according to Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006
MOLYKOTE(R) 1292 LONG LIFE BEARING GREASE

Version Revision Date: MSDS Number: Date of last issue: -
1.0 29.08.2014 527279-00001 Date of first issue: 29.08.2014
SECTION 1: Identification of the substance/mixture and of the company/undertaking
1.1 Product identifier

Trade name : MOLYKOTE(R) 1292 LONG LIFE BEARING GREASE
Product code : 000000000001908260
1.2 Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against
Use of the Sub- : Lubricants and lubricant additives
stance/Mixture
1.3 Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet

Company : Dow Corning Europe S.A.
rue Jules Bordet - Parc Industriel - Zone C
B-7180 Seneffe
Telephone : English Tel: +49 611237507

Deutsch Tel: +49 611237500
Français Tel: +32 64511149
Italiano Tel: +32 64511170
Español Tel: +32 64511163
E-mail address of person : sdseu@dowcorning.com

responsible for the SDS
1.4 Emergency telephone number

Dow Corning (Barry U.K. 24h) Tél: +44 1446732350
Dow Corning (Wiesbaden 24h) Tél: +49 61122158
Dow Corning (Seneffe 24h) Tel: +32 64 888240
SECTION 2: Hazards identification
2.1 Classification of the substance or mixture
Classification (REGULATION (EC) No 1272/2008)

Not a hazardous substance or mixture.
Classification (67/548/EEC, 1999/45/EC)
2.2 Label elements
Labelling (REGULATION (EC) No 1272/2008)

1 / 10
General
SAFETY DATA SHEET


Precautionary statements : Response:

P370 + P261 In case of fire: Avoid breathing fume.
Additional Labelling:
EUH204 Contains isocyanates. May produce an allergic reaction.
2.3 Other hazards
None known.
SECTION 3: Composition/information on ingredients
3.2 Mixtures
Chemical nature : Fluorosilicone grease
Hazardous components
Remarks : No hazardous ingredients
SECTION 4: First aid measures
4.1 Description of first aid measures

Protection of first-aiders : No special precautions are necessary for first aid responders.
If inhaled : If inhaled, remove to fresh air.

Get medical attention if symptoms occur.
In case of skin contact : Wash with water and soap as a precaution.

In case of eye contact : Flush eyes with water as a precaution.

Get medical attention if irritation develops and persists.
If swallowed : If swallowed, DO NOT induce vomiting.

Rinse mouth thoroughly with water.
4.2 Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed
None known.
4.3 Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed
Treatment : Treat symptomatically and supportively.
2 / 10
General
SAFETY DATA SHEET


SECTION 5: Firefighting measures
5.1 Extinguishing media

Suitable extinguishing media : Water spray
Alcohol-resistant foam
Dry chemical
Carbon dioxide (CO2)
Unsuitable extinguishing : None known.

media
5.2 Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture

Specific hazards during fire- : Very toxic vapours are evolved.
fighting Exposure to combustion products may be a hazard to health.
Hazardous combustion prod- : Carbon oxides

ucts Fluorine compounds
Nitrogen oxides (NOx)
Hydrogen cyanide (hydrocyanic acid)
Isocyanates
Silicon oxides
Formaldehyde
5.3 Advice for firefighters

Special protective equipment : Wear self-contained breathing apparatus for firefighting if nec-
for firefighters essary. Use personal protective equipment.
Specific extinguishing meth- : Use extinguishing measures that are appropriate to local cir-
ods cumstances and the surrounding environment.
Cool containers/tanks with water spray.
Remove undamaged containers from fire area if it is safe to do
so.
Evacuate area.
SECTION 6: Accidental release measures
6.1 Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures

Personal precautions : Follow safe handling advice and personal protective equip-
ment recommendations.
6.2 Environmental precautions

Environmental precautions : Discharge into the environment must be avoided.
Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to do so.
3 / 10
General
SAFETY DATA SHEET


Retain and dispose of contaminated wash water.

Local authorities should be advised if significant spillages
cannot be contained.
6.3 Methods and material for containment and cleaning up

Methods for cleaning up : Soak up with inert absorbent material (e.g. sand, silica gel,
acid binder, universal binder, sawdust).
For large spills, provide dyking or other appropriate contain-
ment to keep material from spreading. If dyked material can
be pumped, store recovered material in appropriate container.
Clean up remaining materials from spill with suitable absor-
bent.
Local or national regulations may apply to releases and dis-
posal of this material, as well as those materials and items
employed in the cleanup of releases. You will need to deter-
mine which regulations are applicable.
Sections 13 and 15 of this SDS provide information regarding
certain local or national requirements.
6.4 Reference to other sections

See sections: 7, 8, 11, 12 and 13.
SECTION 7: Handling and storage
7.1 Precautions for safe handling

Technical measures : See Engineering measures under EXPOSURE
CONTROLS/PERSONAL PROTECTION section.
Local/Total ventilation : Use only with adequate ventilation.
Advice on safe handling : Handle in accordance with good industrial hygiene and safety
practice.
Take care to prevent spills, waste and minimize release to the
environment.
Hygiene measures : Ensure that eye flushing systems and safety showers are
located close to the working place. When using do not eat,
drink or smoke. Wash contaminated clothing before re-use.
7.2 Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities

Requirements for storage : Keep in properly labelled containers. Store in accordance with
areas and containers the particular national regulations.
Advice on common storage : Do not store with the following product types:
Strong oxidizing agents
4 / 10
General
SAFETY DATA SHEET


7.3 Specific end use(s)

Specific use(s) : These precautions are for room temperature handling. Use at
elevated temperature or aerosol/spray applications may re-
quire added precautions.
SECTION 8: Exposure controls/personal protection
8.1 Control parameters

Contains no substances with occupational exposure limit values.
8.2 Exposure controls
Engineering measures
Processing may form hazardous compounds (see section 10).
Ensure adequate ventilation, especially in confined areas.
Minimize workplace exposure concentrations.
Personal protective equipment
Eye protection : Wear the following personal protective equipment:
Safety glasses
Hand protection
Remarks : Wash hands before breaks and at the end of workday.
Skin and body protection : Skin should be washed after contact.
Respiratory protection : No personal respiratory protective equipment normally re-

quired.
SECTION 9: Physical and chemical properties
9.1 Information on basic physical and chemical properties

Appearance : Grease
Colour : white
Odour : slight
Odour Threshold : No data available
pH : Not applicable
Melting point/freezing point : No data available
Initial boiling point and boiling : Not applicable

range
5 / 10
General
SAFETY DATA SHEET


Flash point : > 101.1 °C

Method: closed cup
Evaporation rate : Not applicable
Flammability (solid, gas) : Not classified as a flammability hazard
Upper explosion limit : No data available
Lower explosion limit : No data available
Vapour pressure : Not applicable
Relative vapour density : No data available
Relative density : 1.28
Solubility(ies)
Water solubility : No data available
Partition coefficient: n- : No data available

octanol/water
Auto-ignition temperature : No data available
Thermal decomposition : No data available
Viscosity
Viscosity, dynamic : Not applicable
Explosive properties : Not explosive
Oxidizing properties : The substance or mixture is not classified as oxidizing.
9.2 Other information

Molecular weight : No data available
SECTION 10: Stability and reactivity
10.1 Reactivity
Not classified as a reactivity hazard.
10.2 Chemical stability
Stable under normal conditions.
10.3 Possibility of hazardous reactions
6 / 10
General
SAFETY DATA SHEET


Hazardous reactions : Use at elevated temperatures may form highly hazardous

compounds.
Can react with strong oxidizing agents.
Hazardous decomposition products will be formed at elevated
temperatures.
10.4 Conditions to avoid

Conditions to avoid : None known.
10.5 Incompatible materials

Materials to avoid : Oxidizing agents
10.6 Hazardous decomposition products

Thermal decomposition : Formaldehyde
Trifluoropropionaldehyde
Perfluorohydrocarbons
Hydrogen fluoride
SECTION 11: Toxicological information
11.1 Information on toxicological effects

Information on likely routes of : Skin contact
exposure Ingestion
Acute toxicity
Not classified based on available information.
Skin corrosion/irritation
Serious eye damage/eye irritation
Respiratory or skin sensitisation
Skin sensitisation: Not classified based on available information.
Respiratory sensitisation: Not classified based on available information.
Germ cell mutagenicity
Not classified based on available information.
Carcinogenicity
Reproductive toxicity
Not classified based on available information.
7 / 10
General
SAFETY DATA SHEET


STOT - single exposure

STOT - repeated exposure
Aspiration toxicity
SECTION 12: Ecological information
12.1 Toxicity
No data available
12.2 Persistence and degradability
No data available
12.3 Bioaccumulative potential
No data available
12.4 Mobility in soil
No data available
12.5 Results of PBT and vPvB assessment
Not relevant
12.6 Other adverse effects
No data available
SECTION 13: Disposal considerations
13.1 Waste treatment methods

Product : Dispose of in accordance with local regulations.
According to the European Waste Catalogue, Waste Codes
are not product specific, but application specific.
Waste codes should be assigned by the user, preferably in
discussion with the waste disposal authorities.
Contaminated packaging : Dispose of as unused product.

Empty containers should be taken to an approved waste han-
dling site for recycling or disposal.
SECTION 14: Transport information
14.1 UN number
Not regulated as a dangerous good
8 / 10
General
SAFETY DATA SHEET


14.2 UN proper shipping name

14.3 Transport hazard class(es)
14.4 Packing group
14.5 Environmental hazards

14.6 Special precautions for user
Not applicable
14.7 Transport in bulk according to Annex II of MARPOL 73/78 and the IBC Code
Remarks : Not applicable for product as supplied.
SECTION 15: Regulatory information
15.1 Safety, health and environmental regulations/legislation specific for the substance or mixture
Regulation (EC) No 649/2012 of the European Parlia- : Not applicable
ment and the Council concerning the export and import
of dangerous chemicals
REACH - Candidate List of Substances of Very High : Not applicable

Concern for Authorisation (Article 59).
Regulation (EC) No 1005/2009 on substances that de- : Not applicable

plete the ozone layer
Regulation (EC) No 850/2004 on persistent organic pol- : Not applicable

lutants
Seveso II - Directive 2003/105/EC amending Council Directive 96/82/EC on the control of major-
accident hazards involving dangerous substances
Not applicable
The components of this product are reported in the following inventories:

KECI : One or more ingredients are not listed or exempt.
REACH : All ingredients (pre-)registered or exempt.
TSCA : All chemical substances in this material are included on or

exempted from listing on the TSCA Inventory of Chemical
Substances.
AICS : Consult your local Dow Corning office.

9 / 10
General
SAFETY DATA SHEET


IECSC : One or more components of this product may not be listed on

the IECSC inventory, but this component(s) is (are) notified
under Dow Corning entity in China for scientific experimenta-
tion, research, analysis, or product/process development pur-
poses only. Consult your local Dow Corning office.
ENCS/ISHL : Some components are not listed or not identified on

ENCS/ISHL.
PICCS : All ingredients listed or exempt.
DSL : All chemical substances in this product comply with the CEPA
1999 and NSNR and are on or exempt from listing on the Ca-
nadian Domestic Substances List (DSL).
NZIoC : All ingredients listed or exempt.
Inventories
AICS (Australia), DSL (Canada), IECSC (China), REACH (European Union), ENCS (Japan), ISHL
(Japan), KECI (Korea), NZIoC (New Zealand), PICCS (Philippines), TSCA (USA)
15.2 Chemical Safety Assessment

A Chemical Safety Assessment has not been carried out.
SECTION 16: Other information
Further information
Sources of key data used to : Internal technical data, data from raw material SDSs, OECD
compile the Safety Data eChem Portal search results and European Chemicals Agen-
Sheet cy, http://echa.europa.eu/
The information provided in this Safety Data Sheet is correct to the best of our knowledge, infor-
mation and belief at the date of its publication. The information is designed only as a guidance for
safe handling, use, processing, storage, transportation, disposal and release and shall not be
considered a warranty or quality specification of any type. The information provided relates only to
the specific material identified at the top of this SDS and may not be valid when the SDS material
is used in combination with any other materials or in any process, unless specified in the text. Ma-
terial users should review the information and recommendations in the specific context of their in-
tended manner of handling, use, processing and storage, including an assessment of the appro-
priateness of the SDS material in the user’s end product, if applicable.
GB / EN
10 / 10
General
1.1.3 Ball bearing greace Aralub HLP 2
Conforms to Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006 (REACH), Annex II - Germany
SAFETY DATA SHEET

Product name Aral Aralub HLP 2
Product code 456144-DE04
SDS no. 456144
Product type Grease
Use of the substance/ Grease for industrial applications
mixture For specific application advice see appropriate Technical Data Sheet or consult our company
representative.

Supplier BP Europa SE
Geschäftsbereich Industrieschmierstoffe
Erkelenzer Straße 20
D-41179 Mönchengladbach
Germany
Telefon: +49 (0) 2161 909 30

Telefax: +49 (0) 2161 909 400
Aral AG
Geschäftsbereich Schmierstoffe
Überseeallee 1
D-20457 Hamburg
Customer Service Center / Environmental Protection / Product Safety: +49 (0)40 639-52288
E-mail address MSDSadvice@bp.com
1.4 Emergency telephone number

EMERGENCY Carechem:+44 (0) 1235 239 670 (24 hours)
TELEPHONE NUMBER

Product definition Mixture
Classification according to Directive 1999/45/EC [DPD]
The product is not classified as dangerous according to Directive 1999/45/EC and its amendments.
See sections 11 and 12 for more detailed information on health effects and symptoms and environmental hazards.
2.2 Label elements
Risk phrases This product is not classified according to EU legislation.

Safety phrases Not applicable.
Supplemental label Not applicable.
elements
Special packaging requirements
Containers to be fitted Not applicable.
with child-resistant
fastenings
Tactile warning of danger Not applicable.
2.3 Other hazards
Product name Aral Aralub HLP 2 Product code 456144-DE04 Page: 1/9
Version 3.01 Date of issue 11 November 2014 Format Germany Language ENGLISH
(Germany)
General

Other hazards which do Note: High Pressure Applications
not result in classification Injections through the skin resulting from contact with the product at high pressure constitute a
major medical emergency.

Highly refined base oil (IP 346 DMSO extract < 3%). Soap. Proprietary performance additives.
This product does not contain any hazardous ingredients at or above regulated thresholds.

Eye contact In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Eyelids
should be held away from the eyeball to ensure thorough rinsing. Check for and remove any
contact lenses. Get medical attention if irritation occurs.
Skin contact Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water or use recognised skin cleanser. Remove
contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash clothing before reuse. Clean shoes thoroughly before
reuse. Get medical attention if irritation develops.
Inhalation If inhaled, remove to fresh air. Get medical attention if symptoms appear.
Ingestion Do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Get medical attention if
symptoms occur.
4.2 Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed
4.3 Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed
Injections through the skin resulting from contact with the product at high pressure constitute a
major medical emergency. Injuries may not appear serious at first but within a few hours tissue
becomes swollen, discoloured and extremely painful with extensive subcutaneous necrosis.
Surgical exploration should be undertaken without delay. Thorough and extensive debridement
of the wound and underlying tissue is necessary to minimise tissue loss and prevent or limit
permanent damage. Note that high pressure may force the product considerable distances
along tissue planes.

Suitable extinguishing In case of fire, use water fog, alcohol resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide
media extinguisher or spray.
media
5.2 Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture

Hazards from the In a fire or if heated, a pressure increase will occur and the container may burst.

Special precautions for No action shall be taken involving any personal risk or without suitable training. Promptly
fire-fighters isolate the scene by removing all persons from the vicinity of the incident if there is a fire.
Special protective Fire-fighters should wear appropriate protective equipment and self-contained breathing
equipment for fire-fighters apparatus (SCBA) with a full face-piece operated in positive pressure mode. Clothing for fire-
fighters (including helmets, protective boots and gloves) conforming to European standard EN
469 will provide a basic level of protection for chemical incidents.
(Germany)
General

6.1 Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
For non-emergency No action shall be taken involving any personal risk or without suitable training. Evacuate
personnel surrounding areas. Keep unnecessary and unprotected personnel from entering. Do not touch
or walk through spilt material. Floors may be slippery; use care to avoid falling. Put on
appropriate personal protective equipment.
For emergency responders If specialised clothing is required to deal with the spillage, take note of any information in
6.2 Environmental Avoid dispersal of spilt material and runoff and contact with soil, waterways, drains and sewers.
precautions Inform the relevant authorities if the product has caused environmental pollution (sewers,
waterways, soil or air).
6.3 Methods and material for containment and cleaning up

Small spill Stop leak if without risk. Move containers from spill area. Dispose of via a licensed waste
disposal contractor. Use a tool to scoop up solid or absorbed material and place into
appropriate labelled waste container.
Large spill Immediately contact emergency personnel. Stop leak if without risk. Move containers from spill
area. Prevent entry into sewers, water courses, basements or confined areas. Contain and
collect spillage with non-combustible, absorbent material e.g. sand, earth, vermiculite or
diatomaceous earth and place in container for disposal according to local regulations. If
emergency personnel are unavailable, contain spilt material. Suction or scoop the spill into
appropriate disposal or recycling vessels, then cover spill area with oil absorbent. Dispose of
via a licensed waste disposal contractor.
6.4 Reference to other See Section 1 for emergency contact information.

sections See Section 5 for firefighting measures.
See Section 8 for information on appropriate personal protective equipment.
See Section 12 for environmental precautions.
See Section 13 for additional waste treatment information.
SECTION 7: Handling and storage

7.1 Precautions for safe handling
Protective measures Put on appropriate personal protective equipment.
Advice on general Eating, drinking and smoking should be prohibited in areas where this material is handled,
occupational hygiene stored and processed. Wash thoroughly after handling. Remove contaminated clothing and
protective equipment before entering eating areas. See also Section 8 for additional
information on hygiene measures.
7.2 Conditions for safe Store and use only in equipment/containers designed for use with this product. Keep away
storage, including any from heat and direct sunlight. Keep container tightly closed and sealed until ready for use.
incompatibilities Containers that have been opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright to prevent
leakage. Do not store in unlabelled containers. Store in accordance with local regulations.
Store in a dry, cool and well-ventilated area, away from incompatible materials (see Section 10).
Not suitable Prolonged exposure to elevated temperature
Germany - Storage code 10
7.3 Specific end use(s)

Recommendations See section 1.2 and Exposure scenarios in annex, if applicable.

8.1 Control parameters
No exposure limit value known.
Recommended monitoring If this product contains ingredients with exposure limits, personal, workplace atmosphere or
procedures biological monitoring may be required to determine the effectiveness of the ventilation or other
control measures and/or the necessity to use respiratory protective equipment. Reference
should be made to monitoring standards, such as the following: European Standard EN 689
(Workplace atmospheres - Guidance for the assessment of exposure by inhalation to chemical
agents for comparison with limit values and measurement strategy) European Standard EN
14042 (Workplace atmospheres - Guide for the application and use of procedures for the
assessment of exposure to chemical and biological agents) European Standard EN 482
(Workplace atmospheres - General requirements for the performance of procedures for the
measurement of chemical agents) Reference to national guidance documents for methods for
(Germany)
General

the determination of hazardous substances will also be required.
Derived No Effect Level
No DNELs/DMELs available.
Predicted No Effect Concentration

No PNECs available

Appropriate engineering Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne concentrations of
controls vapours below their respective occupational exposure limits.
All activities involving chemicals should be assessed for their risks to health, to ensure
exposures are adequately controlled. Personal protective equipment should only be considered
after other forms of control measures (e.g. engineering controls) have been suitably evaluated.
Personal protective equipment should conform to appropriate standards, be suitable for use, be
kept in good condition and properly maintained.
Your supplier of personal protective equipment should be consulted for advice on selection and
appropriate standards. For further information contact your national organisation for standards.
The final choice of protective equipment will depend upon a risk assessment. It is important to
ensure that all items of personal protective equipment are compatible.
Hygiene measures Wash hands, forearms and face thoroughly after handling chemical products, before eating,
smoking and using the lavatory and at the end of the working period. Ensure that eyewash
stations and safety showers are close to the workstation location.
Respiratory protection Respiratory protective equipment is not normally required where there is adequate natural or
local exhaust ventilation to control exposure.
In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment.
The correct choice of respiratory protection depends upon the chemicals being handled, the
conditions of work and use, and the condition of the respiratory equipment. Safety procedures
should be developed for each intended application. Respiratory protection equipment should
therefore be chosen in consultation with the supplier/manufacturer and with a full assessment
of the working conditions.
Skin protection
Hand protection General Information:
Because specific work environments and material handling practices vary, safety procedures
should be developed for each intended application. The correct choice of protective gloves
depends upon the chemicals being handled, and the conditions of work and use. Most gloves
provide protection for only a limited time before they must be discarded and replaced (even the
best chemically resistant gloves will break down after repeated chemical exposures).
Gloves should be chosen in consultation with the supplier / manufacturer and taking account of
a full assessment of the working conditions.
Recommended: Nitrile gloves.

Breakthrough time:
Breakthrough time data are generated by glove manufacturers under laboratory test conditions
and represent how long a glove can be expected to provide effective permeation resistance. It
is important when following breakthrough time recommendations that actual workplace
conditions are taken into account. Always consult with your glove supplier for up-to-date
technical information on breakthrough times for the recommended glove type.
Our recommendations on the selection of gloves are as follows:
Continuous contact:
Gloves with a minimum breakthrough time of 240 minutes, or >480 minutes if suitable gloves
can be obtained.
If suitable gloves are not available to offer that level of protection, gloves with shorter
breakthrough times may be acceptable as long as appropriate glove maintenance and
replacement regimes are determined and adhered to.
Short-term / splash protection:
Recommended breakthrough times as above.

It is recognised that for short-term, transient exposures, gloves with shorter breakthrough times
may commonly be used. Therefore, appropriate maintenance and replacement regimes must
be determined and rigorously followed.
(Germany)
General

Glove Thickness:
For general applications, we recommend gloves with a thickness typically greater than 0.35 mm.
It should be emphasised that glove thickness is not necessarily a good predictor of glove
resistance to a specific chemical, as the permeation efficiency of the glove will be dependent
on the exact composition of the glove material. Therefore, glove selection should also be based
on consideration of the task requirements and knowledge of breakthrough times.
Glove thickness may also vary depending on the glove manufacturer, the glove type and the
glove model. Therefore, the manufacturers’ technical data should always be taken into account
to ensure selection of the most appropriate glove for the task.
Note: Depending on the activity being conducted, gloves of varying thickness may be required
for specific tasks. For example:
• Thinner gloves (down to 0.1 mm or less) may be required where a high degree of manual
dexterity is needed. However, these gloves are only likely to give short duration protection and
would normally be just for single use applications, then disposed of.
• Thicker gloves (up to 3 mm or more) may be required where there is a mechanical (as well
as a chemical) risk i.e. where there is abrasion or puncture potential.
Skin and body Use of protective clothing is good industrial practice.

performed and the risks involved and should be approved by a specialist before handling this
product.
contamination that will not soak through to the skin. Overalls should be laundered on a regular
basis. When the risk of skin exposure is high (e.g. when cleaning up spillages or if there is a
risk of splashing) then chemical resistant aprons and/or impervious chemical suits and boots
will be required.
controls comply with the requirements of environmental protection legislation. In some cases, fume
scrubbers, filters or engineering modifications to the process equipment will be necessary to
reduce emissions to acceptable levels.

Appearance
Physical state Grease
Colour Brown.
Odour Oily.
Odour threshold Not available.
pH Not available.
Melting point/freezing point Not available.
Initial boiling point and boiling Not available.
range
Flash point Closed cup: >200°C (>392°F) [Estimated. Based on Lubricants - Base Oils]
Flammability (solid, gas) Not available.
Upper/lower flammability or Not available.
explosive limits
Vapour pressure Not available.
Vapour density Not available.
Relative density Not available.
Density <1000 kg/m³ (<1 g/cm³) at 20°C
Solubility(ies) insoluble in water.
Partition coefficient: n-octanol/ Not available.
water
Viscosity Not available.
(Germany)
General

Explosive properties Not available.
Oxidising properties Not available.
9.2 Other information

No additional information.

10.1 Reactivity No specific test data available for this product. Refer to Conditions to avoid and Incompatible
materials for additional information.
10.2 Chemical stability The product is stable.
10.3 Possibility of Under normal conditions of storage and use, hazardous polymerisation will not occur.
hazardous reactions Under normal conditions of storage and use, hazardous reactions will not occur.
10.4 Conditions to avoid No specific data.
10.5 Incompatible materials Reactive or incompatible with the following materials: oxidising materials.
10.6 Hazardous Under normal conditions of storage and use, hazardous decomposition products should not be
decomposition products produced.

routes of exposure
Inhalation Vapour inhalation under ambient conditions is not normally a problem due to low vapour
pressure.
Skin contact No specific data.
Inhalation Inhalation of oil mist or vapours at elevated temperatures may cause respiratory irritation.
Ingestion Ingestion of large quantities may cause nausea and diarrhoea.
Skin contact Prolonged or repeated contact can defat the skin and lead to irritation and/or dermatitis.
Eye contact Potential risk of transient stinging or redness if accidental eye contact occurs.

12.1 Toxicity
Environmental hazards Not classified as dangerous
12.2 Persistence and degradability

The biodegradability of this material has not been determined.
12.3 Bioaccumulative potential

(Germany)
General

12.4 Mobility in soil

coefficient (KOC)
Mobility Spillages are unlikely to penetrate the soil.
12.5 Results of PBT and vPvB assessment

PBT Not applicable.
vPvB Not applicable.
12.6 Other adverse effects

Other ecological information This product is unlikely to disperse in water.

Product
Methods of disposal The generation of waste should be avoided or minimised wherever possible. Significant
quantities of waste product residues should not be disposed of via the foul sewer but processed
in a suitable effluent treatment plant. Dispose of surplus and non-recyclable products via a
licensed waste disposal contractor. Disposal of this product, solutions and any by-products
should at all times comply with the requirements of environmental protection and waste disposal
legislation and any regional local authority requirements.
Hazardous waste Yes.
European waste catalogue (EWC)
Waste code Waste designation
12 01 12* spent waxes and fats
However, deviation from the intended use and/or the presence of any potential contaminants may require an alternative waste
disposal code to be assigned by the end user.
Packaging
Methods of disposal Dispose of via an authorised person/ licensed waste disposal contractor in accordance with
local regulations. Recycle, if possible.
Waste code European waste catalogue (EWC)
15 01 10* packaging containing residues of or contaminated by dangerous substances
Special precautions This material and its container must be disposed of in a safe way. Empty containers or liners
may retain some product residues. Empty containers represent a fire hazard as they may
contain flammable product residues and vapour. Never weld, solder or braze empty containers.
Avoid dispersal of spilt material and runoff and contact with soil, waterways, drains and sewers.

ADR/RID ADN IMDG IATA
14.1 UN number Not regulated. Not regulated. Not regulated. Not regulated.
14.2 UN proper - - - -
shipping name
14.3 Transport - - - -
hazard class(es)
14.4 Packing - - - -
group
14.5 No. No. No. No.
Environmental
hazards
Additional - - - -
information
(Germany)
General

14.6 Special precautions for Not available.
user

15.1 Safety, health and environmental regulations/legislation specific for the substance or mixture
EU Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006 (REACH)
Annex XIV - List of substances subject to authorisation
Substances of very high concern
None of the components are listed.
Annex XVII - Restrictions Not applicable.
on the manufacture,
placing on the market
and use of certain
dangerous substances,
mixtures and articles
Other regulations
REACH Status The company, as identified in Section 1, sells this product in the EU in compliance with the
current requirements of REACH.
(TSCA 8b)
China inventory (IECSC) Not determined.
Japan inventory (ENCS) Not determined.
(PICCS)
National regulations
Hazard class for water 1 Appendix No. 4 (classified according VwVwS)
15.2 Chemical Safety This product contains substances for which Chemical Safety Assessments are still required.
Assessment

Abbreviations and acronyms ADN = European Provisions concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by
Inland Waterway
ADR = The European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by
Road
CAS = Chemical Abstracts Service
CLP = Classification, Labelling and Packaging Regulation [Regulation (EC) No. 1272/2008]
CSA = Chemical Safety Assessment
CSR = Chemical Safety Report
DMEL = Derived Minimal Effect Level
DNEL = Derived No Effect Level
DPD = Dangerous Preparations Directive [1999/45/EC]
DSD = Dangerous Substances Directive [67/548/EEC]
EINECS = European Inventory of Existing Commercial chemical Substances
ES = Exposure Scenario
EUH statement = CLP-specific Hazard statement
EWC = European Waste Catalogue
MARPOL 73/78 = International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution From Ships, 1973 as
OECD = Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
PBT = Persistent, Bioaccumulative and Toxic
(Germany)
General

PNEC = Predicted No Effect Concentration
RID = The Regulations concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Rail
RRN = REACH Registration Number
SADT = Self-Accelerating Decomposition Temperature
SVHC = Substances of Very High Concern
STOT-RE = Specific Target Organ Toxicity - Repeated Exposure
STOT-SE = Specific Target Organ Toxicity - Single Exposure
UN = United Nations
UVCB = Complex hydrocarbon substance
VOC = Volatile Organic Compound
vPvB = Very Persistent and Very Bioaccumulative
Full text of abbreviated H Not applicable.
statements
Full text of classifications Not applicable.
[CLP/GHS]
Full text of abbreviated R Not applicable.
phrases
Full text of classifications Not applicable.
[DSD/DPD]
History
Date of issue/ Date of 11/11/2014.
revision
Prepared by Product Stewardship Group
Notice to reader
All reasonably practicable steps have been taken to ensure this data sheet and the health, safety and environmental information
contained in it is accurate as of the date specified below. No warranty or representation, express or implied is made as to the
accuracy or completeness of the data and information in this data sheet.
product other than for the stated application or applications without seeking advice from us.
It is the user’s obligation to evaluate and use this product safely and to comply with all applicable laws and regulations. The BP
Group shall not be responsible for any damage or injury resulting from use, other than the stated product use of the material,
from any failure to adhere to recommendations, or from any hazards inherent in the nature of the material. Purchasers of the
product for supply to a third party for use at work, have a duty to take all necessary steps to ensure that any person handling or
using the product is provided with the information in this sheet. Employers have a duty to tell employees and others who may be
affected of any hazards described in this sheet and of any precautions that should be taken.
(Germany)
General
1.1.4 Dow Corning Molykote 1000 PASTE
DOW CORNING CORPORATION

Material Safety Data Sheet
Page: 1 of 10
Version: 2.0
Revision Date: 2012/05/21
MOLYKOTE(R) 1000 PASTE
1. PRODUCT AND COMPANY IDENTIFICATION
Dow Corning Corporation 24 Hour Emergency Telephone: (989) 496-5900

South Saginaw Road Customer Service: (989) 496-6000
Midland, Michigan 48686 Product Disposal Information: (989) 496-6315
CHEMTREC: (800) 424-9300
MSDS No.: 01444310 Revision Date: 2012/05/21
Generic Description: Inorganic and organic compounds in mineral oil

Physical Form: Paste
Color: Brown
Odor: Slight odor
NFPA Profile: Health 1 Flammability 1 Instability/Reactivity 0
Note: NFPA = National Fire Protection Association
2. HAZARDS IDENTIFICATION
POTENTIAL HEALTH EFFECTS
Acute Effects
Eye: Direct contact may cause mild irritation.
Skin: May cause mild irritation.
Inhalation: Fumes may irritate nose and throat.
Oral: May cause vomiting.
Prolonged/Repeated Exposure Effects
Skin: Repeated or prolonged contact may cause defatting and drying of skin which may result in
skin irritation and dermatitis.
Inhalation: No known applicable information.
Oral: Overexposure by ingestion may injure the following organ(s): Liver. Kidneys.
Signs and Symptoms of Overexposure
No known applicable information.
Medical Conditions Aggravated by Exposure
General

Page: 2 of 10
Version: 2.0
The above listed potential effects of overexposure are based on actual data, results of studies performed upon similar compositions,
component data and/or expert review of the product. Please refer to Section 11 for the detailed toxicology information.
3. COMPOSITION/INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS
CAS Number Wt % Component Name
64742-56-9 <=21.0 Paraffinic petroleum distillates
7440-50-8 7.0 - 13.0 Copper
The above components are hazardous as defined in 29 CFR 1910.1200.
4. FIRST AID MEASURES
Eye: Immediately flush the contaminated eye(s) with lukewarm, gently flowing water for 5 minutes
while holding the eyelid(s) open. Obtain medical attention.
Skin: Remove contaminated clothing, shoes and leather goods (e.g. watchbands, belts). Quickly
and gently blot or brush away excess chemical. Flush with lukewarm gently flowing water for
15 minutes. If irritation persists, repeat flushing. If irritation persists, obtain medical advice.
Inhalation: If symptoms are experienced remove source of contamination or move victim to fresh air.
Obtain medical attention.
Oral: Never give anything by mouth if victim is rapidly losing consciousness or convulsing. DO NOT
INDUCE VOMITING. Have victim drink 2 to 8 oz. (60 to 240 mL) of water. If vomiting occurs
naturally, have victim lean forward to reduce the risk of aspiration. Have victim rinse mouth
with water again. If irritation persists, obtain medical advice.
Notes to Physician: Treat according to person's condition and specifics of exposure.
5. FIRE FIGHTING MEASURES
Flash Point: Not applicable.
Autoignition Temperature: Not determined.
Flammability Limits in Air: Not determined.
Extinguishing Media: On large fires use dry chemical, foam or water spray. On small fires use carbon dioxide
(CO2), dry chemical or water spray. Water can be used to cool fire exposed containers.
General

Page: 3 of 10
Version: 2.0
Fire Fighting Measures: Self-contained breathing apparatus and protective clothing should be worn in fighting large
fires involving chemicals. Determine the need to evacuate or isolate the area according to
your local emergency plan. Use water spray to keep fire exposed containers cool.
Unusual Fire Hazards: None.
6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES
Containment/Clean up: Observe all personal protection equipment recommendations described in Sections 5 and 8.
Wipe up or scrape up and contain for salvage or disposal. Clean area as appropriate since
spilled materials, even in small quantities, may present a slip hazard. Final cleaning may
require use of steam, solvents or detergents. Dispose of saturated absorbant or cleaning
materials appropriately, since spontaneous heating may occur. Local, state and federal laws
and regulations may apply to releases and disposal of this material, as well as those materials
and items employed in the cleanup of releases. You will need to determine which federal,
state and local laws and regulations are applicable. Sections 13 and 15 of this MSDS provide
information regarding certain federal and state requirements.
Note: See Section 8 for Personal Protective Equipment for Spills. Call (989) 496-5900, if additional information is
required.
7. HANDLING AND STORAGE
Use with adequate ventilation. Avoid eye contact. Avoid skin contact. Avoid breathing fumes. Keep container closed.
Do not take internally.
Use reasonable care and store away from oxidizing materials. This material in its finely divided form presents an
explosion hazard. Follow NFPA 654 (for chemical dusts) or 484 (for metal dusts) as appropriate for managing dust
hazards to minimize secondary explosion potential.
8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PERSONAL PROTECTION
Component Exposure Limits
CAS Number Component Name Exposure Limits
7440-50-8 Copper OSHA PEL (final rule), as copper: fume - TWA 0.1 mg/m3,
dusts and mists - TWA 1 mg/m3. ACGIH TLV, as copper:
fume - TWA 0.2 mg/m3; dusts and mists - TWA 1 mg/m3.
Engineering Controls
Local Ventilation: Recommended.
General

Page: 4 of 10
Version: 2.0
General Ventilation: Recommended.
Personal Protective Equipment for Routine Handling
Eyes: Use proper protection - safety glasses as a minimum.
Skin: Wash at mealtime and end of shift. Contaminated clothing and shoes should be removed as
soon as practical and thoroughly cleaned before reuse. Chemical protective gloves are
recommended.
Suitable Gloves: Avoid skin contact by implementing good industrial hygiene practices and procedures. Select
and use gloves and/or protective clothing to further minimize the potential for skin contact.
Consult with your glove and/or personnel protective equipment manufacturer for selection of
appropriate compatible materials.
Inhalation: Use respiratory protection unless adequate local exhaust ventilation is provided or exposure
assessment demonstrates that exposures are within recommended exposure guidelines. IH
personnel can assist in judging the adequacy of existing engineering controls.
Suitable Respirator: General and local exhaust ventilation is recommended to maintain vapor exposures below
recommended limits. Where concentrations are above recommended limits or are unknown,
appropriate respiratory protection should be worn. Follow OSHA respirator regulations (29
CFR 1910.134) and use NIOSH/MSHA approved respirators.
Personal Protective Equipment for Spills
Eyes: Use full face respirator.
Skin: Wash at mealtime and end of shift. Contaminated clothing and shoes should be removed as
soon as practical and thoroughly cleaned before reuse. Chemical protective gloves are
recommended.
Inhalation/Suitable Respiratory protection recommended. Follow OSHA Respirator Regulations (29 CFR
Respirator: 1910.134) and use NIOSH/MHSA approved respirators. Protection provided by air purifying
respirators against exposure to any hazardous chemical is limited. Use a positive pressure air
supplied respirator if there is any potential for uncontrolled release, exposure levels are
unknown, or any other circumstance where air purifying respirators may not provide adequate
protection.
Precautionary Measures: Avoid eye contact. Avoid skin contact. Avoid breathing fumes. Keep container closed. Do
not take internally. Use reasonable care.
Note: These precautions are for room temperature handling. Use at elevated temperature or aerosol/spray applications may require
added precautions.
9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES
Physical Form: Paste

Color: Brown
General

Page: 5 of 10
Version: 2.0
Odor: Slight odor

Specific Gravity @ 25°C: 1.26
Viscosity: Not determined.
Freezing/Melting Point: Not determined.
Boiling Point: Not determined.
Vapor Pressure @ 25°C: Not determined.
Vapor Density: Not determined.
Solubility in Water: Not determined.
pH: Not determined.
Volatile Content: Not determined.
Flash Point: Not applicable.
Autoignition Temperature: Not determined.
Flammability Limits in Air: Not determined.
Note: The above information is not intended for use in preparing product specifications. Contact Dow Corning before writing
specifications.
10. STABILITY AND REACTIVITY
Chemical Stability: Stable.
Hazardous Hazardous polymerization will not occur.

Polymerization:
Conditions to Avoid: None.
Materials to Avoid: Oxidizing material can cause a reaction.
Hazardous Decomposition Products
Thermal breakdown of this product during fire or very high heat conditions may evolve the following decomposition
products: Carbon oxides and traces of incompletely burned carbon compounds. Metal oxides. Fluorine compounds.
Formaldehyde. Silicon dioxide. Nitrogen oxides.
11. TOXICOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Component Toxicology Information
Inhalation of fumes may result in metal fume fever, a flu-like illness with symptoms of metallic taste, fever and chills,
aches, chest tightness, and cough.
Long term exposure to fluorides can cause fluorosis with bone changes, mottled teeth, weight loss and anemia.
Special Hazard Information on Components
General

Page: 6 of 10
Version: 2.0
12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION
Environmental Fate and Distribution
Complete information is not yet available.
Environmental Effects
Fate and Effects in Waste Water Treatment Plants
Ecotoxicity Classification Criteria

Hazard Parameters (LC50 or EC50) High Medium Low
Acute Aquatic Toxicity (mg/L) <=1 >1 and <=100 >100
Acute Terrestrial Toxicity <=100 >100 and <= 2000 >2000
This table is adapted from "Environmental Toxicology and Risk Assessment", ASTM STP 1179, p.34, 1993.
This table can be used to classify the ecotoxicity of this product when ecotoxicity data is listed above. Please read the other information presented in the
section concerning the overall ecological safety of this material.
13. DISPOSAL CONSIDERATIONS
RCRA Hazard Class (40 CFR 261)
When a decision is made to discard this material, as received, is it classified as a hazardous waste? No
State or local laws may impose additional regulatory requirements regarding disposal. Call (989) 496-6315, if additional
information is required.
14. TRANSPORT INFORMATION
DOT Road Shipment Information (49 CFR 172.101)
Proper Shipping Name: Environmentally hazardous substances, solid, n.o.s.
Hazard Technical Name: Tallowalkyltriethylene diamineoleate / Zinc
Hazard Class: 9
UN/NA Number: UN 3077
General

Page: 7 of 10
Version: 2.0
Packing Group: III
Hazard Label(s): Class 9
Remarks: Above applies only to containers over 119 gallons or 450 liters.
Ocean Shipment (IMDG)
Proper Shipping Name: ENVIRONMENTALLY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE, SOLID, N.O.S.
Hazard Class: 9
Packing Group: III
Hazard Label(s): miscellaneous
Marine Pollutant: Tallowalkyltriethylene diamineoleate

Zinc
Air Shipment (IATA)
Proper Shipping Name: Environmentally hazardous substance, solid, n.o.s.
Hazard Class: 9
Packing Group: III
Hazard Label(s): Miscellaneous dangerous goods
Apply Gross Wt Supplemental Label to Outer Package if shipping Limited Quantity
Call Dow Corning Transportation, (989) 496-8577, if additional information is required.
15. REGULATORY INFORMATION
Contents of this MSDS comply with the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard 29 CFR 1910.1200.
TSCA Status: All chemical substances in this material are included on or exempted from listing on the TSCA
Inventory of Chemical Substances.
General

Page: 8 of 10
Version: 2.0
EPA SARA Title III Chemical Listings
Section 302 Extremely Hazardous Substances (40 CFR 355):

None.
Section 304 CERCLA Hazardous Substances (40 CFR 302):

7440-50-8 7.8 Copper
Section 311/312 Hazard Class (40 CFR 370):

Acute: No
Chronic: Yes
Fire: No
Pressure: No
Reactive: No
Section 313 Toxic Chemicals (40 CFR 372):

7440-50-8 7.8 Copper
7440-66-6 4.4 Zinc
Note: Chemicals are listed under the 313 Toxic Chemicals section only if they meet or exceed a reporting threshold.
Supplemental State Compliance Information
California
Warning: This product contains the following chemical(s) listed by the State of California under the Safe Drinking Water
and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986 (Proposition 65) as being known to cause cancer, birth defects or other
reproductive harm.
None known.
Massachusetts
7782-42-5 10.0 - 30.0 Graphite
7440-50-8 7.0 - 13.0 Copper
General

Page: 9 of 10
Version: 2.0
7440-66-6 3.0 - 7.0 Zinc
7631-86-9 1.0 - 5.0 Silicon dioxide
New Jersey
7789-75-5 15.0 - 35.0 Calcium fluoride
64742-65-0 <=21.0 Solvent dewaxed heavy paraffinic petroleum distillate
7782-42-5 10.0 - 30.0 Graphite
7440-50-8 7.0 - 13.0 Copper
9003-29-6 5.0 - 10.0 Polybutene
7440-66-6 3.0 - 7.0 Zinc
Pennsylvania
7789-75-5 15.0 - 35.0 Calcium fluoride
64742-65-0 <=21.0 Solvent dewaxed heavy paraffinic petroleum distillate
7782-42-5 10.0 - 30.0 Graphite
7440-50-8 7.0 - 13.0 Copper
9003-29-6 5.0 - 10.0 Polybutene
17265-14-4 3.0 - 7.0 Disodium sebacate
7440-66-6 3.0 - 7.0 Zinc
General

Page: 10 of 10
Version: 2.0
16. OTHER INFORMATION
Prepared by: Dow Corning Corporation
These data are offered in good faith as typical values and not as product specifications. No warranty, either expressed or
implied, is hereby made. The recommended industrial hygiene and safe handling procedures are believed to be generally
applicable. However, each user should review these recommendations in the specific context of the intended use and
determine whether they are appropriate.
(R) indicates Registered Trademark
2. Safety Instructions
Safety Instructions 2

Maintenance Work at the Loading Equipment 2
Qualification and Training of Personnel 2
Arbitrary modification and use of unauthorized spare parts or
accessories 2
Unauthorized Operating Methods 2
The Safety Instructions Are Marked in this Manual as Follows 3
Responsible Working 4
Improvements 4
0200_71793_safety instructions.indd
Safety Instructions Safety Instructions
Safety Instructions

Maintenance Work at the Loading Equipment
The owner has to take care that all commissioning, inspection and
maintenance work is carried out by authorized and qualified professionals
only, who have acquired sufficient knowledge by thorough studies of the
operating- and maintenance instructions.
In principle, any work at the loading installation has to be carried out in the
stowed position. The procedure for securing the loading arms outlined in the
operating instructions has to be followed strictly.
Loading equipment transport materials detrimental to health have to be
decontaminated.
Qualification and Training of Personnel
Personnel in charge of commissioning, operation, inspection and

maintenance must have the corresponding qualifications for that kind of
work.
Scope of responsibility, competence and supervision of personnel have to be
stipulated in detail by the owner.
Should, however, the personnel do not have the required skills, they will have
to be trained and instructed accordingly. This might, if the need arises, take
place under the supervision of SVT upon request of the owner.
Furthermore, the operator has to ensure that the personnel are fully aware of
the complete content of the operating- and maintenance instructions.
Arbitrary modification and use of unauthorized spare parts or

accessories
Conversion of or modifications at the loading installation are only
permissible with the consent of SVT. Original spare parts as well as the
accessories authorized by SVT ensure the safety.
The use of other parts might invalidate the liability for any consequences
resulting thereof.
Unauthorized Operating Methods
The safety of the equipment during operation is only guaranteed within the
operating parameters outlined in the instructions. The limits stipulated on the
nameplate must not be exceeded under any circumstances.
Components added to the loading arms can affect its balancing and its
structural integrity.
We would like to point out that if above instructions are not observed our
warranty will be invalidated.
00754a-1216-02_ansi.indd 0200_71793_safety instructions.indd 2

Safety Instructions The Safety Instructions Are Marked in this Manual as Follows
The Safety Instructions Are Marked in this Manual as Follows
DANGER means a directly threatening danger; if it is not

avoided, death or major injuries (mutilation)
are imminent
WARNING means a possibly dangerous situation; if it is

not avoided, death or major injuries might
result therefrom.
CAUTION means a possibly dangerous situation; if it

is not avoided, minor injuries might result
therefrom.
ATTENTION means a possibly detrimental situation; if

it is not avoided, product or some other
installation in that area might be damaged.
NOTE gives recommendations for application and

other useful information; it is not a signal for
dangerous or detrimental situations.
Non-compliance with safety instructions might entail damage either to

people, to the environment or to the loading installation.
The non-compliance with safety instructions might have the consequence of
loosing any claim for indemnification.

Safety Instructions
Responsible Working
The safety instructions stipulated in this operating manual, the existing national
rules for accident prevention as well as possibly existing internal working-,
operating- and safety regulations of the owner have to be complied with.
Improvements
Dear Customer,
We kindly appreciate your comments about your experience with our
documentation. Possibly, we can make it more convenient and useful. We
kindly ask for your response about suggestions, improvements etc. to the
following address:
SVT GmbH
Technical Documentation
Eisenwerkstr. 21-27
58332 Schwelm
Germany
Email: info@svt-gmbh.com
Name Date
Prepared AGR 05/2019
Checked AMA

3. Description of Equipment
List of Components to be Erected / Installed 2
Design Data 3
Intended Use 4
Disposal of Equipment 5
Description of the Workspace 5
0300_71793_description of equipment.indd
Description of Equipment List of Components to be Erected / Installed
List of Components to be Erected / Installed
- 1 x Arctic MLA 6”/3” with ERC
- 1 x electrical hydraulically control for 1 MLA
- 1 x Spare parts for commissioning
- 1 x Spare parts for 2 years operation
- 1 x Transport FOB European Seaport including purchase container
0300_71793_description of equipment.indd 2
Description of Equipment Design Data
Design Data
Version Arctic
SVT serial number 71793 ---
Product Liquid Ethylene
Design pressure 0/25 bar g
Design temperature -104 °C / +45 °C
Design wind velocity

in stored position 22 m/s
in operation 60 m/s
Design codes
OCIMF – Design and construction specification
for marine loading arms
2017
ANSI B31.3 – Petroleum refinery piping
ASME VIII – Pressure vessels div. I
ASME IX – Welding qualifications
SVT – In-house Q.A. standards and ISO 9001
0300_71793_description of equipment.indd 3
Description of Equipment Intended Use
Intended Use
The operational safety of the loading equipment is only guaranteed if used

properly.
The SVT electro-hydraulically operated marine loading arms type ARCTIC

serve exclusively for loading and unloading of the products specified on the
nameplate.
Exceeding of the mentioned limits is not allowed.

Any other use is not intended.
The marine loading arms are designed according to the state of the art and
the recognized safety regulations.
It may nevertheless occur, in case of improper use, dangers to body and
life of the user or third parties or cause damage to the plant and other
equipment during use.
The SVT marine loading arms are therefore only intended to be used in
technically perfect condition!
Faults which could affect safety must be rectified immediately!
In this connection the instruction manual has to be observed.
Compliance with the information on safety, operation, servicing and

maintenance, respectively compliance with the inspection and maintenance
conditions are also part of the intended use.
In case of non-intended use hazards can occur.

Such improper use is, among other things, the following:
- Use of impermissible tools
- Improper operation
- Improper rectification of malfunctions
- Use of accessories and spare parts unapproved by SVT
- Modifications or conversions unauthorized by SVT
- Elimination of problems during normal operation
- Welding work at the marine loading arm
- Operation of marine loading arm without personal protective
equipment (PPE).
For damages caused by non-observance of this documentation SVT GmbH

assumes no liability. This also applies to non-compliance with the valid
documentation of the accessories used.
00776a-1215-00x.indd 0300_71793_description of equipment.indd 4

Description of Equipment Description of the Workspace
Disposal of Equipment
The equipment must be properly disposed on approved disposal sites.

When disposing the applicable national regulations must be observed.
Description of the Workspace
Location of the MLA
The exact location of the MLA shows the operating envelope 555739.
NOTE The operating envelope is located in chapter

9 of this manual.
00776a-1215-00x.indd 0300_71793_description of equipment.indd 5

4. Installation Manual
Transportation and Erection Plan (614064) 2
General Information 3
Transportation Safety Devices 4
Marine Loading Arm Balance Adjustment 6
1. Parallel Adjustment of Outboard Arm & Counterweight Beam 6
2. Inboard Arm Balancing 7
3. Outboard Arm Balancing 7
Long Term Storage Requirements and Recommendations 8
1. General Notes 8
2. Stored MLA not Erected 8

2.1 Environment and Storage 8
2.2. Marine Loading Arm Assembly 8
2.3. Triple Swivel Assembly with ERC System 9
2.4. Counter Weights 9
3. Stored MLA fully Erected 9
4. Hydraulic and Electrical Equipment 10
5. Loose Items and Spare Parts 10
0400_71793_installation-manual_ansi_01.indd
1 2 3 4 5 Z 6 7 8
Not Shown: LIFT Z Z

157 kN
Package Dimen. (mm) Qty. Weight (each)
A A
Triple Swivel Assembly 1 1688x1053x970 1 385 kg
Triple Swivel Assembly 2 937x522x508 1 179kg
Counterweight 1680x1170x340 1 3140 kg LIFTING LUG
Hydr. Drive Inboard Arm 3290x769x333 1 771 kg
Hydr. Drive Sheave 294 kg E 1 : 25
2360x701x370 3
Hydraulic Valve Cabinet (at MLA) 2840x500x220 1 278 kg D 1 : 25
52
60
B B
(vapour line)
LIFT
REMOVE RIGID 1,5 kN
SUPPORT (product line)
LIFT
10255 3,8 kN LIFT
6100 31 kN
D
C WEIGHT
app. 2766
E C
30,21 kN
Z
13078 ADJUST 0,3
7316 AT RISER
2111
BASE PLATE
WEIGHT
app. 8083
D 61,04 kN D
1 : 100
2694
5130
3280
ERECTION
LOOSEN
E PIPE FIXINGS E
771
7316
5 6
ANCHOR BOLTS
JETTY LEVEL
LIFT
37 kN
F 2 3 4 F
HYDR. DRIVES 3280
C REASSEMBLED B 1 : 25
BEFORE ERECTION
LIFT
120kN
75
83
B
95
G C 1 : 25 G
95
83
RIGID SUPPORT
75
ERECTION
IN CASE OF LONG TERM STORAGE ON SITE General Copyright according to ISO 16016
Surfaces
tolerances Size ISO 14405
FOR MORE THAN 3 MONTHS ASK SVT TO GET 71793-1 DIN ISO 2768-mK
DIN EN ISO 1302
Column - 2
Material: Weight: 25669.565 kg
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT EXTENDED DO NOT SCALE! EN ISO 13920-C Filename: ENG-097637 Scale: %
Date Name Title:
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. THIS SKETCH IS TO BE
USED FOR SIZING OF
Created 27.02.2019 Kriewen transport and erection plan
H Checked 28.02.2019 Martin H
THE DECLARATION OF WEIGHT IS ONLY A CRANE CAPACITY ONLY, SVT GmbH TGE Bonn for Meghna Arctic 6"/3"
ACTUAL LIFTING ONLY
WOODEN SUPPORTS REMOVED BEFORE
ERECTION EXCEPT RIGID SUPPORT 1 THEORETICAL VALUE. PLEASE CONSIDER
THE TOLERANCE UP TO +/- 10%. UNDER SVT SUPERVISOR
OR BY SVT APPROVED CONTRACTOR.
Transfer complete
Eisenwerkstr. 21-27 Drawing Number:
58332 Schwelm
Germany
Tel.:+49-2336-443-0 614064
Rev. Format Sheet:
A1
1
of:
1
Rev. Changes Date Name Source: 609694 Replace for: Replaced by:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Installation Manual
Information on the sketches
NOTE Do not scale!

This sketch is to be used for sizing crane
capacity only.
WARNING Actual lifting is only allowed under SVT

supervision or by a SVT approved contractor.
NOTE The declaration of weight Is only a theoretical

value.
Please consider the tolerance up to +/- 10%.
NOTE In case of long term storage on site for more

than three months ask SVT to get more
Information about extended requirements and
recommendations.
General Information
DANGER Before disassembling the triple swivel group

or the counterweights the marine loading arm
first has to be secured by chain hoists against
unintentional movements.
WARNING Assembly or reassembly of components has

to be effected under SVT supervision only.
0400_71793_installation-manual_ansi_01.indd 3
Installation Manual Transportation Safety Devices
Transportation Safety Devices
WARNING It is imperative that the bolts (red marked)

of the transportation safety device will be
installed before seal change at the apex.
ATTENTION Bolted transport safety devices for transport,

erection and maintenance only.
Red marked parts and bolted connections
must be removed for operation/service.
tsd_0109 tsd_0110
Fig. 1 Red marked bolts of the

transportation safety device
00593a-0514-01xx.indd 0400_71793_installation-manual_ansi_01.indd 4
01-11-11
Installation Manual
tsd_0109
tsd_0110
tsd_0002
After installation, these

four screws must be
removed.
Fig. 1 Transportation safety device
00593a-0514-01xx.indd 0400_71793_installation-manual_ansi_01.indd 5
Installation Manual Parallel Adjustment of Outboard Arm
& Counterweight Beam
Marine Loading Arm Balance Adjustment
WARNING A guarantee for correct realisation of this

guideline can only be given if it is supervised
by a SVT field technician.
1. Parallel Adjustment of Outboard Arm & Counterweight Beam
Outboard arm and counterweight beam must be parallel.

Adjust turnbuckles of pantograph cables accordingly.
mla_0001
Counterweight Cable Cable Wheel
Inboard Arm
Turnbuckle
Outboard Arm
Riser
Turnbuckle
Triple Swivel
Assembly
Fig. 1 Marine Loading Arm (MLA)
00795a-0117-01_ansi.indd 0400_71793_installation-manual_ansi_01.indd 6
Installation Manual Inboard Arm Balancing
2. Inboard Arm Balancing
Counterweights must be added to or removed from the counterweight

beam.
The MLA (in empty condition & in “freewheel” position) is balanced
correctly when the inboard arm has no tendency to move upwards or
downwards.
mla_0003
Fig. 2 Adjustment Inboard Arm
3. Outboard Arm Balancing
Counterweights must be adjusted to the required position on the

counterweight beam.
The MLA (in empty condition & in “freewheel” position) is balanced
correctly when the outboard arm has no tendency to move upwards or
downwards.
mla_0002
Fig. 3 Adjustment Outboard Arm
Installation Manual Long Term Storage Requirements and Recommendations
Long Term Storage Requirements and Recommendations

1. General Notes
These long term storage instructions are intended for storage on site not
exceeding 12 months.
After a storage period of 6 months a SVT service engineer should inspect

the equipment and verify correct storage and, where appropriate, advise
corrective action. This visit will be subject to charges in line with the service
rates already in your hands.
NOTE At the end of the storage during

commissioning of the Marine Loading Arm
(MLA) all required maintenance work must be
done in accordance with the maintenance
instructions.
2. Stored MLA not Erected
2.1 Environment and Storage
General
For the storage of the MLA and the added components the following notes
have to be observed:
- Storage temperature has to be within the design temperature range.
- Before storage the complete surface of the ground has to be cleaned

from dust and any other contamination to protect the MLA against
dust.
- The MLA has to be stored in a flat and smooth position. The basement
has to be stable and suitable for the MLA loads.
- The stored parts should be controlled every month. Controlling should

include the position, the cleanliness and the good conditions of the
MLA and must be reported by customer.
2.2. Marine Loading Arm Assembly
- In case of outdoor storage place the MLA only on clean and level
ground on wooden supports.
- The pipe system of the MLA is filled with nitrogen when the equipment
leaves the SVT shop. The pipe openings are sealed and therefore a
pressure gauge is not required.
NOTE The nitrogen filling is just to keep the piping

system dry. Specific pressure is not required.
- The entire equipment (especially the piston rods of the hydraulic drives)
has to be protected against environmental corrosion by the use of
grease or grease tape (part no. 404915) for the storage time.
2.3. Triple Swivel Assembly with ERC System
- The triple swivel assembly has to be stored in a covered warehouse.

The assembly is filled with nitrogen in the same way as described in
para. 2.2 (dimensions and storage arrangement as per packing list).
2.4. Counter Weights
- Outdoor storage of the counter weights has to be on clean and level

ground on wooden supports.
3. Stored MLA fully Erected
In case of an erected MLA which is completely assembled and not

commissioned the following additional work has to be done:
- The MLA is installed in accordance with the erection instructions.
- The transportation safety devices (at the standpost) have to be installed

during the whole storage period.
- The outboard arm has to be secured with a tag wire rope from the end
of the outboard arm to the standpost.
- Insure that the locking devices (inboard arm and slewing) are in locked
position.
- The product line system has to be filled with nitrogen in the same way
as described in para. 2.2.
- All open or unused areas of the threads must be protected against

corrosion. The protection can be done by the use of grease or grease
tape (part no. 404915) for instance: threads of all rope connections and
the ropes themselves.
- All piston rods of the hydraulic cylinders must be protected against

environmental corrosion by the use of grease or grease tape (part no.
404915) for the storage time.
- Partial damaged paint surfaces must be repaired based on the paint

specification. All screws which are used during the erection phase must
be touch up painted.
- All open connection/coupling flanges must be closed and the flange

surface must be protected.
- The storage of electric and hydraulic components should follow

para. 4.
4. Hydraulic and Electrical Equipment
- The hydraulic and electrical equipment has to be stored in a covered

warehouse (dimensions and storage arrangement as per packing list).
- All hydraulic components should be protected against dust, water and

dirt.
- The hydraulic hoses have to be stored with an radius of min. 1000 mm

in a circle position. The hydraulic pipes are closed with plastic covers;
these covers have to controlled every month. The cover has to be
changed in case of damage.
5. Loose Items and Spare Parts
- Loose items and spare parts have to be stored in a covered warehouse

(dimensions and storage arrangement as per packing list).
NOTE See the packing list for missing details

(if available).
5. Commissioning
MLA Start Up Check 2
Correct Positioning of the Vessel 2

Position of Liquid Connection Flange on the Vessel 3
Check Design of Connection Flanges on the Vessel 4
Check Wind Velocity 4
0500_71793_commissioning_ansi.indd
Operating Manual Correct Positioning of the Vessel
MLA Start Up Check

Correct Positioning of the Vessel
General
It has to be observed, that the liquid connection flange(s) on the vessel are in
the specified connection area. The attached drawing “Operating envelope”
determines the connection area.
In detail
The liquid connection flange(s) on the vessel should be placed on “centre
line spot” CL. The tolerance “a” should not exceed the value in the Operating
envelope, otherwise small movements of the vessel could cause alarm
indications.
div_0006
Single connection C SPOT

L
Fig. 1 Single connection
div_0007
Multi connection C
L SPOT a
a
C
L SPOT
a
a
The allowed minimum and
maximum manifold distance C
L SPOT a
(a) is shown on the attached
drawing “Operating envelope”. a
Fig. 2 Multi connection
ATTENTION MLA connections to manifolds outside of this

range could cause loading arm clash.
00660a-0913-01xx.indd 0500_71793_commissioning_ansi.indd 2
Operating Manual Position of liquid connection flange on the vessel
Position of Liquid Connection Flange on the Vessel
div_0008
Outboard arm
Triple swivel assembly Tanker manifold
Fig. 3
div_0009
max. 45°
Max. horizontal
movement of triple
Outboard arm swivel assembly
max. 45°
Fig. 4 Maximum horizontal movement
ATTENTION Maximum horizontal movement > 45° of triple

swivel assembly is not allowed (see Fig. 4).
00660a-0913-01.indd 0500_71793_commissioning_ansi.indd 3
Operating Manual Check wind velocity
Check Design of Connection Flanges on the Vessel
The design of the connection flange(s) on the vessel has to correspond

to the following standards.
Product line flange Lap Joint Flange 300 lbs, 6”
Gas line flange Lap joint Flange 300 lbs, 3”
NOTE Flange connection is for manifold type

ANSI B 16.5.
WARNING Do not connect MLA with flanges which do

not correspond to the above mentioned
standards!
Check Wind Velocity
The maximal allowed wind velocity for MLA in operation (maneuvering/

connected) attitude is 49 mph.
WARNING Do not unlock MLA in case of higher wind

velocities!
00660a-0316-02.indd 0500_71793_commissioning_ansi.indd 4
6. Operating Manual
Nitrogen (N2) Quality for Swivel Joint Purging 2
N2 Purging of Swivel Joints 3

Cool Down Procedure for Ethylene Marine Loading Arms 4
Normal Operation Procedure 6
Connection to the Vessel 6
Disconnection from the Vessel 9
Special Features 11
ERC Ball Valve 11
Opening of the Upper ERC Ball Valve 11
Closing of the Upper ERC Ball Valve 12
Emergency Shutdown Procedure, Alarm Conditions 13
Freewheel alarm 13
Pre-Alarm 14
Warning Area / Shutdown (PSD1) 15
Release Area / Emergency Release (PSD2) 16
Reassembling of the ERC/MLA after Emergency Release 18
Mechanical Interlocking Device, MLA Type Arctic 19
Manual Jacking System 21
Hydraulic Cylinder Operation 22
0600_71793_operating-manual_ansi_01.indd
Operating Manual Nitrogen Quality for Swivel Joint Purging
Nitrogen (N2) Quality for Swivel Joint Purging
NOTE SVT’s recommendation of the following

nitrogen quality for swivel joint purging:
Nitrogen purity: ≥ 99.999 % (incl. inert gases)

Oxygen: ≤ 3 ppm
Water: ≤ 5 ppm
Hydrocarbons: ≤ 0.2 ppm
e.g. Linde Nitrogen 5.0
ATTENTION The important part of the nitrogen purity is the

water content.
The water content has to be ≤ 5 ppm.
If the water is higher, a dryer has to be
installed to reach the required quality.
00831a-1017-02_ansi.indd 0600_71793_operating-manual_ansi_01.indd 2
Operating Manual N2 Purging of Swivel Joints
N2 Purging of Swivel Joints
No. SVT 555502
0600_71793_operating-manual_ansi_01.indd 3
Operating Manual Cool Down Procedure
Cool Down Procedure for Ethylene Marine Loading Arms

Ident-No. 431630 Rev. –
(Ident-No. 431630)
SVT Marine Loading Arms do not require a particular cool down phase that
goes beyond the general cool down of ship and shore side piping.
Cool Down Procedure for LNG Marine Loading Arms
Such general cool down procedure shall be defined by the terminal manager
to assure a progressing cool down of the whole system covering as well the
marine loading arms.
SVT Marine Loading Arms do not require a particular cool down phase that goes
The purpose
beyond is to avoid
the general cooladown
too rapid
of shipcool
and down thatpiping.
shore side might affect various parts
of the installation, e.g. the life time expectancy of seals within the facilities.
Such general cool down procedure shall be defined by the terminal manager to
assure a progressing cool down of the whole system covering as well the marine
A loading
typicalarms.
course of cool down is shown in the diagram below.
The purpose is to avoid a too rapid cool down that might affect various parts of
Note that connected
the installation, Ethylene
e.g. the life timearms can beofcooled
expectancy down
seals within simultaneously
the facilities.
whilst vapor arms do not require cooling down.
A typical course of cool down is shown in the diagram below.
Note that connected LNG arms can be cooled down simultaneously whilst NG
arms (vapor) do not require cooling down.
mla_0181
Typical Course of Cool Down
Typical Course of Cool Down
100% 12,0 m/s
80% 9,6 m/s

Percentage of Nominal Flow Rate
Percentage of Nominal Flow Rate
60% 7,2 m/s

Flow Velocity
40% 4,8 m/s

Flow Velocity
20% 2,4 m/s
0% 0,0 m/s
0 min 5 min 10 min 15 min 20 min 25 min 30 min
Cool Down Time
0 min 5 min 10 min 15 min 20 min 25 min 30 min
Cool Down Time
00804a-0916-02.indd 0600_71793_operating-manual_ansi_01.indd 4
Operating Manual Cool Down Procedure
The recommended Cool Down Procedure for SVT Marine Loading Arms is:
a) Start the loading or unloading process without exceeding a flow

rate of 25 % from the normal operation flow for the first 20 minutes.
b) During the following 5 minutes exceed the operation flow rate up

to 50 %.
c) To finish the Cool Down Procedure the normal operation flow rate
should be reached after 30 minutes from starting the Cool Down
process.
The Cool Down process in 30 minutes will avoid any effect on the life
expectation of the product pipe and the contained sealing systems.
Follow the flow rate as shown in the Cool Down diagram. Exceed the flow rate
slowly, following the Cool Down diagram.
00804a-0916-02.indd 0600_71793_operating-manual_ansi_01.indd 5
Operating Manual Normal Operation Procedure
Normal Operation Procedure
Connection to the Vessel
WARNING We recommend the installation of a lightning

protection system, otherwise it is not
allowed to use the loading system during a
thunderstorm.
WARNING Ensure proper electrical grounding

procedures are in place.
CAUTION Liquefied Ethylene causes cryogenic burns

and/or reduction of body temperature!
Suitable personal protective equipment has
to be worn when handling the marine loading
arm/components.
ATTENTION To eliminate humidity from swivel joint ball

chambers the system has to be purged
with maximal 0.2 bar g. Purging is required
60 minutes before loading, during loading
and until the Marine loading arm (MLA) has
reached the ambient temperature.
See schematic drawing of purge system on
page 7.
ATTENTION Before operation of the MLAs, ensure that the

ERC safety clamps have been removed.
CAUTION Before manoeuvring the MLAs ensure that they

are empty.
Operating Manual Connection to the Vessel
ATTENTION We recommend that the main switch “Heating

System” is switched on always. The heating
system is activated, if the temperature is
below 0°C.
- Check that the main switch “HEATING SYSTEM” in the hydraulic electric
cabinet (HEC) is still swiched on.
- Then actuate the main switches “CONTROL POWER” and “MOTOR

POWER” at the HEC.
- Turn the key-switch “CONTROL OFF / ON” to position “ON” at the local
control panel (LCP).
NOTE During operation the control system has to

remain switched on.
- The indicating lamp “CONTROL ON” and the MLA specific indicating
lamp “ARM LOCKED“ is also switched on as the MLA is locked in the
stored position.
- Actuate pushbutton “LAMPTEST” at the HEC to check all the lamps at

the LCP, the horn (short pulse) and the flashing beacon.
- Unlock the MLA (inboard arm and slewing) by means of the hand lever
of the locking device at the MLA riser. The MLA specific indicating lamp
“ARM LOCKED” is switched off.
NOTE Choose the operating position in a way that

you have a clear look to the manifold of the
ship and to the MLA.
Operating Manual Connection to the Vessel
CAUTION Movable parts.
During connection of the MLA to the manifold

of the vessel swaying movements of the ship
could cause injury by squeezing and/or being
drawn in of body parts.
RISK OF HAND INJURIES
- Move the connection flange of the MLA towards the connection flange
of the vessel by means of the corresponding driving push-buttons.
- Remove the blind flange at the vapour line.
- Connect the vapour flange first to the vapour vessel flange. Do not
tighten the bolts completely. Insure that the gaskets are installed
correctly.
WARNING Immediately after connection switch on

freewheel position.
- Immediately after connection turn the selector switch of the manual

release safety device (MRSD) at the triple swivel assembly to position
“2” to prepare the freewheel position. The MLA specific indicating lamp
“FREEWHEEL ON” at the LCP starts flashing.
- Actuate push-button “FREEWHEEL ON / OFF” at the LCP or “FREEWHEEL

ON” at the RPC.
MLA is switched from drive position to freewheel position.
ERC is unlocked.
Lamp “FREEWHEEL ON” is switched on continuously.
- Tighten the bolts of the vapour line connection completely.
- Actuate pushbutton “ERC ball valve open/close” at the selected

control device. ERC ball valve opens.
- The MLA is ready for service.
- Start at ♦ to connect further arms in the same way.
NOTE During loading ask the process manager for

operation of the ERC ball valve.
Operating Manual Disconnection from the Vessel
Disconnection from the Vessel
WARNING Risk of icefall!

Pay attention to falling ice pieces.
Product loading/unloading operation is finished.
ATTENTION The MLA has to be empty (no product in MLA

piping system).
WARNING To avoid an explosive atmosphere after

service, the MLA has to be purged with inert
gas (e.g. nitrogen).
- The product line has to be purged with N2.
- Lift up and fix support jack columns at the product line.
WARNING Immediately before disconnection switch off

freewheel position.
- Immediately before disconnection switch the MRSD back to position

“1” or actuate push button “FREEWHEEL ON / OFF” at the LCP.
If Freewheel mode is switched off by “FREEWHEEL ON/OFF” the
indicating lamp “FREEWHEEL ON” at the LCP is flashing (1Hz) until
the MRSD is switched to position “1”. The hydraulic lines to the ERC
are closed now. Drive position is switched on and the MLA specific
indicating lamp “FREEWHEEL ON” is switched off (LCP).
NOTE If the MLA is switched from freewheel to

drive position the ERC ball valve closes
automatically.
Operating Manual Disconnection from the Vessel
- The ERC ball valve closes automatically.
CAUTION Movable parts.
During disconnection of the MLA from the

manifold of the vessel swaying movements of
the ship could cause injury by squeezing and/
or being drawn in of body parts.
RISK OF HAND INJURIES
- Disconnect MLA from the vessel.
- Bring the hand lever of the mechanical locking device in position for
interlocking.
- Drive the MLA back to stored position which is:
inboard arm - vertical

slew motion - mid position
outboard - brought in.
First you have to lock the slew operation, than you have to lock the
inboard arm. Finally you can bring in the outboard arm. The arm
(inboard arm, slewing) locks automatically in its correct position.
The MLA specific indicating lamp “ARM LOCKED” is switched on.
- Switch off control system by means of key switch “CONTROL OFF / ON”.
- Switch off power supplies by means of the main switches “CONTROL

POWER” and “MOTOR POWER” at the HEC.
NOTE We recommend that the main switch “Heating

System” is switched on always.
Operating Manual Special Features
Special Features
ERC Ball Valve
NOTE ERC Ball valve means the upper ball valve.
WARNING Before opening the ERC ball valve ensure that

the MLA contains no product any more.
ATTENTION To avoid discharge of product the ERC ball

valve should only be opened when the MLA is
connected to the ship.
Opening of the Upper ERC Ball Valve
NOTE The Modbus signal “Permissive to open ERC

BV” must be “1” to open the ERC ball valve.
The MLA has to be in freewheel position.
- Use the key switch “Freewheel ON/OFF” to enable freewheel.
- Actuate pushbutton “ERC ball valve open/close” at the selected

control device. ERC ball valve opens.
ATTENTION During loading transfer actuation of the ERC

upper ball valve is only allowed after having
consulted the responsible person for cargo
transfer.
Operating Manual Special Features
Closing of the Upper ERC Ball Valve
NOTE The Modbus signal “Permissive to open ERC

BV” must be “1” to close the ERC ball valve.
If the MLA is switched from freewheel to
automatically.
- Actuate pushbutton “ERC Ball valve open/close” at the selected

control device.
NOTE Customer has to set the closing speed in

accordance with his requirements.
NOTE If the MLA is switched from freewheel to

automatically.
Operating Manual Emergency Shutdown Procedure, Alarm Conditions
Emergency Shutdown Procedure, Alarm Conditions

The horn can be switched off by push button “HORN ACKNOWLEDGE” in all
alarm situations. If there is a new alarm condition, the horn will be switched on
again.
NOTE For all alarms of the control system please

refer to the “Functional description control
system”; document no.: (71793/1100/13)
Freewheel alarm
Indication
mla_0041
Beacon intermittently
Horn intermittently
Background
While connected to the ship it is very important that the MLA can follow the
ship movements. Therefore freewheel position has to be switched on.
To ensure the freewheel position during connection there will be an alarm if
- MLA is not locked and
- MLA is in drive position and
- MLA has not been moved for 5 minutes.
Back to normal condition
There are two options to switch off the freewheel alarm.
- MLA is not connected to the ship. Move MLA to connect or lock it.
- MLA is connected to the ship. Switch on freewheel position.
Operating Manual Pre-Alarm
Pre-Alarm
Indication
mla_0043
Horn intermittently slow
Background
There is one situation which initiates the pre-alarm.
- MLA is moved from working area to pre-alarm area by drift movement

of connected ship or by drive operation.
- Bring MLA back to working area.
- When the MLA reaches the working area after an alarm condition,
flashing beacon and horn are switched off automatically.
- It is not possible to move the MLA further to the direction that is warned
for!
Operating Manual Warning area / Shutdown (PSD1)
Warning Area / Shutdown (PSD1)
Indication
mla_0042
Horn intermittently fast
The pump motor is switched on. The upper ERC ball valve at each MLA in
freewheel is closed within 15 seconds.
Background
There are four possibilities which initiate an PSD1 - shutdown.
- The covered latching push-button “PSD1” at LCP is actuated.
- During the time delay when latching push-button “PSD2” at LCP is

actuated
- The voltfree input “PSD1” from customers control system is actuated.
- MLA in freewheel crosses from pre-alarm area into warning area (PSD1).
If the following reasons for Warning area/ Shutdown (PSD1) are gone, actuate
key switch “PSD reset” at the LCP in order to switch off the alarm.
- Reset the latching push-button “PSD1” at the LCP.
- Reset the latching push-button “PSD2” at the LCP.
- Reset the voltfree input “PSD1”.
- The MLA has been moved back to the working area.
Operating Manual Release area / Emergency release (PSD2)
Release Area / Emergency Release (PSD2)
Indication
mla_0044
Horn continuously
WARNING The emergency disconnection can cause

uncontrolled movements of the MLA, emission
by liquefied natural gas (LNG) and an
explosive atmosphere.
This can cause injuries by squeezing of body
parts, cryogenic burns and/or reduction of
body temperature.
OBSTACLES IN THE HEAD AREA
- First bottom ball valve is closed in 5 seconds and then the ERC of the
MLA in freewheel position is actuated for disconnection. Drive position is
switched on immediately. “ERC Accu” valve is actuated. ERC cylinder is
actuated for disconnection.
- Freewheel position is switched off and drive position is switched on

immediately. ERC cylinder is actuated for disconnection. The MLA
specific indicating lamps “FREEWHEEL ON” at the LCP are flashing.
- 5 seconds after start of disconnection the inboard arm lifts for 15

seconds (approximately 2m). 60 seconds after start of disconnection
the ERC cylinder will be retracted.
Background
There are two situations which initiate an Emergency release if MLA is in

freewheel position:
Operating Manual PSD2 - Emergency release
- MLA crosses from warning area (PSD1) area to release area (PSD2).
- The covered latching push-button “PSD2” at the LCP is actuated. In this

situation there will be a time delay (15 sec.) before disconnection while
ERC ball valve at each MLA in freewheel is closing. During the delay
time, a PSD1 shutdown is initiated.
If all the following conditions are applicable you can actuate key switch
“PSD RESET” in order to reset PSD2:
- MLA has been moved back to working area.
- Reset latching push-button “PSD2”.
Afterwards turn selector switch of manual release safety device to position

“1”. The MLA specific indicating lamp „FREEWHEEL ON” is switched off.
NOTE See components descriptions, chapter 6 of

this manual.
Reassemble triple swivel assembly/ERC.
Operating Manual Reassembling of the ERC/MLA
after Emergency Release
Reassembling of the ERC/MLA after Emergency Release
CAUTION Immediately after reassembly it is by all

means necessary to switch the MLA in
freewheel position to avoid undesired stresses
between MLA and ship.
CAUTION Use key switch “ENABLE FREEWHEEL / ERC BALL

VALVE AFTER EMERGENCY RELEASE“ at the
LCP only if the triple swivel assembly/ERC is
reassembled and connected with the vessel
again.
- Select the MLA by selector switch “SELECTION ARM 1-0-2”.
- Prepare freewheel position by means of key switch “ENABLE FREEWHEEL

/ ERC BALL VALVE AFTER EMERGENCY RELEASE”.
NOTE Until actuation of the key-switch “ENABLE

FREEWHEEL / ERC BALL VALVE AFTER
EMERGENCY RELEASE” lamp “FREEWHEEL ON”
flashes with 2,5Hz if MRSD is in position “2”.
- Switch manual release safety device to position “2” and then actuate
push-button “Freewheel ON/OFF” at the LCP or “FREEWHEEL ON” at the
RRC. Freewheel position is switched on.
- Service may continue.
Operating Manual Mechanical Interlocking Device
Mechanical Interlocking Device, MLA Type Arctic
mla_0045
Bolt receiver
(slewing movements)
Inboard arm and slewing

movements are prevented in Bolt
the locked position by the two
bolts which engage in sockets Pull / push rod
in the inboard arm and the
support structure. Bolt receiver
(inboard arm)
CAUTION Spring
Risk of injury due

to rapid, powerful
upward movement Hand lever
of the lever!
•• When operat-
ing the lever, be Fig. 6 Locked position
aware that the
chain is under
high tension. This
causes that the
lever to move
very quickly and
with great force. mla_0047
Move the lever
with caution. It
can strike up.
•• Always stay out
of the lever’s
range of motion.
The locking mechanism is

released by depressing the
rm
hand lever into the unlocked ard a
Inbo
position.
Fig. 7 Unlocked position
00246a-xx.indd 0600_71793_operating-manual_ansi_01.indd 19
Operating Manual Mechanical Interlocking Device
ATTENTION The system must be left in unlocked position

while the MLA is connected to a ship manifold.
mla_0046
After the marine loading arm (MLA)
has been disconnected from the
ship, the following procedure is
used to move the system to the
locked position:
1. Push the hand lever into the

“Position for interlocking”.
This puts the bolts into sliding
connect with the socket Fig. 8 Hand lever
plates. “Position for interlocking”
2. Slew the MLA assembly

about the vertical axis until
the upper bolt snaps into
place.
3. Drive the inboard arm

towards vertical position until
the lower bolt snaps into
place.
NOTE If the upper bolt is pressed down- the lower

bolt follows.
If the lower bolt is pressed- the upper bolt
holds its position.
ATTENTION The MLA has to be left in the locked position

while in the standby mode.
00246a-xx.indd 0600_71793_operating-manual_ansi_01.indd 20
Operating Manual Manual Jacking System
Manual Jacking System
CAUTION Movable parts. Danger of injury by squeezing!

Suitable personal protective equipment
should be worn when handling the marine
loading arm equipment.
The support jack is bolted to the last swivel joint so it is free to move with the
pitching motion of the vessel.
The two columns are lowered to the ship’s deck by opening the column
clamps after the loading arm is connected to the ship’s manifold.
When the feet touch the deck, the column clamps are tightened.
Once in this position, the jack transfers loading arm loads to the deck of the
vessel, thus reducing manifold stresses.
mla_0049
Swivel joint
Connection flange
to tanker manifold
15°
Fig. 9 Manual jacking system
mla_0048
Column
Hand lever for Mounting bracket

column clamp
Ball pivot
Foot 15°
Fig. 10 Manual jacking system
00246a-1216-xx.indd 0600_71793_operating-manual_ansi_01.indd 21
Operating Manual Hydraulic Cylinder Operation
Hydraulic Cylinder Operation
Three identical assemblies are provided to drive inboard arm, outboard arm
and slewing movements.
A double-acting hydraulic cylinder moves a cable and sheave arrangement

which effectively provides a bi-directional rotating drive.
They can be removed for maintenance purposes without taking the loading
arm out of service.
A typical cylinder arrangement is illustrated below.
mla_0050
Pulley wheel Cylinder/piston assembly
Cable
Sheave
Fig. 11 Typical cylinder arrangement
25-04-13
7. Components Descriptions
7.6 Ball Valve 1” (456752)
7.7 Ball Valve 2” (456739)
0700_71793_Index-Components-Descriptions_ansi.indd
Manual Release Safety Device (MRSD) 2
General 2
Main Parts 2
MRSD Function 3
Maintenance 5
0701_71793_00598a-0617-05x_ansi.indd
Operation Instructions General
Manual Release Safety Device (MRSD)
General
- The MRSD forms an integral part of the SVT Emergency Release System
(ERS) for marine loading arms.
- The objective of the MRSD is to protect the jetty personnel and the
marine loading arm from unintentional release.
WARNING The MRSD is a manually operated system

which relies on trained operators who
are familiar with this system and work in
accordance with these instructions.
Under these conditions the system is safe.
Main Parts
div_0043
Item Description
2
1 Hydraulic Valve
2 Proximity Switch
3 Operating Mechanism
4 Housing 4 5 6
5 Label
Fig. 1: Manual release safety device
6 Control Grip
(MRSD)
00598a-0617-05_ansi.indd 0701_71793_00598a-0617-05_ansi.indd 2
Operation Instructions MRSD Function
MRSD Function
Position 1
- Loading arm not connected, stk_0055
ERC locked.
Fig. 2: Position 1
mrs_0001
3
5
2
ERC
PT
Item Description Fig. 3:
1 Hydraulic Valve
2 Proximity Switch
3 Operating Mechanism
4 Housing
5 Cylinder
- Freewheel position is not possible because proximity switch (item 2) is

uncovered.
- Hydraulic pressure to ERC cylinder (item 5) is blocked by hydraulic valve

(item 1). Emergency release is safely inhibited.
Operation Instructions MRSD Function
Position 2
stk_0057
- Loading arm connected,

ERC ready for operation.
Fig. 4: Position 2
- Freewheel position can be switched on because proximity switch

(item 2) is covered.
- Emergency release can be carried out, if required, because hydraulic

pressure lines are opened by hydraulic valve (item 1).
mrs_0002
3 5
ERC
PT
Fig. 5:
WARNING Immediately before disconnection from the

vessel switch off the system back to Position 1.
120913
Operation Instructions Maintenance
Maintenance
Check monthly that …
- hydraulic fittings and hoses are leak free and undamaged.
- electric cable gland and cable are undamaged.
Check six monthly that…
- all inside parts are in position and secured.
7.2 Cryogenic Emergency Release Coupling
(ERC) 6” (457856)
General 2
Main Parts 3
ERC Function 4
Stand-by Mode 4
Disconnection 4
Re-assembly 7
Mounting a new Disconnection Flange Seal 15
Disassembly of the old disconnection flange seal 15
Assembly of a new disconnection flange seal 16
Maintenance 17
Special Tools (tool kit, part of ERC) 19
Spare Parts 20
00710a-0614-00.indd
General
General
The ERC forms an integral part of the SVT Emergency Release System
(ERS) for Marine Loading Arms.
The objective of the ERC is to allow safe disconnection of the loading arm
from the ship with an absolute minimum of product spillage under emergency
conditions, such as movement of the ship away from the jetty during loading
or unloading.
The ERC is operated by one hydraulic cylinder for closure of the ball
valves and subsequent disconnection. The special push rod arrangement
incorporates a mechanical interlock system which guarantees full closure of
the ball valves before disconnection.
The top valve is equipped with a second hydraulic cylinder which allows
independent hydraulic operation (open/close) from the control console, the
remote pendant control or the radio remote control, if applicable.
WARNING Make sure that the personnel have the

required skills, are well trained and instructed
accordingly for the following works.
Ensure that the personnel are fully aware of the
complete contents of these instructions.
WARNING For safety reasons, it is imperative that

personnel do not stand within a 1.5 metre
radius of the ERC assembly when emergency
release actuation is signalled.

body temperature.
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
2
Main Parts
Main Parts stk2_231
Loading arm side
15
6
1
7
5
14
3
9 5
6 8
Pos. 1 Ball valve - loading arm side
Pos. 2 Ball valve - ship side
Pos. 3 Clamping system Ship side
Pos. 4 Double acting Hydraulic
Fig. 1 Main parts (front view)
cylinder
Pos. 5 Ball valve actuating lever
Pos. 6 Push rod system
Pos. 7 Clamping nut stk2_231
Loading arm side
Pos. 8 Shear pin (ball valves)*
Pos. 9 Shear pin (disconnection) 4
15
Pos. 10 Disconnection flange seal
Pos. 11 Clamp connection
1
Pos. 12 Centering bolt
Pos. 13 Clamp lever
5
Pos. 14 Lock nut
6
Pos. 15 Double acting hydraulic
3
cylinder
(Top valve open / close) 11
5
* Prevent ball valves closing during

loading / unloading (due to vibration 6 2
and /or self-weight).
Ship side
Fig. 2 Main parts (side view)

0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
3
ERC Function
ERC Function
stk2_033 stk2_054
Stand-by Mode
Ball valves open. A

Hydraulic control valve of the ERC
cylinder (cylinder A) is de-energized
B
Hydraulic control valve of the ERC
ball valve cylinder (cylinder B) is
energized.
Hydraulic pressure at piston
rod side (cylinder A).
Hydraulic pressure at piston Hydraulic Hydraulic
side (cylinder B). control valve control valve
Fig. 3 Functional sketch
Disconnection
Hydraulic control valve ERC stk2_034
cylinder (A) is energized.

Hydraulic pressure at piston
side causes piston rod to move A
downwards (Cylinder A).
Hydraulic control valve ERC ball B

valve cylinder (B) is de-energized.
Hydraulic pressure at piston rod
side causes piston rod to move
upwards (Cylinder B). Hydraulic Hydraulic
control valve control valve
Shear pin (Pos. 8) for securing

the ball valve is breaking. Fig. 4 Functional sketch
stk2_035
Ball valves start to close A

(Fig. 4 - Fig. 6).
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
4
ERC Function
stk2_036
Ball valves nearly closed A

(Fig. 6).
Ball valves contacting the seal
system (product flow stopped). B
stk2_037 stk2_037
Ball valves closed (Fig. 7)

The disconnection part of
the push rod system hit the A
actuating lever of the clamping
system.
Disconnection shear pin (Pos. 9) B
breaks.
stk2_038
The pre-loaded clamping brackets

declamp from the disconnection A
flange and come off downward.
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
5
ERC Function
stk2_039
Ball valves are disconnected. B
stk2_040
A
Hydraulic control valves
de-energized.
Cylinder piston rod returns B
to stand-by position for
re-assembly.
Hydraulic Hydraulic
control valve control valve
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
6
Re-assembly
Re-assembly
ATTENTION At least two people are required for re-

assembling the ERC.

required skills, are well-trained and instructed
Ensure that the personnel are fully aware of
the complete content of these instructions.
NOTE For low temperature service e.g. LNG,

Ethylene, LPG allow both ball valves to return
to ambient temperature. Do not speed up this
by water wash.
Procedure
The vessel has to be positioned

back into working area.
The MLA has to be moved back
to the separated part of the triple
swivel assembly.
ATTENTION Ensure that the disconnection flange seal set

is in good condition, free from damage and is
installed correctly. The seals must be replaced
if there is any sign of damage or deformation
at the disconnection flange seals.
ATTENTION Ensure that the disconnection flange faces

and the ball valve spheres are clean and
completely dry.
On later opening of the ball valves dirt can
lead to damage of the seals.
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
7
Re-assembly
Loading arm side

stk2_232
Manoeuvre the loading arm and

carefully bring together the two
disconnection flanges by using the
centering bolts (Pos. 12) to put the
flange in the right position. Disconnection
flange seal Centering bolt
Centering bolt (Pos. 12)
(Pos. 12)
Ship side
Fig. 11 Reunite disconnection flange
NOTE The ERC disconnection flange surfaces are

protected with an anti-seizing-up spray
(MoS2-Spray).
Check condition of spray film and renew or
add, if required.
stk2_233
Temporarily mount the first safety Centering bolt

clamp .
Mount the safety clamp with one
screw using the centering bolt. Safety clamp
Screw
Fig. 12 Mounting the safety clamps
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
8
Re-assembly
stk2_235
Fig. 13 Mounted safety clamp
stk2_044
Centering bolt
Safety clamp
Temporarily mount the second
safety clamp.
screw using the centering bolt.
Screw
Fig. 14 Mounting the safety clamp
stk2_045
Safety clamp
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
9
Re-assembly
stk2_234
Manually push the “ship side” part

of the push rod back into position.
Fig. 16 push rod (ship side)
WARNING Before opening the ERC ball valves after an

emergency disconnection the product line /
vapour line (if applicable) has to be relieved
first.
stk2_236
Open the ball valve with the ball

valve wrench.
Ball valve
wrench
Fig. 17 Opening the ball valve (ship side)
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
10
Re-assembly
stk2_237
Remove rest of the shear pin (Pos. 9).

Untighten the lock nut.
Lock nut
Fig. 18 Shear pin / lock nut
stk2_238
Untighten the clamping nut as it is

possible to close the clamp lever.
Clamping nut
Fig. 19 Clamping nut
ATTENTION Ensure that the contact areas are clean and

dry.
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
11
Re-assembly
stk2_239
Position the clamping brackets

around the disconnecting flanges
of the ball valves.
Fig. 20 Position the clamping brackets
stk_240
Close the clamp lever.
Fig. 21 Close the clamp lever
WARNING Incorrect installation of the ball washer can

prevent or cause failure of the disconnection
system.
Ball washer
stk2_241
Ensure that the ball washer is

installed correctly (i.e. radius to
radius).
Fig. 22 Position of the ball washer
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
12
Re-assembly
stk2_242
Nut
Fit a new shear pin.
Shear pin
Fig. 23 Shear pin
WARNING It is imperative that the shear pin (item 9) has

been installed.
Otherwise the clamping system can
be opened and initiate an emergency
disconnection at fully opened ball valves.
stk2_243
Tighten the clamping nut by a

torque of 120 Nm at ambient
temperature.
stk2_244
Tighten the lock nut to fix the

clamping nut.
Fig. 25 Lock nut
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
13
Re-assembly
stk2_245
Loading arm side
Open top ball valve by actuation

of push-button “ERC ball valve
open” at the local control panel.
Ensure that both valves are in fully
open position.
Fig. 26 Opening the ball valve

(loading arm side)
stk_0182
Fit a new shear pin.
Shear pin
Re-connect the hydraulic lines for
the QCDC, if applicable.
Re-connect the purge line for

Fig. 27 Mounting new shear pin
swivel joint purging. (Pos. 8)
Remove the safety clamps.
WARNING After re-assembly the safety clamps have to

be removed. If not, it results in system failure
and another emergency disconnecton is not
possible.
NOTE The safety clamps and studs should be kept

in a safe store area and protect them against
damages.
Carry out a leakage test.
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
14
ATTENTION Do not use any tool (e.g. hammer, screw

driver) or rough forces for the seal installation
to avoid damage to the seal or seal chamber.
NOTE Before installation check the new seals for

damages, small scratches, etc. If in doubt, do
not install the corresponding seal.
Do not use any tools or substances (e.g.
grease) to fix the seals during assembly.
Disassembly of the old disconnection flange seal
Loading arm side

stk_0052
Remove the countersunk screws to

disassemble the pressure ring and
the disconnection flange seal. Disconnection
flange seal
Pressure ring
Countersunk screws
Fig. 28 Assembly and disassembly

of the disconnection flange seal
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
15
Assembly of a new disconnection flange seal
stk_0052
Loading arm side
Put the disconnection flange seal

into the pressure ring.
Mount the pressure ring with
countersunk screws at the flange of Screw
the ball valve.
Screw
Pressure ring
Disconnection Screw
flange seal Screw
Fig. 29 Mounted disconnection flange seal
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
16
Maintenance
Maintenance
Routine maintenance intervals

Monthly
- All the pins and washers are in

position and secured.
- The shear pins are in position and
undamaged.
- Hydraulic fittings and hoses are
leak free and are undamaged
- Cleaning the sliding surfaces and
joints.
Six monthly Functional test
WARNING The functional test has to be carried out

without disconnection!
During this test it is not allowed to connect the
marine loading arm to a ship or testing device
(dummy manifold).
The movement sequence of the loading arm
may not be restricted during functional test.
It is not permitted to perform the ERC function
test without having installed the two safety
(test) clamps and bolts.
WARNING For safety reasons it is imperative that

radius of the ERC assembly during the
functional test.
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
17
Maintenance
- Secure the disconnection flanges

by installing the 2 safety (testing)
clamps and bolts.
- Initiate ERC disconnection
Check that:
- Ball valves close.
- Shear pins break correctly.
- Clamping system opens correctly.
- Re-assembly in accordance with

the re-assembly procedure.
- Fit new shear pins.

been installed.
- Check that the safety clamps

have been removed.

be removed.
If not, it results in system failure and an
emergency disconnecton is not possible.
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
18
Special Tools
Special Tools (tool kit, part of ERC)
stk_0093
1 off ball valve wrench for

the re-assembly and routine
maintenance.
Fig. 30 Ball valve wrench
stk2_223
1 off torque wrench including three

sockets for re-assembling and
routine maintenance (to tighten
the clamping nut at the clamp
lever).
Fig. 31 Torque wrench
NOTE The safety (testing) clamps are pre-assembled

(transport).
stk_0095
2 off safety (testing) clamps for

transport, re-assembling and
routine maintenance (ERC
functional test).
Fig. 32 Safety clamps
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
19
Spare Parts
Spare Parts
stk_0189
1 off shear pin (Pos. 8).
Fig. 33 Shear pin
stk_0094
1 off shear pin (Pos. 9).
Fig. 34 Shear pin
stk_0096
1 off disconnection flange seal
Fig. 35 Disconnection flange seal
0702_71793_00710a-0614-00.indd
20
20-12-12
0703_71793_ERC Ball Valves_453884.indd

Components Descriptions ERC Ball Valves
Betriebs- und Wartungsanleitung

Maintenance- and Operating Instruction
Zwei-Wege Kugelhahn
Two-Way Ball Valve
Baureihe
Series
80-K
INHALTSVERZEICHNIS: Table of contents:
Beschreibung Seite(n) Description Page(s)
1. Sicherheitshinweise 1 1. Security References 1

2. Einsatzbereich / Techn. Daten 1 2. Service / Technical Data 1
3. Transport 2 3. Transport 2
Technische Änderungen vorbehalten /
Technical modifications are reserved.
4. Platzbedarf 2 4. Space Required 2

5. Einbau 2 5. Installation 2
6. Gefahrenhinweise 2 6. Danger References 2
7. Inbetriebnahme 2 7. Start-Up 2
8. Ingangsetzung 2 8. Operation 2
9. Instandhaltung / Hauptbauteile 9. Maintenance / Main Components
Demontage / Montage 3-4 Disassembly / Assembly 3-4
10. Funktionsstörungen 4 10. Malfunction 4
1.0 Sicherheitshinweise für den Bediener 1.0 Security References for the User
1.1 Es ist jede Arbeitsweise zu unterlassen, welche die Sicherheit 1.1 Any practice infringing the safety of the valve or main systems
an der Armatur und den zu- und abführenden Leitungs- has to be avoided..
systemen beeinträchtigt. 1.2 Ensure that only authorized and skilled personenel operate
1.2 Es muß sichergestell sein, daß nur autorisierte und fachlich the valve.
geschulte Personen an der Armatur arbeiten. 1.3 Alternations of the valve infriging the safety have to be an-
1.3 Veränderungen an der Armatur, welche die Sicherheit beein- nounced immediately.
trächtigen, sind sofort zu melden. 1.4 Only operate the valve in impeccable condition.
1.4 Die Armatur darf nur in einwandfreiem Zustand betrieben 1.5 If necessary, provide for respective protective clothing.
werden. 1.6 Cleanless and facility of inspection in the valve area have to
1.5 Falls erforderlich, ist entsprechende Schutzkleidung bereit- be guaranteed.
zustellen. Die ordnungsgemäße Anwendung ist zu üben und 1.7 Any work (assembly, disassemly) at the valve during
zu überwachen. operation is prohibited. Danger due to moving parts (bruises)
1.6 Sauberkeit und Übersichtlichkeit im Bereich der Armatur ist zu or escaping media (burnigs, cauterisings, poisonings).
gewährleisten. 1.8 Due to safety reasons unauthorised alternations or
1.7 Während des Betriebes dürfen keine Arbeiten (Montagen, De- conversions at the valve are prohibited.
montagen) an der Armatur durchgeführt werden. Gefahr 1.9 During all kind of work pay heed to specific safety rules e.g.
durch sich bewegende teile (Quetschungen) oder aus- free of oil and grease in case of oxygene valves).
tretende Medien (Verbrennungen, Ätzungen, Vergiftungen). 1.10 The valve might be stored only in full open condition and with
1.8 Eigenmächtige Veränderungen oder Umbauten an der lateral protecting-covers.
Armatur sind aus Sicherheitsgründen verboten.
1.9 Bei allen Arbeiten an Armaturen sind die werks- und anlagen-
bedigten Sicherheitsvorschriften genauestens zu beachten
(z.B. Öl- und Fettfreiheit bei Sauerstoff-Armaturen).
1.10 Die Armatur darf nur in voll geöffneter Kugelstellung und mit
seitlichen Schutzkappen gelagert werden.
2.0 Einsatzbereich / Technische Daten 2.0 Service / Technical data

Die einzelnen Armaturen sind entsprechend den Vorschriften und The individual valves are marked according to prescriptions and
Richtlinien gekennzeichnet. rules.
Die maximal zulässigen Betriebsbedingungen (Druck, Temperatur) The maximal allowable operating conditions (pressure, temp-
sind unter Beachtung der zutreffenden Regelwerke und Hersteller- erature) have to be strictly adhered by observing the respective
angaben einzuhalten. control equipment and the manufacturers indications.
-2-

2
Seite / page 2
3.0 Transport 3.0 Transport
Die Armatur ist nach Bestellspezifikation transportsicher und fach- As per customers specification the valve is packed i.e. suitable for
gerecht für Luft-, See-, Bahn- oder LKW-Transport vorschriftsmäßig transport by air, sea, rail or truck.
verpackt.
The transport accessories, such as lugs for lifting appliances and
Die Transporthilfen, d.h. Anschlagmöglichkeiten für Hebezeuge und paletts have to be used as prescribed during loading and unloading.
Paletten sind beim Be- und Entladen vorschriftsmäßig zu benutzen.
4.0 Platzbedarf 4.0 Space Required
Der Einbauort muß ausreichende Zugänglichkeit für Wartungs- und The place of installation of the valve must provide for sufficient
Instandsetzungsarbeiten aufweisen. access for maintenance and repair work.
5.0 Einbau 5.0 Installation

5.1 Vor dem Einbau der Armatur sind: 5.1 Prior to installation of the valve:
- die örtlichen Sicherheitsbestimmungen zu beachten, - observe the local safety regulations,

- die Rohrleitungen von Schmutz, Fremdkörpern und Schweiß- - clean the piping from dirt, foreign partivles and welding globules,
rückständen zu reinigen, - remove the lateral protecting covers,
- die seitlichen Schutzkappen zu entfernen, - check the sealing surfacec of the flanges,
- die Dichtflächen an den Flanschen zu prüfen, - check the correct fitting position with regard to flow and function,
- die strömungs- und funktionsgerechte Einbaulage zu prüfen, - check the gaskets to be used,
- die zu verwendenden Dichtungen zu prüfen, - determine the welding procedures in case welding becomes
- die Schweißverfahren bei notwendigen ggf. Schweißarbeiten ab- necessary.
zustimmen.
5.2 Vor dem Einbau der Armatur sind: 5.2 During installation of the valve:
- die Flanschverbindungen über Kreuz, in mehreren Stufen an- - the flange joints are to be tightened crosswise and uniformly and
zuziehen und die notwendigen Drehmomente zu berücksichtigen, the necessary torque´s are to be considered.
- die vorgegebene Einbaulage zu prüfen. - the fitting position are to be checked.
Die Armatur ist vorzugsweise waagrecht und, falls vorhanden, mit The valve is preferably installed in horizontal position and, if
senkrecht stehendem Antrieb einzubauen. available, with actator in vertical position.
6.0 Gefahrenhinweise 6.0 Danger References
Für die Armaturen sind entsprechend den vorhandenen Gefahren- Provide for adequate safety measurements according to dangerous
klassen und den Umweltbelastungsrisiken, verfahrensgerechte materials class and environmental protection.
Sicherheitsmaßnahmen vorzusehen.
In case of high temperatures protect the valve against touching.
Bei hohen Betriebstemperaturen sind die Armaturen gegen
Berührung zu sichern. Provide for a sufficient safety zone.
Ausreichende Sicherheitsabstände sind vorzusehen.
7.0 Inbetriebnahme 7.0 Start-Up
Die Armatur ist ab Werk nach der Bestellspezifikation ausgeführt The valve has been manufactured and tested as per the customers
und geprüft. specification..
7.1 Prüfmerkmale vor Inbetriebnahme 7.1 Test prior to Start-Up
Gesamtarmatur: Beschädigung, Verschmutzung complete valve: damage, contamination

Antriebe (falls vorhanden): actuator (if available):
Anschlüsse für: connections for:
Druckluft: Zuluftleitungen auf Dichtheit, Sauberkeit compressed air: tightness of main for supply air, cleanliness
Elektrik: Spannung, Stromstärke, Verbindungen (Polung) electrical: voltage, current, connections (polarity)
Anbaugeräte attachment devices:
(falls vorhanden): Verschraubungen, Befestigungen (if available): boltings, fixings
Die technischen Angaben auf der Armatur, dem Antrieb und den Strictly adhered to the technical indications on the valve, the
Zusatzgeräten sind genauestens zu beachten. actuator and the additional equipment.
Die Armatur darf nur in voll geöffnetem oder geschlossenem The valve might be only operated in full open or closed condition.
Zustand betrieben werden.
8.0 Ingangsetzung 8.0 Operating
Mit der Ingangsetzung der Armatur sind zu prüfen: When starting operation check:
- Schaltwellenausgang auf Dichtheit, - the tightness of control shaft outlet,

- Schweißverbindungen auf Dichtheit, - the tightness of welding seams,
- Dichtungen an der Armatur und an den Rohrleitungsflanschen, - the gaskets of the valve and the flanges of the main,
- Arbeits- und Funktionsweise. - the method of operating and function.
-3-

3
Seite / page 3
9.0 Instandhaltung
9.0 Maintenance
Wartungs- und Inspektionsarbeiten an Armaturen dürfen nur von
Maintenance and inspecting of the valve are to be carried out by
Personen durchgeführt werden, die für diesen Zweck ausgebildet
specifically trained persons, who know the respective safety
sind, die einschlägigen Sicherheitsbestimmungen kennen und ein
regulations and have sufficient technical expertise.
ausreichendes Produktwissen besitzen.
During all kinds of work observe that no valve parts and additional
Bei allen Arbeiten ist zu beachten, daß keine Bauteile der Armatur
appliances are damaged.
oder der Zusatzgeräte beschädigt werden.
9.1 Wartungsarbeiten
9.1 Maintenance Work
Sichtkontrolle:
Visual control::
- Flanschverbindungen und Schaltwellenausgang auf Leckagen
- Inspect flange connections and end of control shaft as to leak-
kontrollieren, Flanschverbindungen ggf. nachdichten,
age´s, if necessary, additional sealing of the flange connections,
- Stellfunktionen beachten,
- observe the positioning,
- Armatur und Zusatzgeräte säubern.
- clean valve and attachments.
9.2 Inspektion, Ingangsetzung
9.2 Inspection, Maintenance
9.2.1 Sicherheitsmaßnahmen
9.2.1 Protective Measures
Bei Inspektionen und Instandsetzungsarbeiten sind folgende
In case of inspection and maintenance observe the following:
Hinweise unbedingt zu beachten:
- die Armatur ist grundsätzlich stillzulegen,

- the valve must be out of service,
- die Versorgungsanschlüsse sind zu schließen,
- the supply connections must be closed,
- Armaturen für hohe Betriebstemperaturen müssen abkühlen,
- valves for high temperatures must be cool-down,
- zu- und abführende Rohrleitungen müssen entleert werden,
- the supply and discharge mains must be emptied,
- gefährliche Medien müssen unter Beachtung der Vorschriften
- dangerous medias must be neutralized by observing the rules
neutralisiert werden (Vergiftungs- und Explosionsgefahr),
(danger of poisoning and explosion),
- für größere Armaturen sind Hebevorichtungen bereitzustellen,
- lifting appliances must be available in case of larger valves,
- vor Demontage der Armatur sind Anbauteile wie z.B. Antriebe
- before disassembling the valve remove attachments like actuator

und Verbindungselemente, Hebeleinheiten und Spindelverlänger-
and connection, lever-units and stem-extensions.
ungen zu entfernen.
9.2.2 Übersicht Hauptbauteile / table of main components

Pos./item Beschreibung / designation
1 Gehäuse body
2 Stutzen body end connection
3;4 Druckring retainer ring
5 Kugel ball
6 Schaltbolzen stem
8 Stützring gland washer
10 Lagerdeckel bearing cover
11 Zwischenstück extension
16 Tellerfeder plate spring
17 Zyl. Druckfeder coil spring
20 Dichtring sealing ring
21 Sitzring seat ring
23 Dichtung gasket
24 Packung stem packing
25 Lagerbuchse bearing bush
27 Dichtung gasket
28 Schraube screw
29 Schraube screw
30 Schraube screw
36 Halbschale cafity filler
-4-

4
Seite / page 4
9.2.3 Montage und Demontage der Armatur 9.2.3 Disassembling and Assembling of the Valve
Demontage Disassembly
1. Kugelhahn in geschlossen-Stellung bringen, 1. Turn valve into closed position,
2. Schrauben (28) lösen und Stutzen (2) von Gehäuse (1) 2. unscrew screws (28) and remove body end connection (2) from
abnehmen, body (1),
3. Druckring(3 mit22) Dichtring (20), Druckring (4) und Druckfedern 3. remove retainer ring (3 with 22), sealing ring (20), retainer ring
(17) aus Stutzen (2) entnehmen, (4) and coil springs (17) out of body end connection (2),
4. Halbschale (36) aus Gehäuse (1) entnehmen, 4. remove cafity filler (36) out of body (1),
5. Schrauben (30) lösen und Zwischenstück (11) abnehmen, 5. unscrew screws (30) and remove extension (11) from body (1),
6. Schrauben (29) lösen und Lagerdeckel (10) von Zwischenstück 6. unscrew screws (29) and remove bearing cover (10) from
(11) abnehmen, extension (11),
7. Lagerbuchse (25) und Dichtung (27) entnehmen, 7. remove bearing bush (25) and gasket (27),
8. Schaltbolzen (6), Tellerfedern (16), Stützring (8) und Packung 8. remove stem (6), plate springs (16), gland washer (8) and stem
(24) aus Zwischenstück (11) entnehmen, packing (24) out of extension (11),
9. Kugel (5), Sitzring (21) und Dichtung (23) aus Gehäuse (1) 9. remove ball (5), seat ring (21) and gasket (23) out of body (1),
entnehmen, 10. remove bearing (26) from stem (6).
10. Lager (26) von Schaltbolzen (6) abnehmen.
Montage Assembly
Alle demontierten Teile, die Dichtflächen und Aufnahmebohrungen sind zu Clean all disassembled parts, sealing surfacec and drillings and check them
reinigen, auf Beschädigung und Wiederverwendbarkeit zu prüfen. Die Ver- as to damage and reuse.
wendung von Reinigungsmitteln ist abzustimmen (material- und prozeß- The purifying to be used depents to material and process.
abhängig).
1. Lager (26) über Schaltbolzen (6) führen und Lagerbuchse (25) in 1. Attach bearing (26) to stem (6) and insert bearing bush (25) into
Lagerdeckel (10) einsetzen, bearing cover (10),
2. in Folge: Schaltbolzen (6), Packung (24), Stützring (8) und 2. insert (in order) stem (6), stem packing (24), gland washer (8)
Tellerfedern (16) in Zwischenstück (11) einsetzen, and plate springs (16) into extension (11),
3. Lagerdeckel (10) an Zwischenstück (11) anbringen, Schrauben 3. attach bearing cover (10) to extension (11), insert screws (29)
(29) einsetzen und gleichmäßig, über Kreuz, anziehen, and tighten screws crosswise and uniformly,
4. Dichtungen (23, 27) in Gehäuse (1) einsetzen, 4. insert gaskets (23, 27) into body (1),
5. Sitzring (21) und Kugel (5) in Gehäuse (1) einsetzen, 5. insert seat ring (21) and ball (5) into body (1),
6. Zwischenstück (11) an Gehäuse (1) anbringen, Schrauben (30) 6. attach extension (11) to body (1), attach screws (30) and tighten
aufschrauben und gleichmäßig, über Kreuz anziehen, screws crosswise and uniformly,
7. Halbschalen (36) in Gehäuse (1) einsetzen, 7. insert cafity filler (36) into body (1),
8. Sitzring (22) in Druckring (3) einsetzen, 8. insert seatring (22) into retainer ring (3),
9. Druckfedern(17), Druckring(4),Dichtring(20) und Druckring (3mit 9. insert coil springs (17), retainer ring (4), sealing ring (20) and
22) in Stutzen (2) einsetzen, retainer ring (3with22)into body end connection (2),
10. Stutzen (2) an Gehäuse (1) anbringen, Schrauben (28) 10. attach body end connection (2) to body (1), insert screws (28)
einsetzen und gleichmäßig, über Kreuz, anziehen. and tighten screws crosswise and uniformly.
Vor Inbetriebnahme ist nach § 8 ff zu verfahren. For Start-Up refer to § 8.0.
10.0 Funktionsstörungen 10.0 Malfunction

Störung mögliche Ursache Abhilfe Failure Possible Reasons Remedy
Schaltbolzen - Schaltbolzen - Schaltbolzen stem does - stem damaged - replace stem
dreht nicht beschädigt austauschen not turn
- Deckelschrauben - Schrauben lösen - cover screws not - unscrew screws and
ungleich angezogen und gleichmäßig, evenly tightened tighten crosswise
über Kreuz anziehen and uniformly
- blockieren der Kugel - beschädigte Teile - ball blockated - replace damaged
- klemmen der Sitzringe austauschen - seats are jammed parts
Armatur dichtet - Schmutzablagerungen - Sitzring und Kugel valve not - dirt particles on the - clean seat rings
nicht ausreichend an Sitzring und Kugel reinigen sufficiently tight seat rings and ball and ball
- Kugel od. Sitzringe - beschädigte Teile - ball or seat rings - replace damaged
beschädigt austauschen damaged parts
- Drehbewegung nicht - bei Antrieben:
ausreichend neu justieren - rotation not - readjustment of
- Schaltbolzen prüfen sufficient drives
- Fremdkörper im - check stem
Armatureninneren - Fremdkörper entfernen
- foreign particles inside - remove foreign
Verschraubungen - Dichtungen beschädigt - Dichtung austauschen the valve particles
dichten nicht
- Schraubverbindungen - lösen und gleichmäßig boltings not - gaskets damaged - replace gaskets
ungleich angezogen über Kreuz anziehen sufficiently tight
- bolted joints not - unscrew bolted joints
- Schraubverbindungen - Schrauben gleichmäßig evenly tightened and tighten them cross-
nicht ausreichend über Kreuz anziehen wise and uniformly
- bolted joints not - tighten screws cross-
- Dichtflächen beschädigt - Dichtflächen, falls
sufficiently tightened wise and uniformly
möglich nachbearbeiten
- sealing surfaces - retreatment of sealing-
damaged surfaces if possible
PERRIN GmbH Ausgabe:

Edition:
Sep.2013
TD
Germany
Siemensstraße 1  D-61130 Nidderau  (0 61 87) 9 28-0  Fax: (0 61 87) 9 28-2 51
Dokument-Nr.: 508239Ba
E-Mail: postoffice@perrin.de  Internet: http://www.perrin.de Document-No.

5
7.4 Cryogenic Emergency Release Coupling (ERC)
3” (457858)
General 2
Main Parts 3
ERC Function 4
Stand-by Mode 4
Disconnection 4
Re-assembly 7
Mounting a new Disconnection Flange Seal 14
Disassembly of the old Disconnection Flange Seal 15
Assembly of a new Disconnection Flange Seal 15
Maintenance 16
Special Tools (Toolkit, Part of ERC) 18
Spare Parts 19
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd
Components Descriptions General
General
The ERC forms an integral part of the SVT Emergency Release System (ERS) for
Marine Loading Arms (MLAs).
The objective of the ERC is to allow safe disconnection of the loading arm
from the ship with an absolute minimum of product spillage under emergency
conditions, such as movement of the ship away from the jetty during loading
or unloading.
The ERC is operated by one hydraulic cylinder for closure of the ball
valves and subsequent disconnection. The special push rod arrangement
incorporates a mechanical interlock system which guarantees full closure of
the ball valves before disconnection.
It is not possible to re-open the ball valves before re-assembly of the ERC.
After re-assembly the ball valves can be opened by a special ball valve
wrench (part of the ERC toolkit).

required skills, are well trained and instructed
the complete contents of these instructions.

radius of the ERC assembly when emergency
release actuation is signalled.

body temperature.
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 2
Components Descriptions Main Parts
Main Parts
stk_0237
6 Loading
arm side
5
13
1
7 9
14 3
2
5
8
Hydraulic Ship side

control valve
Fig. 1 Main parts (front view)
Item 1 Ball valve - loading arm side
Item 2 Ball valve - ship side stk_0238
Item 3 Clamping system

Item 4 Hydraulic cylinder
Item 5 Ball valve actuating lever
Item 6 Push rod system
Item 7 Clamping nut
Loading arm side
Item 8 Shear pin (ball valves)*
Item 9 Shear pin (disconnection) 3
Item 10 Disconnection flange seal 6
Item 11 Clamp connection
Item 12 Centering bolt 9
Item 13 Clamp lever
Item 14 Lock nut 5
6 11
* Prevent closing of ball valves during 8

loading / unloading (due to vibration Ship side
and /or self-weight).
Fig. 2 Main parts (side view)
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 3
Components Descriptions ERC Function
ERC Function
stk_0229
Stand-by Mode
Ball valves are open.

The hydraulic control valve is
de-energized.
Hydraulic pressure at the piston rod
side.
stk_0230
Disconnection

energized.
Hydraulic pressure at the piston
side causes piston rod moving
downwards.
The shear pin (item 8) which
secures the ball valves breaks.
stk_0231
The ball valves start closing

(fig. 4 - 6).
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 4
stk_0232
The ball valves are nearly closed

(fig. 6).
The ball valves contact the seal
system (product flow is stopped).
stk_0233
The ball valves are closed (fig. 7).
The disconnection part of the push

rod system hits the actuating lever
of the clamping system.
The disconnection shear pin (item 9)

breaks.
stk_0234
The pre-loaded clamping brackets

declamp from the disconnection
flange and come off downward.
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 5
stk_0235
The ball valves are disconnected.
stk_0236

de-energized.
Cylinder piston rod returns to
stand-by position for re-assembly.
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 6
Components Descriptions Re-assembly
Re-assembly
ATTENTION At least two people are required for re-

assembling the ERC.

WARNING Make sure that the personnel wear the

required personal protection equipment.
NOTE For low temperature service e.g. LNG,

Ethylene, LPG allow both ball valves to return
to ambient temperature. Do not speed up this
by water wash.
ATTENTION Ensure that the disconnection flange seal is

in good condition, free from damage and
installed correctly.
The seal must be replaced if there is any
sign of damage or deformation at the
disconnection flange seal.
ATTENTION Ensure that the disconnection flange faces

and the ball valve spheres are clean and
completely dry .
On later opening of the ball valves dirt can
lead to damage of the seals.
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 7
Components Descriptions
Procedure

(MoS2-Spray). Check the condition of the
spray film and renew or add, if required.
stk_0239
Loading arm side
The vessel has to be positioned
back into the working area.
The MLA has to be moved back
to the separated part of the triple
swivel assembly.
Centering bolt
(item 2) Centering bolt
(item 2)
Disconnection
flange seal
Manoeuvre the loading arm

and bring the two disconnection
flanges carefully together using the
centering bolts (item 12) to line up
the flanges. Manoeuvre the arm Ship side
until the flanges are closed.
Fig. 11 Reunite disconnection flange
stk_0211
Safety clamp
Temporarily mount the first safety

clamp.
Fix the safety clamp with one screw
using the centering bolt.
Screw
Centering bolt
Fig. 12 Mounting the safety clamps
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 8
stk_0212
Safety clamp

(MoS2-Spray). Check the condition of the
spray film and renew or add, if required.
stk_0213
Centering bolt
Temporarily mount the second
safety clamp.
screw using the centering bolt.
Screw
Safety clamp
Fig. 14 Mounting the safety clamp
stk_0214
Safety clamp
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 9
stk_0215
Loading
arm side
Remove the rest of the shear pin

(item 8).
Push the “ship side” part of the

push rod manually back into it’s
position.
Ship side
Fig. 16 Push rod (ship side)
WARNING Before opening the ERC ball valves after an

emergency disconnection the product line /
vapour line (if applicable) has to be relieved
first.
stk_216

valve wrench.
Ball valve
wrench
Fig. 17 Opening the ball valve (ship side)
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 10
stk_0217
Remove the rest of the shear pin

item 9).
Untighten the lock nut.
Lock nut
Fig. 18 Lock nut
stk_0218
Untighten the clamping nut as it is

possible to close the clamp lever.
Clamping nut
ATTENTION Ensure that the contact areas are clean and

dry.
stk_0219
Position the clamping brackets

around the disconnecting flanges
of the ball valves.
Fig. 20 Position the clamping brackets
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 11
stk_0220
Close the clamp lever.
Fig. 21 Close the clamp lever
WARNING Incorrect installation of the ball washer can

prevent or cause failure of the disconnection
system.
stk_0222
Ensure that the ball washer is

installed correctly (i.e. radius to
radius).
Ball washer
Fig. 22 Position of the ball washer

been installed.
stk_0221
Fit a new shear pin (item 9)
Shear pin
Nut
Fig. 23 Shear pin (item 9)
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 12
stk_0352
Tighten the clamping nut by

a torque of 80 Nm at ambient
temperature.
stk_0224
Tighten the lock nut to fix the

clamping nut
Fig. 25 Lock nut
stk_0225
Loading arm side

valve wrench.
Ball valve
wrench
Fig. 26 Opening the ball valve

(loading arm side)
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 13
Components Descriptions Mounting a new Disconnection Flange Seal
stk_0226
Fit a new shear pin (item 8).
Re-connect the purge line for

swivel joints.
Shear pin
Re-connect the hydraulic lines for Fig. 27 Mounting a new shear pin
the QCDC, if applicable. (item 8)

and another emergency disconnection is not
possible.
Remove the safety clamps.
NOTE The safety clamps and studs should be kept

in a safe store area and protect them against
damages.
Carry out a leakage test.
ATTENTION Do not use any tool (e.g. hammer, screw

driver) or rough forces for the seal installation
to avoid damage to the seal or seal chamber.
NOTE Before installation check the new seals for

damages, small scratches, etc. If in doubt, do
not install the corresponding seal.
Do not use any tools or substances (e.g.
grease) to fix the seals during assembly.
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 14
Components Descriptions Mounting a new Disconnection Flange Seal
Disassembly of the old Disconnection Flange Seal
stk_0052 Loading arm side
Remove the countersunk screws to

disassemble the pressure ring and
the disconnection flange seal.
Disconnection
flange seal
Pressure ring
Countersunk screws
Fig. 28 Assembly and disassembly of

the disconnection flange seal
Assembly of a new Disconnection Flange Seal
Loading arm side

stk_0052
Put the disconnection flange seal

into the pressure ring.
Mount the pressure ring with
countersunk screws to the flange Screw
of the ball valve.
Screw
Pressure ring
Disconnection Screw
flange seal Screw
Fig. 29 Mounted disconnection

flange seal
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 15
Components Descriptions Maintenance
Maintenance
Routine maintenance intervals

Monthly
Check that:
- all the pins and washers are in

position and secured.
- the shear pins (item 8, 9) are in

position and undamaged.
- the hydraulic fittings and hoses

are leak-free and undamaged.
- Clean the sliding surfaces and

joints.
Six monthly Functional test
WARNING The functional test has to be carried out

without disconnection!
During this test it is not allowed to connect the
marine loading arm to a ship or testing device
(dummy manifold).
The movement sequence of the loading arm
may not be restricted during functional test.
It is not permitted to perform the ERC function
test without having installed the two safety
(test) clamps and bolts.
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 16
Components Descriptions Maintenance

radius of the ERC assembly during the
functional test.
- Secure the disconnection flanges

by installing the 2 safety (testing)
clamps and bolts.
- Initiate ERC disconnection.
Check that:
- the ball valves are closed.
- the shear pins break correctly

(item 8, 9).
- the clamping system opens

correctly.
- Re-assembly in accordance
with the re-assembly procedure.
- Fit new shear pins (item 8, 9).

been installed.
- Check that the safety clamps

have been removed.

and an emergency disconnection is not
possible.
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 17
Components Descriptions Special Tools
Special Tools (Toolkit, Part of ERC)
1 off ball valve wrench for stk_0093
the re-assembly and routine

maintenance.
Fig. 30 Ball valve wrench
stk2_223
1 off torque wrench including three

sockets for re-assembling and
routine maintenance (to tighten
the clamping nut at the clamp
lever).
Fig. 31 Torque wrench
NOTE The safety (testing) clamps are pre-assembled

(transport).
stk_0095
2 off safety (testing) clamps for

transport, reassembling and routine
maintenance (ERC functional test).
Fig. 32 Safety clamps
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 18
Components Descriptions Spare Parts
Spare Parts
stk_0189
1 off shear pin (item 8).
Fig. 33 Shear pin
stk_0094
1 off shear pin (item 9).
Fig. 34 Shear pin
stk_0096
1 off disconnection flange seal
Fig. 35 Disconnection flange seal
00753a-0317-02_ansi.indd 19
21-02-2014
7.5 Ball Valves 3” (357945)

Components Descriptions Ball Valves 3”
KUGELHÄHNE
BALL VALVES
Betriebs- und Wartungsanleitung

Maintenance- and Operating Instruction
Zwei-Wege Kugelhahn
Two-Way Ball Valve
Baureihe
Series
80-K
INHALTSVERZEICHNIS: Table of contents:
Beschreibung Seite(n) Description Page(s)
1. Sicherheitshinweise 1 1. Security References 1

2. Einsatzbereich / Techn. Daten 1 2. Service / Technical Data 1
3. Transport 2 3. Transport 2
4. Platzbedarf 2 4. Space Required 2

5. Einbau 2 5. Installation 2
6. Gefahrenhinweise 2 6. Danger References 2
7. Inbetriebnahme 2 7. Start-Up 2
8. Ingangsetzung 2 8. Operation 2
9. Instandhaltung / Hauptbauteile 9. Maintenance / Main Components
Demontage / Montage 3-4 Disassembly / Assembly 3-4
10. Funktionsstörungen 4 10. Malfunction 4
1.0 Sicherheitshinweise für den Bediener 1.0 Security References for the User
1.1 Es ist jede Arbeitsweise zu unterlassen, welche die Sicherheit 1.1 Any practice infringing the safety of the valve or main systems
an der Armatur und den zu- und abführenden Leitungs- has to be avoided..
systemen beein-trächtigt. 1.2 Ensure that only authorized and skilled personenel operate
1.2 Es muß sichergestell sein, daß nur autorisierte und fachlich the valve.
geschulte Personen an der Armatur arbeiten. 1.3 Alternations of the valve infriging the safety have to be an-
1.3 Veränderungen an der Armatur, welche die Sicherheit beein- nounced immediately.
trächtigen, sind sofort zu melden. 1.4 Only operate the valve in impeccable condition.
1.4 Die Armatur darf nur in einwandfreiem Zustand betrieben 1.5 If necessary, provide for respective protective clothing.
werden. 1.6 Cleanless and facility of inspection in the valve area have to
1.5 Fall erforderlich, ist entsprechende Schutzkleidung bereit- be guaranteed.
zustellen. Die Ordnungsgemäße Anwendung ist zu üben und 1.7 Any work (assembly, disassemly) at the valve during
zu überwachen. operation is prohibited. Danger due to moving parts (bruises)
1.6 Sauberkeit und Übersichtlichkeit im Bereich der Armatur ist zu or escaping media (burnigs, cauterisings, poisonings).
gewährleisten. 1.8 Due to safety reasons unauthorised alternations or
1.7 Während des Betriebes dürfen keine Arbeiten (Montagen, De- conversions at the valve are prohibited.
montagen) an der Armatur durchgeführt werden. Gefahr 1.9 During all kind of work pay heed to specific safety rules e.g.
durch sich bewegende teile (Quetschungen) oder aus- free of oil and grease in case of oxygene valves).
tretende Medien (Verbren-nungen, Ätzungen, Vergiftungen). 1.10 The valve might be stored only in full open condition and with
1.8 Eigenmächtige Veränderungen oder Umbauten an der lateral protecting-covers.
Armatur sind aus Sicherheitsgründen verboten.
1.9 Bei allen Arbeiten an Armaturen sind die werks- und anlagen-
bedigten Sicherheitsvorschriften genauestens zu beachten
(z.B. Öl- und Fett-freiheit bei Sauerstoff-Armaturen).
1.10 Die Armatur darf nur in voll geöffneter Kugelstellung und mit
seitlichen Schutzkappen gelagert werden.
2.0 Einsatzbereich / Technische Daten 2.0 Service / Technical data

Die einzelnen Armaturen sind entsprechend den Vorschriften und The individual valves are marked according to prescriptions and
Richtlinien gekennzeichnet . rules.
Die maximal zulässigen Betriebsbedingungen (Druck, Temperatur) The maximal allowable operating conditions (pressure, temp-
sind unter Beachtung der zutreffenden Regelwerke und Hersteller- erature) have to be strictly adhered by observing the respective
angaben einzuhalten. control equipment and the manufacturers indications.
-2-
0705_71793_Ball Valves_357945.indd
2
Seite / page 2
3.0 Transport 3.0 Transport
Die Armatur ist nach bestellspezifikation transportsicher und fach- As per customers specification the valve is packed i.e. suitable for
gerecht für Luft-, See-, Bahn- oder LKW-Transport vorschriftsmäßig transport by air, sea, rail or truck.
verpackt.
The transport accessoiries, such as lugs for lifting appliances and
Die Transporthilfen, d.h. Anschlagmöglichkeiten für Hebezeuge und paletts have to be used as prescribed during loading and unloading.
Paletten sind beim Be- und Entladen vorschriftsmäßig zu benutzen.
4.0 Platzbedarf 4.0 Space Required
Der Einbauort muß ausreichende Zugänglichkeit für Wartungs- und The place of installation of the valve must provide for sufficient
Instandsetzungsarbeiten aufweisen. access for maintenance and repair work.
5.0 Einbau 5.0 Installation

5.1 Vor dem Einbau der Armatur sind: 5.1 Prior to installation of the valve:
- die örtlichen Sicherheitsbestimmungen zu beachten, - observe the local safety regulations,

- die Rohrleitungen von Schmutz, Fremdkörpern und Schweiß- - clean the piping from dirt, foreign partivles and welding globules,
rückständen zu reinigen, - remove the lateral protecting covers,
- die Seitlichen Schutzkappen zu entfernen, - check the sealing surfacec of the flanges,
- die Dichtflächen an den Flanschen zu prüfen, - check the correct fitting position with regard to flow and function,
- die strömungs- und funktionsgerechte Einbaulage zu prüfen, - check the gaskets to be used,
- die zu verwendenden Dichtungen zu prüfen, - determine the welding procedures in case welding becomes
- die Schweißverfahren bei notwendigen ggf. Schweißarbeiten ab- necessary.
zustimmen.
5.2 Vor dem Einbau der Armatur sind: 5.2 During installation of the valve:
- die Flanschverbindungen über Kreuz, in mehreren Stufen an- - the flange joints are to be tightened crosswise and uniformly and
zuziehen und die notwendigen Drehmomente zu berücksichtigen, the necessary torque´s are to be considered.
- die vorgegebene Einbaulage zu prüfen. - the fitting position are to be checked.
Die Armatur ist vorzugsweise waagrecht und, falls vorhanden, mit The valve is preferably installed in horizontal position and, if
senkrecht stehendem Antrieb einzubauen. available, with actator in vertical position.
6.0 Gefahrenhinweise 6.0 Danger References
Für die Armaturen sind entsprechend den vorhandenen Gefahren- Provide for adequate safety measurements according to dangerous
klassen und den Umweltbelastungsrisiken, verfahrensgerechte materials class and environmental protection.
Sicherheitsmaßnahmen vorzusehen.
In case of high temperatures protect the valve against touching.
Bei hohen Betriebstemperaturen sind die Armaturen gegen
Berührung zu sichern. Provide for a sufficient safety zone.
Ausreichende Sicherheitsabstände sind vorzusehen.
7.0 Inbetriebnahme 7.0 Start-Up
Die Armatur ist ab Werk nach der Bestellspezifikation ausgeführt The valve has been manufactured and tested as per the customers
und geprüft. specification..
7.1 Prüfmerkmale vor Inbetriebnahme 7.1 Test prior to Start-Up
Gesamtarmatur: Beschädigung, Verschmutzung complete valve: damage, contamination

Antriebe (falls vorhanden): actuator (if available):
Anschlüsse für: connections for:
Druckluft: Zuluftleitungen auf Dichtheit, Sauberkeit compressed air: tightness of main for supply air, cleanliness
Elektrik: Spannung, Stromstärke, Verbindungen (Polung) electrival: voltage, current, connections (polarity)
Anbaugeräte attachment devices:
(falls vorhanden): Verschraubungen, Befestigungen (if available): boltings, fixings
Die technischen Angaben auf der Armatur, dem Antrieb und den Strictly adhered to the technical indications on the valve, the
Zusatzgeräten sind genauestens zu beachten. actuator and the additional equipment.
Die Armatur darf nur in voll geöffnetem oder geschlossenem The valve might be only operated in full open or closed condition.
Zustand betrieben werden.
8.0 Ingangsetzung 8.0 Operating
Mit der Ingangsetzung der Armatur sind zu prüfen: When starting operation check:
- Schaltwellenausgang auf Dichtheit, - the tightness of control shaft outlet,

- Schweißverbindungen auf Dichtheit, - the tightness of welding seams,
- Dichtungen an der Armatur und an den Rohrleitungsflanschen, - the gaskets of the valve and the flanges of the main,
- Arbeits- und Funktionsweise. - the method of operating and function.
-3-
3
Seite / page 3
9.0 Instandhaltung
9.0 Maintenance
Wartungs- und Inspektionsarbeiten an Armaturen dürfen nur von
Maintenance and inspecting of the valve are to be carried out by
Personen durchgeführt werden, die für diesen Zweck ausgebildet
specifically trained persons, who know the respective safety
sind, die einschlägigen Sicherheitsbestimmungen kennen und ein
regulations and have sufficient technical expertise.
ausreichendes Produktwissen besitzen.
During all kinds of work observe that no valve parts and additional
Bei allen Arbeiten ist zu beachten, daß keine Bauteile der Armatur
appliances are damaged.
oder der Zusatzgeräte beschädigt werden.
9.1 Wartungsarbeiten
9.1 Maintenance Work
Sichtkontrolle:
Visual control::
- Flanschverbindungen und Schaltwellenausgang auf Leckagen
- Inspect flange connections and end of control shaft as to leak-
kontrollieren, Flanschverbindungen ggf. nachdichten,
age´s, if necessary, additional sealing of the flange connections,
- Stellfunktionen beachten,
- observe the positioning,
- Armatur und Zusatzgeräte säubern.
- clean valve and attachments.
9.2 Inspektion, Ingangsetzung
9.2 Inspection, Maintenance
9.2.1 Sicherheitsmaßnahmen
9.2.1 Protective Measures
Bei Inspektionen und Instandsetzungsarbeiten sind folgende
In case of inspection and maintenance observe the following:
Hinweise unbedingt zu beachten:
- die Armatur ist grundsätzlich stillzulegen,

- the valve must be out of service,
- die Versorgungsanschlüsse sind zu schließen,
- the supply connections must be closed,
- Armaturen für hohe Betriebstemperaturen müssen abkühlen,
- valves for high temperatures must be cool-down,
- zu- und abführende Rohrleitungen müssen entleert werden,
- the supply and discharge mains must be emptied,
- gefährliche Medien müssen unter Beachtung der Vorschriften
- dangerous medias must be neutralized by observing the rules
neutralisiert werden (Vergiftungs- und Explosionsgefahr),
(danger of poisoning and explosion),
- für größere Armaturen sind Hebevorichtungen bereitzustellen,
- lifting appliances must be available in case of larger valves,
- vor Demontage der Armatur sind Anbauteile wie z.B. Antriebe
- before disassembling the valve remove attachments like actuator

und Verbindungselemente, Hebeleinheiten und Spindelverlänger-
and connection, lever-units and stem-extensions.
ungen zu entfernen.
9.2.2 Übersicht Hauptbauteile / table of main components

Pos./item Beschreibung / designation
1 Gehäuse body
2 Stutzen body end connection
3 Druckring retainer ring
4 Druckring retainer ring
5 Kugel ball
6 Schaltbolzen stem
8 Stützring gland washer
10 Lagerdeckel bearing cover
11 Zwischenstück extension
16 Tellerfeder plate spring
17 Zyl. Druckfeder coil spring
20 Dichtring sealing ring
23 Dichtung gasket
24 Packung stem packing
27 Dichtung gasket
28 Schraube screw
29 Schraube screw
30 Schraube screw
-4-
4
Seite / page 4
9.2.3 Montage und Demontage der Armatur 9.2.3 Disassembling and Assembling of the Valve
Demontage Disassembly
1. Kugelhahn in geschlossen-Stellung bringen, 1. Turn valve into closed position,
2. Schrauben (28) lösen und Stutzen (2) von Gehäuse (1) 2. unscrew screws (28) and remove body end connection (2) from
abnehmen, body (1),
3. Kugel (5), Sitzring (21) und Dichtung (23) aus Gehäuse (1) 3. remove ball (5), seat ring (21) and gasket (23) out of body (1),
entnehmen, 4. remove retainer ring (3 with 22, 4), sealing ring (20) and coil
4. Druckring (3 mit 22, 4), Dichtring (20) und Druckfedern (17) aus springs (17) out of body end connection (2),
Stutzen (2) entnehmen, 5. remove seat ring (22) out of retainer ring (3),
5. Sitzring (22) aus Druckring (3) entnehmen, 6. unscrew screws (30) and remove extension (11) from body (1),
6. Schrauben (30) lösen und Zwischenstück (11) abnehmen, 7. unscrew screws (29) and remove bearing cover (10) from
7. Schrauben (29) lösen und Lagerdeckel (10) von Zwischenstück extension (11),
(11) abnehmen, 8. remove bearing bush (25) and gasket (27),
8. Lagerbuchse (25) und Dichtung (27) entnehmen, 9. remove stem (6), plate springs (16), gland washer (8) and stem
9. Schaltbolzen (6), Tellerfedern (16), Stützring (8) und Packung packing (24) out of extension (11),
(24) aus Zwischenstück (11) entnehmen, 10. remove bearing (26) from stem (6).
10. Lager (26) von Schaltbolzen (6) abnehmen.
Montage Assembly
Alle demontierten Teile, die Dichtflächen und Aufnahmebohrungen sind zu Clean all disassembled parts, sealing surfacec and drillings and check them
reinigen, auf Beschädigung und Wiederverwendbarkeit zu prüfen. Die Ver- as to damage and reuse.
wendung von Reinigungsmitteln ist abzustimmen (material- und prozeß- The purifying to be used depents to material and process.
abhängig).
1. Lager (26) über Schaltbolzen (6) führen und Lagerbuchse (25) in 1. Attach bearing (26) to stem (6) and insert bearing bush (25) into
Lagerdeckel (10) einsetzen, bearing cover (10),
2. in Folge: Schaltbolzen (6), Packung (24), Stützring (8) und 2. insert (in order) stem (6), stem packing (24), gland washer (8)
Tellerfedern (16) in Zwischenstück (11) einsetzen, and plate springs (16) into extension (11),
3. Lagerdeckel (10) an Zwischenstück (11) anbringen, Schrauben 3. attach bearing cover (10) to extension (11), insert screws (29)
(29) einsetzen und gleichmäßig, über Kreuz, anziehen, and tighten screws crosswise and uniformly,
4. Dichtungen (23, 27) in Gehäuse (1) einsetzen, 4. insert gaskets (23, 27) into body (1),
5. Zwischenstück (11) an Gehäuse (1) anbringen, Schrauben (30) 5. attach extension (11) to body (1), insert screws (30) and tighten
einsetzen und gleichmäßig, über Kreuz anziehen, screws crosswise and uniformly,
6. Sitzring (21) und Kugel (5) in Gehäuse (1) einsetzen, 6. insert seat ring (21) and ball (5) into body (1),
7. Sitzring (22) in Druckring (3) einsetzen und Dichtring (20) an 7. insert seat ring (22) into retainer ring (3) and attach sealing ring
Druckring (3) anbringen, (20) to retainer ring (3),
8. Druckfedern (17) und Druckringe (3, 4) in Stutzen (2) einsetzen, 8. insert coil springs (17) and retainer rings (3, 4) into body end
9. Stutzen (2) an Gehäuse (1) anbringen, Schrauben (28) connection (2),
einsetzen und gleichmäßig, über Kreuz, anziehen. 9. attach body end connection (2) to body (1), insert screws (28)
and tighten screws crosswise and uniformly.
Vor Inbetriebnahme ist nach § 8 ff zu verfahren. For Start-Up refer to § 8.0.
10.0 Funktionsstörungen 10.0 Malfunction

Störung mögliche Ursache Abhilfe Failure Possible Reasons Remedy
Schaltbolzen - Schaltbolzen - Schaltbolzen stem does - stem damaged - replace stem
dreht nicht beschädigt austauschen not turn
- cover screws not - unscrew screws and
- Deckelschrauben - Schrauben lösen evenly tightened tighten crosswise
ungleich angezogen und gleichmäßig, and uniformly
über Kreuz anziehen
- ball blockated - replace damaged
- blockieren der Kugel - beschädigte Teile - seats are jammed parts
- klemmen der Sitzringe austauschen
valve not - dirt particles on the - clean seat rings
Armatur dichtet - Schmutzablagerungen - Sitzring und Kugel sufficiently tight seat rings and ball and ball
nicht ausreichend an Sitzring und Kugel reinigen
- ball or seat rings - replace damaged
- Kugel od. Sitzringe - beschädigte Teile damaged parts
beschädigt austauschen
- rotation not - readjustment of
- Drehbewegung nicht - bei Antrieben: sufficient drives
ausreichend neu justieren - check stem
- Schaltbolzen prüfen
- Fremdkörper im - foreign particles inside - remove foreign
Armatureninneren - Fremdkörper entfernen the valve particles
Verschraubungen - Dichtungen beschädigt - Dichtung austauschen boltings not - gaskets damaged - replace gaskets
dichten nicht sufficiently tight
- Schraubverbindungen - lösen und gleichmäßig - bolted joints not - unscrew bolted joints
ungleich angezogen über Kreuz anziehen evenly tightened and tighten them cross-
wise and uniformly
- Schraubverbindungen - Schrauben gleichmäßig
- bolted joints not - tighten screws cross-
nicht ausreichend über Kreuz anziehen
sufficiently tightened wise and uniformly
- Dichtflächen beschädigt - Dichtflächen, falls - sealing surfaces - retreatment of sealing-
möglich nachbearbeiten damaged surfaces if possible
PERRIN GmbH Ausgabe:

Edition:
Juli/July 2004
Zw/TD
Germany
Siemensstraße 1  D-61130 Nidderau  (0 61 87) 9 28-0  Fax: (0 61 87) 9 28-2 51
Dokument-Nr.: 458202Ba
E-Mail: postoffice@perrin.de  Internet: http://www.perrin.de Document-No.
5
7.6 Ball Valve 1” (456752)
N31 & N32 Series

Installation, Operating & Maintenance
Flanged Control Ball Valves 1. GENERAL
This Installation, Operating & Maintenance manual presents the instructions
Series N31 – Class 150 required for safe use of Habonim Flanged ball control valves type N31& N32
series. This manual refers to reduced bore only. Before using any of these
Series N32 – Class 300 series valves, read the entire IOM carefully and make sure you understand
everything. Where in doubt, please consult with Habonim engineering team.
WARNINGS & SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Series included: Habonim cannot anticipate all of the situations a user
may encounter while installing and using Habonim
N31P, N31X, AFN31P, valves. The user MUST know and follow all applicable
industry specifications on the safe installation and use of
N32P, N32X, AFN32P these valves. Misapplication of the product may result in
injuries or property damage. Refer to Habonim product
catalogues, product brochures and installation, operating
and maintenance manuals for additional product safety
Sizes included: information or contact Habonim.

1. Keep hands and objects away from the valve ports
½” - 8” (DN15 – DN200) at all times. Actuated valves could be accidentally
operated, resulting in serious injury or valve damage.
2. Before removing a valve from the line, always make
sure the line has been depressurized and drained.
Cycle the valve a few times to relieve any pressure
that could be trapped in the body cavity.
3. Utmost caution must be taken when handling a valve
that has toxic, corrosive, flammable or a contaminant
nature media flowing through its pipeline. The
following safety precautions are recommended when
dismantling valves with hazardous media:
a. Wear eye shield, protective headgear, clothing,
gloves and footwear.
b. Have available running water.
c. Have a suitable fire extinguisher when media is
flammable.
4. Do not try to operate a valve that exhibits any sign of
leakage. Isolate the valve and either repair or replace it.
5. Do not use or substitute non Habonim components or
parts in Habonim valves and assemblies.
Kfar Hanassi, Upper Galilee 12305 Israel

T e l : 9 7 2 - 4 - 6 9 1 4 9 1 1
F a x : 9 7 2 - 4 - 6 9 1 4 9 0 2
E-Mail: h a b o n i m @ h a b o n i m . c o . i l
SN: I-N31/32-01/14
w w w . h a b o n i m . c o m
Page 1
2
Series N31 & N32 Installation, Operating & Maintenance
2. LIMITATIONS the valve handle 90°. A 90° turn counter clockwise is for opening,
The correct selection of materials of construction, seats and seals, while 90° turn clockwise is for closing the valve. On manual
internal valve components and pressure/temperature ratings operated valves, the open position is when the stem flats or handle
determines the safe use of the valves and the particular performance are parallel with the pipeline, and the closed position is when handle
requirements for the application. This information can be found on or stem flats are perpendicular to the pipeline. On valves above 2”,
the nameplate welded to the valve body. the indication is by a groove on the square headed shaft.
It is not possible to cover all installation and maintenance instructions Control valves are unidirectional, and will have a flow direction
for service of the valves, as the extent of applications that these arrow welded to the body and separate assembly instructions.
valves can be used in, is large. It is the user’s responsibility to use A silicone-based lubricant is applied to assist valve break in. The
the valves as recommended and in accordance with the pressure lubricant, if unacceptable, may be removed by a solvent wash.
and temperature limits as stated on this tag. Where in doubt, please If a shut-off valve is installed for end of line service, it must be
consult with Habonim engineering team. ensured that it is closed with a blind end connection and the valve is
Unstable fluids or gases are prohibited for use in Habonim valves. secured against being opened unintentionally.
CAUTION: WARNING: Never look into the valve bore while the valve is in a
The valves should be used in a well designed, adequately protected flowline. Pressure and fluids could escape from the valve causing
system to ensure that external and internal pressure and harm or injury.
temperature limits do not exceed the valve limits. To prevent leakage, malfunctions resulting from internal wear or
The valve rating is defined as the lower rating of the seat and valve seal degradation, the user must establish a preventive maintenance
body. and inspection program. This program must include:
Valve surface temperature may become extremely hot or cold due a. Inspection of parts to detect loss of wall thickness which
to operating conditions. Prevent any type of direct contact with the may result in decreased pressure capacity (see para. 2 for
valve that may cause harm or injury .Avoid direct contact with the acceptable reduction of wall thickness).
valve by wearing protective gloves. b. Routine replacement of seals and inspection for proper
The valves should be used in a well designed, adequately supported operation (See para. 7 for maintenance instructions).
piping system such that it will not be subjected to undue forces, Valve operating torques, as published in the Habonim literature, are
stresses or shock loads during service. the normal expected maximum break-out torques. These torques
The valves are not designed to operate during or after earthquakes have been confirmed by laboratory testing of each valve under
or under fatigue conditions. It is the responsibility of the owner to controlled conditions. Highly viscous or abrasive media, frequency
determine if fatigue conditions exist. of operation and temperature fluctuations could cause an increase
Do not allow dust layers to build up on the equipment. in valve torque.
The process fluid temperature shall not exceed the ignition
temperature of the dust.
5. INSTALLATION
The installation procedure for ball valves is critical to ensure both
3. STORAGE long life and satisfying performance. Valves stored on site, awaiting
Prior to storage, inspect the valve for shipping damage. Keep all installation, should be kept in their original packing, in dry conditions,
protective packaging, flange covers attached to the valves during where damage will not occur (see para. 3). Before carrying out the
storage. It is recommended to keep the valves in a clean and dry installation, it is important to follow the basic procedures described
environment until ready for use. below:
Carbon Steel valves have a “black oxide” and oil dipped finish. This
nontoxic process is performed to retard rusting during storage. It is 5.1 General
not a substitute for paint or other means of protective coating to be 5.1.1. Carefully unpack the valve and check valve nameplate for
applied to the valve once installed. identification of materials (see Figure 2).
Stainless steel valves have their natural finish and do not require 5.1.2. Remove any special packing materials surrounding the valve.
additional protection once installed. 5.1.3. Check the valve for the flow direction indication mark.
Appropriate care must be taken, to install the valve for proper
flow orientation.
4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 5.1.4. Inspect the valve interior through the end ports to determine
Habonim Valves provide tight shut off when used under normal it is clean and free from foreign matter according to ASME
conditions and in accordance with Habonim’s published pressure/ G93-03E1.
temperature chart. 5.1.5. Cycle the valve and inspect any functionally significant
On manual operated valves, the valve operation is done by turning features.
Page 2
3
5.1.6. Read all the literature and note any special warning tags or recommended that the complete valve be replaced.
plates attached to the valve. 6.6. When ordering repair kits, please provide the valve size and full
5.1.7. Before installation, check to insure that the ball is in the fully figure number code and series, engraved on the valve ID tag.
open position in order to prevent possible damage to the ball
and seats. The valve performance depends on its original 7. DISASSEMBLY
conditions. At any stage do not leave the valve in the partially The following instructions are for off-line disassembly of
open position. valves sizes 1/2” to 2” (DN15-DN50)
7.1. Cycle the valve with the line pressure fully relieved before
5.2 Flanged End Valves attempting to remove the valve from the pipeline, to insure
5.2.1. Valves with flanged ends should be treated as a single unit pressure has been discharged from the valve cavity.
and should not be dismantled when installing to pipeline. 7.2. Rotate the valve handle to the “open” position (see para. 5
5.2.2. Before installing the valves, make sure that the flanges on for valve handle position).
the mating pipe are free from excessive grit, dirt or burrs, 7.3. With the valve in the “open” position, loosen all flange bolts.
and that there is no mechanical damage to the flanges on 7.4. Remove all flange bolts, so the valve can slide out from its
the pipe. installed position and be brought out of the pipe line (see
5.2.3. When inserting the flange bolts, make sure the bolts are figure 3).
correct size to hold pressure and axial forces. 7.5. Pull out the body from between the line flanges.
7.6. Hold valve body on a vice with the flange entry face up
6. MAINTENANCE and remove the body plug from the valve end using an
HABONIM valves have a long and reliable life, and maintenance is appropriate Hex key (see table 2 for Hex key dimensions).
seldom required. When maintenance is necessary, valves can be 7.7. Remove and discard the seat ring and body seal. Be careful
refurbished on site. not to damage the sealing surfaces.
To extend valve performance and reduce possible plant problems, 7.8. Turn handle to the “closed” position and slide the ball out
the following procedures should be followed: from the body. Set the ball aside in a clean and secure area
6.1. If leakage around the stem is noticed, check the stem nut torque for reuse.
according to value in Table 1. If the leak continues, tighten the 7.9. Remove the handle nut, serrated washer, handle, locking
gland nut about a 1/6-turn as a routine maintenance procedure. clip, stem nut, disk springs and follower. Place all removed
This will compensate for any wear or settling of the gland components, in a clean and secure area.
packing. 7.10. Push the stem down into the body cavity and remove it (do
6.2. Caution: Excessive tightening of the stem nut can result in not damage the body core). Discard the stem thrust seal
accelerated seal wear and high valve operating torque. and gland packing, care taken not to scratch or nick the
6.3. If the valve is removed from the line and disassembled, stem bore area of the body. Clean the stem and stem bore
replacement of all seats and seals is recommended using the area.
appropriate Habonim Repair kit. Examine all metallic sealing 7.11. Remove the second seat ring from the valve body.
surfaces such as ball, stem, and the surfaces on the end
connectors that contact the seats for wear, corrosion or damage. 8. ASSEMBLY
6.4. Only Habonim’s authorized spare parts should be used. Repair The following instructions are for off-line assembly of valves
kits from Habonim consist of the following: sizes 1/2” to 2”. (DN15-DN50)
V-Ball Type: 8.1. Place a soft seat in the valve body with the round profile
2 x seat ring facing the core cavity.
1 x stem packing 8.2. Lubricate the new stem thrust seal, bearing and packing,
2 x stem thrust seal with appropriate lubricant (Molykote 33 - thin smear). Place
1 x body seals the stem thrust seal on the stem.
V-Port Type: 8.3. Insert the stem in horizontal position into the body center
1 x soft seat ring (upstream seat) section, with the threaded side first and carefully guide it up
1 x stem packing through the stem bore.
2 x stem thrust seal 8.4. Holding the stem up, insert the new packing over the stem
1 x body seals and into the stem bore. Place the follower and two disk
1 x back seat seal springs onto the stem. The first spring’s convex facing down,
6.5. In addition to repair kits, other spare parts are available from and the second spring convex facing up.
Habonim, such as: valve balls, stems for V Port, glands, 8.5. Thread the stem nut onto the stem. Tighten the stem nut to
V-Port seat and nuts. Should additional parts be required, it is the torque figures (Table 1).
Page 3
4
8.6. Place the locking clip on the stem nut by adjusting the 9.5. Bring the valve to the closed position.
orientation of the nut (in the clockwise direction). 9.6. Remove all insert retaining screws from around the body, to
8.7. If required, place the handle, serrated washer and thread release the plug.
the handle nut on the stem. Tighten the handle nut, while 9.7. To assist removal of parts, tap on the ball from the other
holding the handle. valve end port using a wooden or plastic mallet. Support
8.8. Close the body plug hand tight until it is fully stopped the insert and the ball to prevent them from falling out of
8.9. Mark a straight line that cross the plug and the valve flange the body. Pull out the seat from the insert, taking care not
facing. to damage the sealing surfaces. Set the insert and the ball
8.10. In the next steps the line marked on the flange facing will be aside in clean secure area for reuse.
our indication for proper assembly. 9.8. Remove the body seal. Be careful not to damage the sealing
8.11. Remove the plug from the valve body. surfaces.
8.12. Bring the handle to the closed position to insert the ball. 9.9. Pull out the second seat from the valve cavity, taking care
8.13. For V-Port valves, refer to items 8.14 to 8.15 not to damage the sealing surfaces of the valve.
8.14. For V-Ball valves, refer to items 8.16 to 8.17 9.10. Remove the wrench bolt, wrench pipe, wrench head, gland
8.15. Place the ball in the valve body until the stem tongue nut, indicator stop plate and gland. Place all components
is engaged, and turn the handle so the valve is at open removed, in clean secure area.
position, to prevent the ball from falling out. 9.11. Push the stem down into the body and remove it. Discard
8.16. Place the new metal seat and body seal, in the body in the the stem thrust ring, bearing and gland packing, care taken
proper orientation of the pin welded to cavity and seat. not to scratch or nick the packing bore area of the body.
8.17. Place the ball in the valve body until the stem tongue is Clean the stem and packing bore area. There is no need to
engaged, in a way that the V cut sharp edge should face remove the stem location ring.
left on NC valve, or right on NO valve. (Looking from down
stream side) 10. ASSEMBLY
8.18. Place the new body seal and new seat ring in the body. The following instructions are for off-line assembly of valves
8.19. Close the body plug until the marked lines in section 8.8 are sizes 3” to 8”
straight. 10.1. Place a seat in the valve body with the round profile facing
8.20. Ease back the body assembly between line flanges, taking the core cavity.
care not to score faces or damage seals, and reinstall body 10.2. Lubricate the new stem thrust seal, bearing and packing,
bolts. with appropriate lubricant (Molykote 33 - thin smear). Place
8.21. To prevent galling of threads of bolts or nuts, lubricate the stem thrust seal on the stem.
threads with an anti-galling compound. 10.3. Insert the stem in horizontal position into the body center
Slide appropriate gaskets between the valve flange and section, with the threaded side first and carefully guide it up
the line flange through the stem bore.
8.22. Tighten evenly the flange bolts. 10.4. Holding the stem up, insert the new packing over the stem
8.23. Leave the valve in the open position for line flushing. and into the stem bore. Place the bearing, follower and two
disk springs onto the stem. The first spring’s convex facing
9. DISASSEMBLY down, and the second spring convex facing up.
The following instructions are for off-line disassembly of 10.5. Thread the stem nut onto the stem. Tighten the stem nut to
valves sizes 3” to 8”. (DN80-DN200) the torque figures (Table 1).
9.1. Cycle the valve with the line pressure fully relieved before 10.6. Place the locking clip on the stem nut by adjusting the
attempting to remove the valve from the pipeline, to insure orientation of the nut (in the clockwise direction).
pressure has also been discharged from the valve cavity. 10.7. If required, place the handle, serrated washer and thread
9.2. Loosen all flange bolts. Before removing the valve, allow the the handle nut on the stem. Tighten the handle nut, while
fluid to drain from the valve ports. holding the handle.
9.3. Remove all but one flange bolt on both sides of valve, so 10.8. Bring the handle to the closed position to insert the ball.
the valve can swing away from its installed position and be 10.9. For V-Port valves, refer to items 10.12 to 10.13
brought out of the pipe line. Make sure there is no load on 10.10. For V-Ball valves, refer to items 10.14 to 10.15
the flange before removing the remaining bolts and valve. If 10.11. Place the ball in the body center section until the stem
needed, use a lever to release the bolts. tongue is engaged, and turn the handle so the valve is at
9.4. Clamp the valve in a vice or connect the valve back flange to open position, to prevent the ball from falling out.
a fixture to support it before removing the valve insert. 10.12. Place the new body seal and new seat ring in the body
Page 4
5
10.13. Place the ball in the valve body until the stem tongue is FIGURE 1
engaged, in a way that the V cut sharp edge should face Valve Marking and Labeling
left on NC valve, or right on NO valve. (Looking from down All valves marking is on a nameplate which is spot welded to the
stream side) valve body. Valves for the European market and above 1” carry the
10.14. Place the new body seal and new seat ring in the body. CE mark with the information required by the PED.
10.15. Close the body plug, until it is flush with the valve flange.
10.16. Tighten the insert retaining screws using an appropriate key
10.17. Ease back the body assembly between line flanges, taking
care not to score faces or damage seals, and reinstall body Habonim logo
Body material Ball material
bolts. BODY **** BALL ****
Seat material SEAT **** **** Work order
10.18. To prevent galling of threads of bolts or nuts, lubricate
SIZE** PRES. ***
Valve size Max. pressure
threads with an anti-galling compound. ******************
10.19. Tighten the flange bolts to the torque. Valve description
10.20. Leave the valve in the open position for line flushing.
TABLE 1
Habonim logo CE mark
Stem Nut Tightening Torque
INDUSTRIAL VALVES & ACTUATORS LTD
*PTFE Seal Graphite Seal Body material
KFAR HANASSI, 1230500 IL
Reduced Bore Nut Thread 1155

Valve size
Nm in.lb Nm in.lb BODY DN
½“ 3
⁄8”-24UNF 4 35 6 53 Ball material BALL P.O.
¾“ 3
⁄8”-24UNF 4 35 6 53 SEAT YR
1” 7
⁄16”-20UNF 9 80 11 97 Seat material BAR @ °C BAR @ °C Year manufacture
1 ½“ 9
⁄16”-20UNF 13 115 16 140
2” 9
⁄16”-20UNF 13 115 16 140
3” 1”-14UNS 60 530 72 637 Max. pressure @ Min. pressure @
4” 1”-14UNS 60 530 72 637 Min. temperature Valve description Max. temperature
6” 1 1⁄2” – 12 UNF 120 1060 145 1280
8” 1 1⁄2” – 12 UNF 120 1060 145 1280
* These torque figures are applicable on other stem seal
materials such as glass filled PTFE, UHMWPE and TFM.
IMPORTANT:
An excessively tightened stem nut can cause excessive packing
wear and increase stem torque.
TABLE 2
Hexagonal Key Size
Size
mm Inch
½“ 12.6 0.49
¾“ 15.7 0.62
1” 25.4 1.00
1 ½“ 35.7 1.40
2” 45.7 1.80
Page 5
6
FIGURE 2
Valve slide out direction and maintenance
N31/N32 Series - ½”~2” (DN15~DN50)
Step 1 – Slide Out & Center Section Step 2 – Stem Maintenance

Maintenance
N31/N32 Series - 3”~8” (DN80~DN200)
Step 1 – Slide Out & Center Section Step 2 – Stem Maintenance

Maintenance
ATTENTION:
Prior to servicing the valve, bring it to the open position
making sure to release line pressure and drain all trapped
media from the valve cavity.
Page 6
7
N31/N32 Series – ½” ~ 2” (DN 15 to DN50)

Qty.
Item Description Material Specification
V-Port V-Ball
1 Body ASTM A216 WCB, ASTM A351 1 1
CF8M,ASTM A494 CX-2MW, ASTM A351
CN7M, ASTM A351 CK3MCuN, ASTM
A105, ASTM A479 316, ASTM B574
N06022,ASTM B473 N08020, ASTM A479
S31254, ASTM A350 LF2
2 Insert ASTM A216 WCB, ASTM A351 1 1
A105, ASTM A479 316, ASTM B574
N06022, ASTM B473 N08020, ASTM A479
S31254, ASTM A350 LF2
3 Ball ASTM A351 CF8M, ASTM A351 1 1
A105, ASTM A479 316, ASTM B574
N06022, ASTM B473 N08020, ASTM A479
S31254
4 Stem ASTM A479 316, ASTM A564 630 (17- 1 1
4PH), ASTM B574 N06022, ASTM B473
N08020, ASTM A479 S31254
5 Seat PTFE, RPTFE, CF PTFE, PEEK, TFM, 1 2
UHMWPE, VESPEL, PVDF, DELRIN,
PCTFE
5A Metal Seat S.St ASTM A479 316L 1 - 16
6 Body Seal PTFE, RPTFE, TFM, UHMWPE, Graphite, 1 1
Impregnated Graphite
6A Back Seat PTFE, RPTFE, TFM, UHMWPE, Graphite, 1 -
Seal Impregnated Graphite
7 Stem Thrust PEEK 2 2
Seal
8 Stop Pin S.St. 303 ASTM A582 1 1
9 Stem Packing CF PTFE, TFM 1 1 15
10 Follower S.St. 316L ASTM B783 1-2 1-2
14
11 Disc Spring S.St. 17-7PH ASTM A693 2 2 14
12 Stem Nut S.St. 316 ASTM A194 1-2 1-2
13 Tab Washer S.St. 304 ASTM A164 1 1
13
14 Handle S.St. 430 ASTM A240, C.St. ST37 zinc 1 1
plated 12
15 Serrated S.St. 410 ASTM AISI 410 1 1
Washer 11
16 Sleeve Vinyl Plastisol 1 1
17 Arrow Flow S.St 1 1 10
Plate (not
shown) 9
V-Ball Assy
5 3 5
17
4
6A
2
6A 5A 3A 5
V-Port Assy
Page 7
8
N31/N32 Series – 3” ~ 8” (DN80 to DN200)

Qty.
Item Description Material Specification
V-Port V-Ball
1 Body ASTM A216 WCB, ASTM A351 1 1
A105, ASTM A479 316, ASTM B574
N06022,ASTM B473 N08020, ASTM A479
S31254, ASTM A350 LF2
2 Insert ASTM A216 WCB, ASTM A351 1 1
A105, ASTM A479 316, ASTM B574
N06022, ASTM B473 N08020, ASTM A479
S31254, ASTM A350 LF2
3 Ball ASTM A351 CF8M, ASTM A351 1 1
A105, ASTM A479 316, ASTM B574
N06022, ASTM B473 N08020, ASTM A479
S31254
4 Stem ASTM A479 316, ASTM A564 630 (17- 1 1
4PH), ASTM B574 N06022, ASTM B473
N08020, ASTM A479 S31254
5 Seat PTFE, RPTFE, CF PTFE, PEEK, TFM, 1 2
UHMWPE, VESPEL, PVDF, DELRIN,
PCTFE
16
5A Metal Seat S.St ASTM A479 316L 1 -
6 Body Seal PTFE, RPTFE, TFM, UHMWPE, Graphite, 1 1
Impregnated Graphite 15
6A Back Seat PTFE, RPTFE, TFM, UHMWPE, Graphite, 1 -
Seal Impregnated Graphite 14
7 Stem Thrust PEEK 2 2
Seal
8 Stop Pin S.St. 303 ASTM A582 1 1
9 Stem Packing CF PTFE, TFM 1 1 13
10 Follower S.St. 316L ASTM B783 1-2 1-2
12
11 Stop Plate S.St. 430 ASTM A240, C.St. ST37 zinc 1 1
plated
12 Stem Nut S.St. 316 ASTM A194 1-2 1-2 11
13 Locking Clip S.St. 304 ASTM A164 1 1
10
14 Wrench C.St. ST37 zinc plated 1 1
Handle
15 Wrench Head MALEABLE IRON 1 1
16 Wrench Bolt S.St. 304 ASTM AISI 304 1 1
17 Arrow Flow S.St. 1 1 8
Plate (not
shown)
* Not applicable for W and WR valves
V-Ball Assy
1
5 3 5
17
6A
2
6A 5A 3A 5
V-Port Assy
In accordance with our policy to strive for continuous improvement of the product, we reserve the right to alter the dimensions,
technical data and information included in this IOM when required.
Page 8
9
7.7 Ball Valve 2” (456739)
2
3
General 2
Information Signs 3
User Manual for the Fall Arrest System (Twin stop) 4
Installation and User’s Manual Ladder 27
Inspection Sheet for Ladders 39
Installation Instruction Endstop 43
Installation and User’s Manual for Joint Connectors 44
0708_71793_00790a-0917-02x_ansi.indd
Ladder and Fall Protection System General
General
WARNING The use of PPE (Personal Protective Equipment)

and fall protection system has to be carried
out by competent, trained personnel only.
Before using the PPE and the fall protection

system the corresponding operation /
user instructions have to be observed and
followed.
mla_0180
Attention
Operation- and Maintenance instructions as well as an examination

book are to be found in the packing of the components.
Before first utilization please read the instructions!
WARNING Before entering the ladder it has to be

checked that the MLA is locked in stored
position and the control system is switched off
and secured against unintentional restart.
0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 2
Ladder and Fall Protection System Information Signs
Information Signs
mla_0179 mla_0126
Fig. 1: DIN EN 353-1 Fig. 2: Type specification ladder and

fall protection system
WARNING Access to the ladder is allowed only if

using the designated safety system and the
stipulated fall protection system “Fall arrester
MKL Twinstop ® 200000B or 200000F”.
mla_0125
Die Plattformen und die Leitern sind für eine

maximale Last von je 150 kg ausgelegt.
Platforms and ladders are designed for a

maximum load of 150 kg each.
Fig. 3: Maximal load
0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 3
Ladder and Fall Protection System
User Manual for the Fall Arrest System (Twin stop)
User Manual
for the
Fall Arrest System
MKL-Technik GmbH phone: +49 (0)9252 2515065 Edition: 2014-01-12

Am Langacker 20 fax : +49 (0)9252 2515066 Side 1 from 23
D-95233 Helmbrechts mail : info@mkl-technik.de
Manager: Klaus Meister web : www.mkl-technik.de
Registration: Hof, HRB 5002
0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 4
Content
0 Introduction and Markings
1 General
2 Function of Fall Arrest systems
3 Static loads on Fall Arrest system
4 General Safety Advice
5 Twinstop® as a system
6 Implementing Twinstop® with existing guide rail systems
7 Safety Advise for using Twinstop® as a system
8 Use of the Twinstop® Fall Arrester
8-1 Insert Twinstop® Fall Arrester
8-2 Remove Twinstop® Fall Arrester
9 Inspection Sheet for the Twinstop® Fall Arrester

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 5
0 - Introduction and Markings

Thank you for buying a MKL-Technik GmbH Fall Arrest system. You received
a Twinstop® type Fall Arrest system with theses instructions. In order to
guarantee maximum safety, we kindly ask you to double check that all data
on the received Fall Arrester corresponds with the pictures below.
Top side view Bottom side view
inspection tag shows when the next

inspection is requested
Year of manufacturing __________

Serial number___________
Standard of Fall Arrest system
read and take care of Instruction
NB-number of the monitoring agency

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 6
View from Front side View from right
Directional Arrow shows upside

Patented Function Principle
Model name of the
Twinstop® Fall Arrester
Manufacturer
View from the back

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 7
Applies to VG11 RfU 11.073 Ver.1
Version / Type of the fall arrester
In case the information on your Fall Arrester does not match the information
written in the columns above, please contact us immediately:
MKL- Technik GmbH

Am Langacker 20
95233 Helmbrechts
Deutschland
ServiceTel.&FAX +49 (0)9252 2515066

info@mkl-technik.de
and document it in chapter 9 “Inspection Sheet”

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 8
1 - General
Twinstop® is a Fall Arrest system to be used with rigid guide rail systems in
accordance to EN 353-1:2002 und VG11 RfU 11.073.. These systems are
normally used on ladders and climbing rungs in an integrated Fall Arrest
systems or as part of those systems.
Fall Arrest systems are safety devises to prevent accidental falls from high
places. Fall Arrest systems need to be installed where ever access is needed
to heights of more than 2m or 5m respectively.
Fall Arrest systems must apply to EN 353-1:2014 and need to pass the EC-
Type Examination in accordance to the directives of 89 / 686 EEC.
(implemented in the 8th directive of device and product safety 8. ProdSG).
Further more is the use of such device requested accordingly to the directive
of Health and Safety at the use of personal protective equipment.
2 - Function of Fall Arrest systems

With the use of a Full Body Harness, the user is connected to the Fall
Arrester. The Fall Arrester is guided in a rigid rail system. The Fall Arrester
blocks in case of an accidental fall, and stops the descend. The free fall
distance in such systems is reduced to a minimum.
End-stops on the top and bottom end of the rail provide a controlled removal
of the Fall Arrester from the rail system.
When inserting the Fall Arrester into the vertical rail, pay attention to the
directional arrow on the body of the Fall Arrester, it must always be in the
upright position.
When using a Fall Arrest System be aware that within the first
2m it may not properly stop a fall because it has not achieved
the minimum clearance. This, however, is dependent on the
height of the user and the geometric position of the person to
Caution! the guide rail and full body harness.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 9
3 - Static loads on Fall Arrest system

The impact of dynamic and static loads on Fall Arrest systems and their
application to Fall Arrest systems on buildings or on other constructions
needs to be verified by an authorised structural engineer. The structural
engineer must also specify suitable anchor points, distance between the
anchor points and the maximum load of the structure.
Results of pull out or extraction tests of anchor points can be used as
complementary information.
The following diagram of loads can be used for the calculation (DIN 18799),
the most unfavourable situation needs to be taken into consideration.
Delay action load

The Delay action load is an extraordinary load. The Delay
action load is limited by the shock absorbing element, so
that it is 6 kN max. This load F4 needs to be calculated
vertical to the center rail of a Fall Arrest system. It can
be considered to be shared by max. 4 fixation elements if
available. This impact is generated by an accidental fall.
Working load
The Working load is an ordinary load, its generated by the
weight of the climbing person. It needs to be calculated
with load F2 = 1,5 kN, which is generated 30 cm in front of
the center rail, as well as with load F5 = 0,3 kN horizontal
from the center rail. Since this load is the equivalent for a
person climbing the ladder, it needs to repeat every 2 m.
See sketch.
Recommended anchor distance 1260 mm

maximum anchor distance 1540 mm
on ladders with side rungs 1960 mm
These distances were calculated by using the average strengths

of ladder and rail systems. The distances must be individually
calculated in cases where the substructure seems to be weaker
than the system itself (i.e. on brick walls)
Caution! .

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 10
Any exception from the maximum distances mentioned above needs to be

approved by the manufacturer.
4 - General Safety Advice

1. Before using Fall Arrest systems, every user needs to understand and
comply to the user instructions.
2. In case Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) will be used, these user
instruction must be followed as well.
3. All user instructions must to be provided to the climbing staff on site.
4. Fall Arrest systems must be visually inspected before each use. If any
damage is determined, or if there are any doubts about proper
functioning, the system must not be used.
5. Parts that have been damaged by an accidental falls or simply by using
the system have to be replaced.
6. Manipulating or modifying the Fall Arrest system without the consent of
the manufacturer is prohibited.
7. The Fall Arrester needs to be attached on the front D-ring at chest level
or stomach level on the harness, certified in accordance to EN 361
8. Fall Arrest systems are for providing Fall Protection while climbing a
vertical access. For any other activities, such as working from a ladder,
the climber needs to use proper anchorage equipment, like shock
absorbing lanyards / work positioning lanyards, etc.
9. Belly and chest harnesses need to be tight to the body
10. Fall Arrest Systems need to be inspected annually by an authorised
person. Repairs can only be performed by the manufacturer.
11. All persons working on job sites where Fall Arrest Systems are used
need to be in good physical conditions. A medical test, like the German
G41 (BGI 504-41), can help to confirm the condition of a potential
climber.
12. Fall Protection systems can only be used by people that have been
trained or that are experienced with the risks associated of high
workplaces, and that are aware of how to use Fall Protection.
13. Before using Fall Arrest systems, a rescue plan should be set up
specifying how to make rescue activities safe and efficient. When using
the plan, the instruction needs to be followed correctly.
14. All information on Fall Arrest systems and PPE needs to be correct and
visible to all. An unreadable label is equivalent to a lack of safety.
15. PPE that has gotten wet during use must be dry out naturally. It should
be kept away from heaters, stove, sun, etc.
16. The responsible test institute is TÜV Product Service GmbH; TEC Sport;
Ridlerstr. 65; D-80339 München, identified by NB-number 0123.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 11
5 - Twinstop® as a system
Just another Fall arresting System?
The Fall Arrest system consists of:
• rigid rail
• fixation elements
• guided type Fall Arrester
• connectors
• full body harness
The novelty of the Twinstop® System is the function of the Fall

Arrester
The Fall Arrester is connected with the front D-ring at chest level of the full
body harness. The Fall Arrester is released by leaning back, so that the claw
is pulled horizontally from the guide rail. In this position the user can freely
climbing up and down the ladder.
In case of an accidental fall the feeler wheel rolls over a catch, the
downward speed is increasing, so the claw has no time to move back into
the housing. The claw will drive against the catch and blocks. The claw is
additionally pressed into the rail by the downward motion of the anchorage
point. The anchorage point is not directly connected to the claw. Therefore,
the claw can not be disengaged through ovements of the person climbing.
The design of the blocking system guarantees that the block function is not
impaired by spring breakage or contamination
Notice! By the features described above the Fall Arrester provides

double safety at any inclination of the guiderail (up to minus
25°) as well as an from any external effects indepentand
function
Examples of external effects are:
• The users weight
• The users size
• The users behaviour
• The design of the harness
• The material of the harness
• Dirt, dust, paintings, cement, etc. on the fall arrester

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 12
1 housing
2 Feeler Wheel
3 rocking bar axel
5 anchor point with shock absorber
6 axel of anchor point
7 Locking Screw on the axel of the anchor point
8 torsion spring
9 Adjustable sliding lever and limiter
14 karabiner
Guiding wheel
Axel of anchor point
Indication Pin
Shakle
Karabiner
Shock absorber
Sliding lever
Axel of the rocker Feeler

Wheel
Rocking bar

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 13
6 - Implementing Twinstop® on existing guide rail

systems
The existing guide rail system must provide conformity to the Twinstop®.
This conformity must be shown by an additional identification plate placed at
the beginning of a guide rail system. The certification can only be preformed
by the manufacturer or by a company certified by the manufacturer.
Since a Fall Arrest system always consist of a guide rail system, a Fall
Arrester connected to a full body harness and the person climbing, the
Twinstop® Fall Arrest system only can certified when all parts of the systems
conform with each other.
Guide Rail systems without the designation tag shown below

are not certified for use with a Twinstop® Fall Arrester. The
identification plate needs to be placed at the beginning of a
Caution! vertical access.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 14
Identification Plate
certifies the conformity of a rail

system that can be used with
Twinstop® Fall Arrester
DIN EN 353-1:2014
European Standard designation
number
Date of manufacturing
must correspond with the year of
construction
EC- Type Examination

Conformity stamp and NB-number of
the notified body
This Fall Arrester system must only

be used with a Fall Arrester type
Twinstop®
User and maintenance instructions

available, these must be read before
using the Fall Arrest system.
Full body harness must comply to EN

361
MKL-Technik GmbH
Manufacturer of the Fall Arrest
system
0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 15
The Twinstop® system can be used in guide rails with the following cross sections:
Aluminum rails with C shape profile 52x33 mm

With catches 150mm, as a guide rail Illustration „c“
Steel rails (hot-dip galvanized) with C shape profile 50x30 mm

With catches 140mm, as a ladder or guide rail Illustration “e”
Stainless Steel rails (pickled) with C shape profile 50x30 mm

With catches 140mm , as a ladder or guide rail Illustration “e”
Steel rails (hot-dip galvanized) with C shape profile 50x32 mm

With catches 140mm, as a ladder or guide rail Illustration “f”
Stainless Steel rails (pickled) with C shape profile 50x32 mm

With catches 140mm , as a ladder or guide rail Illustration “f”

With catches 140mm, as a guide rail Illustration „g“

With catches 140mm, as a ladder Illustration „i“
The following illustrations show the cross sections.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 16
c) e) f) j)
i)

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 17
Principaly the Twinstop System can be used in rails mentioned

above at inclination +/- 1°
Appart from this rails manufactured at MKL Technik GmbH can
be used at inclinations +/- 25° without any lacks on the safe
Attention function
!
7 - Safety Advice for using Twinstop® as a system

The Twinstop® Fall Arrester is principally made for securing a person, it must
be not used to carry or guide objects along a guide rail.
The max. load is 100 kg (1 person). The Twinstop® Fall Arrester is

considered as PPE, the user should ensure it is properly stored (i.e. kept out
of adverse weather), and must not be left in the guide rail.
The Twinstop® Fall Arrester needs to be visually inspected to ensure proper

functioning before each use. Before and after each use, the fall arrester
should to be cleaned from dirt, dust, paint, cement, etc.
The Twinstop® Fall Arrester should to be transported and stored in a proper
container.
The Twinstop® Fall Arrester must be used with original parts only
The Twinstop® Fall Arrester must not be manipulated or

modified by the user. Twinstop® or modification could cause
serious injury or loss of life.
Caution !
Our warranty is null and void if non-original parts are used or if

the Twinstop® Arrester is used with a uncertified guide rail
systems for the Twinstop®. This is also the case if the
inspection period has expired or if the inspection was not be
Caution ! done by an authorised person.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 18
The Twinstop® Fall Arrester can only be used in guide rail systems that have
been certified for the use with Twinstop® by the manufacturer or by a
company authorised by the manufacturer. This must be always shown by an
identification plate (see chapter 6) placed at the beginning of the access.
The Twinstop® Fall Arrester can only be used in combination with a full body
harness in accordance to EN 361, which needs to provide a dorsal D-ring on
the back of the harness for rescue activities as well as for anchorage
purposes while working from the ladder. A dorsal D-ring must also be in
front at chest level for connecting to the Fall Arrester.
The karabiner of the Twinstop® Fall Arrester needs to be connected directly

with the D-ring of the harness, the distance between the climber and the Fall
Arrester must not exceed 200 mm. The use of additional connectors, such as
karabiner, slings, etc., is prohibited.
The Twinstop® Fall Arrester has been tested and certified to function
properly in temperatures ranging from -40° to + 50° degrease Celsius. To
guarantee perfect functioning, the wheels of the trolley should move freely,
the Feeler Wheels are not demaged and the reciprocal movement between
the claw and the Feeler Wheel is guaranteed.
The Twinstop® Fall Arrester must not come into contact with aggressive
substances such as acid, bleaches, aggressive detergents, etc.
Usage in explosive environments can only be certified through the

manufacturer.
The minimum fall clearance to use a Twinstop® Fall Arrester for a person
with 100 kg fall factor two is 2 m.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 19
8 - Use of the Twinstop® Fall Arrester
8-1 Insert Twinstop® Fall Arrester
In order to ensure a max. comfort for the climber, the Adjustable sliding
lever needs to be pushed into position, before inserting the Fall Arrester into
the rail. The position of the adjustable sliding lever, does only effecting the
comfort however not at all the safety of the System.
Application in Profiles with cross Application in Profiles with cross section

section 51x52 mm 32x50 and 33x52 mm
Adjustable sliding lever pushed to Adjustable sliding lever pushed to marke
marke „A“. „S“
The Twinstop® Fall Arrester is inserted at the bottom end of a guide rail
system at the entry gate. You must pay attention to the direction indicator
on the Twinstop® Fall Arrester. It is an arrow placed on the right side of the
Twinstop® Fall Arrester, and it must point upwards. A second indicator is the
metal safety pin right below the arrow on the right side of the Twinstop® Fall
Arrester. This pin will be stopped at the end stop respectively on stop shoes
which are placed on the entering- / exit- point.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 20
Direction arrow safety pin
After inserting the Twinstop® Fall Arrester, the self locking karabiner needs
to be opened and attached to D-ring at chest level of the harness.
The connection is successful when the knurled shell on the karabiner gate
moves automatically into the double locking position.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 21
knurled shell
incorrect connection between the karabiner of Twinstop® Fall

Arrester, and the D-ring of the full body harness could lead to
serious injury or loss of life.
Caution !
8-2 Remove Twinstop® Fall Arrester
The Twinstop® Fall Arrester can be taken out of the guide rail system after
passing an endstop, respectively at a entering- / exit- point. To remove the
Twinstop® Fall Arrester at a entering- / exit point please pay attention on
the corresponding user instruction.
Before removing the Twinstop® Fall Arrester from the guide

rail, the user needs to be secured by a additional attachment,
according to EN 354 respectively EN 358.
Caution !
An additional attachment is also required if the user is working from the

guide rail system, or is resting on the guide rail system. These attachments
must be made at proper anchor points. Fixation elements of the guide rail
system are considered proper anchor points.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 22
9 - Inspection Sheet Twinstop® Fall Arrester
Notice! Fall Arrest Systems needs to be inspected annually by an

authorised person. An authorised person is someone who
through schooling and experience is familiar with Fall Arrest
systems as well as confident with the necessary work safety
directives and technical requirements in a way that allows
him to evaluate the safety condition of Fall Arrest systems.
Schäkel
Sicherheitsbolzen
Dämpferachse
Laufrolle
Dämpfereinheit
Karabiner
Wahlschalter
Laufrad
Wippenachse
Wippeinrichtung

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 23

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 24
Furthermore, the karabiner and the readability of all markings on the

Twinstop® Fall Arrester needs to be inspected.
The described elements needs to be checked for damages, erosion, and

stress caused by an accidental fall. Any defects needs to be documented in
the diagram below.
Twinstop® Fall Arrester and user manual need to be send back to the
manufacturer if the unit needs to be repaired.
This Fall Arrest system is not allocated to a certain service life, the elements
needs to be inspected by an authorised person annually or on request (after
an accidental fall, after reconstructions, etc.). The results needs to be
documented.
Repairs must be done by the manufacturer only
Caution !
Part Defect Repair

Date signature Date signature

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 25
In order to provide reliable documentation, the following information should

be recorded (if applicable).
Type / Model
serial number
date of purchase
date of first use
other product info
other user info
This information can be recorded by the user as well as by the manufacturer
If the Twinstop® Fall Arrester is sold to a third party, the user manual must
be translated into the respective language of the new owner.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 26
Installation and User’s Manual Ladder
Installation and User’s Manual

I-Type Ladder I-ST / I-VA
Center styled ladder hot dip galvanized / stainless steel pickled
H-Type Ladder H-ST / H-VA

Side rung ladder hot dip galvanized / stainless steel pickled
Foreword
Thank you for buying a fall protection System from MKL-Technik GmbH
In case of any further question on the following subjects please do not hesitate to contact
our customer service FAX +49 (0)9252 251 5066 at any time.
Fall protection systems in accordance with EN 353-1:2014 are a safety product category 3,
which means that they are products that directly protect the user’s life. Incorrect installation
and usage of such systems are life threatening.
Therefore, we emphasize strict adherence to the installation instructions, user guidelines

and maintenance guidelines that follow.
MKL-Technik GmbH will refuse any claim caused by incorrect installation and use. We also
will not take responsibility for claims caused by non MKL components; therefore, we
strongly recommend not using components that have not been approved by MKL-Technik
GmbH
Attention! Due to copyright § 106 UrhG, it is not permitted to copy and distribute this
installation and user manual without the written authorization of MKL-Technik
GmbH
All rights are reserved by MKL-Technik GmbH

Illegal use, especially copying and distributing to third parties is not permitted, and may
lead to legal action.
Errors and technical corrections are reserved
General Safety Instructions
1. Everyone using fall protection systems has to be aware of the respective user
manual.
2. For the use of any additional components, the respective manual has to be followed
as well.
3. Manuals of fall protection systems and PPE have to be stored on site in a way that it
can be read by everybody at any time.
MKL-Technik GmbH phone: +49 (0)9252 2515065 Stand: 2009-07-30

Am Langacker 20 fax : +49 (0)9252 2515066 Seite 1 von 12
Geschäftsführer: Klaus Meister web : www.mkl-technik.de
Registriergericht Hof, HRB 5002
0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 27
4. Fall protection systems have to be visually inspected for proper functioning before
each use. Fall protection systems must not be used if a defect has been detected or
if there is any doubt regarding the safe condition of the system.
5. Fall protection systems and any respective components that are accidentally
damaged must be replaced before further use.
6. Fall protection systems may not be manipulated or modified without written

authorization from the manufacturer.
7. Fall arresters have to be attached to the harness D-ring which is located at the front
and centered on the user’s body. Only harnesses applying to EN 361 are approved
for the use of MKL fall arresters. For an ergonomic use of the systems we
recommend to use a harness with a D-ring centered at the stomach, however due to
problems with backward falls, only MKL TwinStop is approved for attachments at the
belly level.
8. Fall protection systems are designed for protecting the user while climbing only. For
any other activity on the ladder, the user must be secured by a secondary means.
9. Belly and Chest straps have to be pulled tight to the body.
10. Fall protection systems have to be inspected annually by a person authorized by

MKL-Technik GmbH. All repairs must be performed by MKL-Technik GmbH only.
11. All persons working on higher workplaces have to pass the G41 examination
„working in fall hazard environment“ in order to prove their capability.
12. Persons using fall protection systems must be experienced and / or trained in the fall
hazards at higher workplaces, as well as on the proper use of fall protection systems
and personal protection equipment.
13. A rescue plan corresponding with the situation on site has to be worked out before
using fall protection systems.
14. All instructions on the fall arrester have to be clearly legible. Missing and faded
information is a lack of safety.
15. Wet Fall Protection Equipment has to be air dried without the use of external heat
sources such as ovens, radiators, etc.
16. The announced notified body is TÜV Product Service GmbH; TEC Sport; Ridlerstr.65;
D-80339 München, registered under NB-Number 0123.
Beside the installation and user manuals from MKL-Technik GmbH, the following guidelines
are important:
European standards and directives
EEC 89/686 European Directive for Worksafety
EN 353-1:2014 Personal protective equipment against falls from height

Part 1 - Guided type fall arresters including a rigid anchor line

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 28
EN 365 Personal protective equipment against falls from a height General

requirements for instructions for use, maintenance, periodic
examination
EN 361 Personal protective equipment against falls from a height - Full

body harnesses
EN 795 Anchor points
This summary might not be complete. Specific guidelines in respect to the individual
projects have to be researched by the architects, planers, or installers themselves
The final inspection as well as the annual inspection has to be done accordingly to MKL-
Technik GmbH Checklist.
Storage
Ladder segments and accessories have to be transported and stored in a way that
mechanical impact, chemicals, sparks, airborne rust, Cement or paint will not effect the
lifetime and function of the elements.
Lifetime
The lifetime of installed elements of the fall protection systems is principally dependent
upon the category of corrosion in the respective location (weather and atmospheric
conditions).
The fall protection systems of MKL-Technik GmbH are available in following materials:
Hot dipped galvanized Steel (1.0037)
Anodized Aluminum (3.3206)
Stainless Steel pickled (1.4401/1.4571)
Our materials are made for the use in following environments:
Hot dip galv. Steel Anodized Stainless Steel

Aluminum
Country Side X X X
Commercial env. X X X
Industral X X
Heavy industry X
Coastal X X X
offshore X
Purpose of fall protection systems
Fall protection systems provide safe access to higher workplaces and other areas where a
risk of falling exists, such as GSM base stations, Power Transmission towers, Wind turbines,
etc.
The climber is wearing a full body harness with a front D-ring at stomach or chest level.
Through this D-ring the climber is connected to the TwinStop fall arrester which is guided in

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 29
the fix installed ladder or guide rail system. In case of an accidental fall, the person will be
stopped by the arresting mechanism in the shuttle.
The impact of the fall is fully absorbed by substructure of the building; therefore it is of
paramount importance to fix the fall protection system on a solid base that can bear the
impact of the fall (as described on page 7). Substructures with insufficient strength that can
not absorb the static load are life threatening. These substructures must be reinforced
before implementing a fall protection system.
Set up of a fall protection system
Ladder segments
Length: our ladders are principally available in length up to 4760 mm max.

Intermediate lengths are available in steps of 280 mm, respective to the rung
distance. Therefore, the following lengths are available:
Ladder 1120 1400 1680 1960 2240 2520 2800 3080 3360 3640 3920 4200 4480 4760
segment
No. of 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
rungs
Mounting of the
Ladder segments: The maximum joint gap between two ladder segments is 5mm, and
dependent upon the temperature of the environment when
mounting the ladder, and the material of the substructure.
Standard segment lengths are 2800 mm. A ladder system should use as many consistent
2800 mm segments as possible, and then one or two intermediate lengths when needed.
Example: Tower of 16m = 5x2800mm + 1x1960mm = 15,96m
Marking: Individually manufactured and commissioned orders are numbered in

ascending order from bottom to top (therefore segment number 1 is the first
element installed at the bottom of the structure).
Recess: Recesses are made for inserting and removing the fall arrester from the
ladder system in an ergonomic position. The recommended position is +1 m
from ground level. Since the ladder usually starts at +0,2 m, the recess
should be positioned +0,8 m from the bottom end of the ladder.
Attention! A recess may not be placed higher than a maximum of 2 m from ground level,
or from a secured platform. For any other application (for instance, taking off
the fall arrester from somewhere on the ladder, unsecured platforms, etc.) an
exit section must be used.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 30
Curving: In order to follow the individual surface of a structure, the ladder segments
can be pre-manufactured with curves.
Curve No.1 Curve No.3 Curve No.5
Curve No.2 Curve No.4
ATTENTION ! Due to the termination of EN 353-1:2014 we point out that the MKL
Monostop is no longer certified. The use of the MKL Monostop is therefore
strictly prohibited.
The MKL TwinStop® fall arrester, however, fully complies to the new test
requirements from 2010. The TwinStop is the first system on the market
that can be used with negative and positive declined ladders without
limitations. However, due to ergonomic reasons we recommend
declinations of ±20° max.
Standoff: Ladders may have a maximum stand off of 350mm above the last fastening
element. If a longer stand off is required, the center rail has to be reinforced
by a rectangular profile 50x30. In these cases the maximum stand off is
1480 mm.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 31
ATTENTION ! At a minimum, the reinforcement must be fastened over the last two
brackets of the ladder fasteners. The ladder fasteners have to be at least
1120 mm away from each other. Furthermore, the reinforcement has to be
bolted every 560 mm with the reinforcement.
The projection of the fastening elements along the reinforcement has to be

reduced by 50 mm at a reinforcement made of galvanized steel, and 70
mm at a reinforcement made of Aluminum, versus the projection of the
rest.
Ladder position: The position of the ladder must always be upright, or respectively with
a tendency of ±20° from the upright position. Upright means the
punched edge of the rung is up.
Joint Plates: Are principally included in the ladder deliveries. The joint plates are
fastened with the respective upper and lower ladder segments.
Additionally, the joint plates are equipped with a metal tongue that fits
in the oblong holes of the ladder.
This serves as an additional fastener in case the bolts become loose.
Furthermore, it supports a perpendicular installation of the ladder
segments.
Version Steel galvanized
Flatheat Screw M12x35 Steel galvanized

Teckentrup Washer D 13 galvanized
Nut M12 St-tZn DIN 934
Version Stainless Steel
Flathead Screw M12x35 A4 70

Locking Washer D 13
Nut M12 A4 70 DIN 985

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 32
End stops
Attention! End stops must be placed at the beginning and the end of a ladder.
Purpose: The end stops prohibit an unintentional disconnect from the systems.
Additionally, it insures that the user can not insert the fall arrester up side
down into the system.
Position: Every End stop is marked with an arrow. This arrow has to point up.
Furthermore, the rigid gate has to be placed to the left of the center rail.
The bottom end stop must be placed immediately after the beginning of the
ladder or in cases of a recess, immediately after the recess. The end stop
must be placed with a maximum of 280 mm after the beginning of the ladder
or respectively above the recess.
According to the latest EN regulation, the breaking load of an end stop must
be greater than 12 kN
Ladder Access from the top
Definition: If a fall protection ladder is accessed from the top, and the end of the ladder
is more than 1 m above ground respective a safe stand point. It is mandatory
to have a open able and a rigid endstop in a row. Further a footrest fixed in
open position at the end of the ladder is requested.
openable Bottom Endstop
Rigid Endstop
Footrest fixed in open position

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 33
Fastening Elements
Specification: The specification of sufficient fastening elements depends on the substructure

of the building where the ladder is to be installed.
In this regard, the geometry (walls, lattice towers, Monopoles, etc) as well as
the material of the construction (Steel, reinforced concrete, bricks, etc,) are
extremely import.
For anchors, the following forces have to be considered:
In order to determine the load capacity of the fastening elements on buildings with
unknown or insufficient strength (for instance bricks walls), load tests have to be carried out
on site. Preferable, this test should be carried out by the supplier of the dowels.
Torque specification: For fastening a metric galvanized steel bolt M12 - 8.8. we
recommending a torque of 70 Nm.
When using self locking nuts M12 accordingly to EN 985, a
torque of 90 Nm is recommended.
Load situation on fall protection systems accordingly EN 353-1:
Fastening distance: The recommended fastening distance is 1260 mm, the

maximum distance is 1540 mm. However, you need to ensure
that the load is allocated in such a way that the substructure
can resist the accidental impact of 6 kN.
MKL can provide all necessary parameters to determine the

static capacities.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 34
ATTENTION! Each ladder segment has to be fastened at least once to the

substructure. This is true even if the length of the ladder segment is
less than 1400 mm and the advantage of the maximum distance of
1540 mm can’t be fully taken.
The number of fastening elements a ladder way needs must be

determined. It must be sufficient enough to bear the normal traffic load
as well as the extraordinary stopping load in cases of accidents.
Projection: In order to provide an ergonomic stance on the ladder, the distance of

the ladder from the construction should be 150 mm. This is in reference
to the standard projection of our brackets and clamps.
In curved sections as well as in the area of additional parts (e.g.

reinforcements), the projection has to be long enough to ensure that the
ladder does not touch the construction.
Installation
In order to ensure a safe and economic installation, we strongly recommend performing the
installation with minimum 2 people.
In this regard we point out that 2 complete sets of PPE are needed. Furthermore, we
recommend having a rescue device with lifting device for each team. If there is an
accident, the casualty can be evacuated immediately from the ladder.
A rescue plan should be always located on site.
Please familiarize yourself with all safety norms and procedures that pertain to
your individual country.
Use of fall protection ladders systems
Our ladders are designed to carry 1 person every 2 m provided that the substructure’s
capacity is sufficient. Load calculation 6 kN for the first person + 1,5 kN for each further
person.
List of recommended Tools
1 Plummet – colored string (alternative Laser)

1 Deflection Pulley / Pulley Block with rope ( 9 mm stranded respect. braided) Length
appropriated the height of the construction
2 Karabiner
2 webbing slings á 1 m
Ring ratchet spanner SW17; SW19, SW24
Fork wrench SW17; SW19, SW24
Socket wrench SW17; SW19, SW24
Measuring tape (min. 3 m)
1000 g Hammer

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 35
Rechargeable drill (alternative drill + extension cable)

Portable Aluminum ladder 2 m
Level
Tool Bag
Walkie-Talkie
PPE
This list represents most of tools needed for installing an MKL fall protection system,
However, it might not cover all eventualities at the installation site.
Placing of the Fasteners
Preferably, the fastening of the ladder segments should be done from a safe level. Ideally
you should try to pre install the ladder before erecting the tower (on monopoles for
instance).
In cases where the tower has to be erected in segments, make sure the ladder piece at the
joint section of the tower segments are taken off while the tower segments are joined
together. Otherwise a ladder segment that stands away from the tower segment might be
damage during the process of placing the elements.
Furthermore, the end of the preinstalled ladder should be max. 0,84 m from the end of the
tower section, so that the person erecting the tower can reach the joint section safely from
the preinstalled ladder.
Installing a ladder on an existing construction
Installing from a lifting platform or scaffold
The most efficient and safe way to install a ladder on an existing construction is to use a
lifting platform or scaffold.
One person will go up to the top by using the lift or scaffold and mark the top fastening
point and lower a plummet from this point. The second person will mark the bottom
fastening point in line with the plummet. Alternatively, the ladder line can be marked with a
laser.
Afterwards the fastening distance has to market along the line, and the holes for the plug in
will be set from bottom to top. In case of brackets with two fastening holes, we recommend
using a level to mark the holes left and right of the vertical marked line
The drilling of the holes and the setting of the dowels needs to be done in accordance to the
dowel manufacturer’s instruction.
On lattice or monopole constructions, the clamps will follow the structure automatically.
After all holes are placed, the ladder has to be mounted from bottom to top. Before using
the ladder with a fall arrester, the bottom end stop has to be in place.
Before using the fall arrester the locking function has to be tested

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 36
ATTENTION! The red plastic string at the top end of a ladder section must not be
removed until the next ladder section is fastened with the joint plate at
the top end of the previous ladder.
At the last section a Top End stop has to be placed before taking the
red string away.
ATTENTION! When installing the ladder on a non metallic construction (e.g. brick
walls, concrete) make sure that a gap of 2-5 mm is kept between the
joint plates. This is needed to avoid distortions cause by changing
temperatures
Installation Top Rope
During an installation Top Rope, the person at the top has to act like described in the
paragraph “Installation from lifting Platforms / scaffolds”. However, this person has to be
trained and experienced in alpine climbing techniques and rope fastenings.
Furthermore, it is essential to have an anchor point certified in accordance to EN 795 at the
top.
Installation from the ladder
In order to mark the vertical position of the ladder it is of an advantage to have a laser,
otherwise a plummet has to be tied outside the rung of the respective next ladder segment
above the climber.
The upper ladder segment has to be placed in such a way that the plummet comes in line
with the ladder segments below.
If the installation is done from the ladder, it is necessary for the installer to have a 2m
portable ladder, so that the first fall protection ladder segment can be fastened twice before
climbing onto it.
The fastening distance should be a maximum of 1400 mm. This will provide an ergonomic
standpoint to drill the fasteners.
ATTENTION! While installing segments, the climber has to be secured by a

secondary means to a solid base, preferable at the ladder bracket. The
maximum distance a fall arrester can be used above the last bracket is
350 mm.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 37
Marking
A type plate has to be placed at the very beginning of each ladder way, as well as on every
entry section that can be accessed from any place other than the ground level.
The type plate has to contain the following information.
Typ Twinstop®
Design Fall Protection System tested accordingly EN 353-1
Date of Manufacturing
CE 0123
Advise of using PPE accordingly to EN 361
Demanding to read the installation and user manual before climbing
Manufacturer / Supplier / Importer
Checklist for final Inspection
The attached checklist has to be fully and correctly filled in. If one or more of the criteria
are not or can not be fulfilled, it must be reported immediately and the failure must be
corrected before use. The safety engineer or a competent person has the responsibility of
correctly and completely filling out the checklist. After this person is certain that all
features have been checked and deemed safe, he or she must sign the checklist.
Annual Inspection
EN 365
The owner has to inspect Personal Protective Equipment and Safe Climbing Systems on
demand according to the application, situation and environment. At the very least, these
systems must be inspected annually by a competent Person.
Principally, Personal Protective Equipment and Safe Climbing Systems have to be inspected
visually for defects and proper functioning before each use.
Failures and defects have to be announced and reported to the owner. The systems and
personal protection equipment must not be used until the system or personal protection
equipment is repaired.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 38
Inspection Sheet for Ladders
Inspection Sheet for ladders

with fall protection system Type Twinstop®
Foundation
Most of the national standards are requiering regularly repeating inspections on safety
systems class 3.
The period of inspections are depending mainly on how frequently systems are used, in
which environment they are used and how often defects or demages have been detected at
previous inspections.
The results of the inspection need to be archived.
For guarantee claims it is essential that regulare inspection are documented.
Checklist
1. Asset-No. .............................................................
2. Site
- Street .............................................................
- location .............................................................
- User / Owner .............................................................
.............................................................
3. Manufacturer / Supplier
- Name .............................................................
- Street .............................................................
- Location .............................................................
4. Installer
- Name .............................................................
- Street .............................................................
- Location .............................................................
5. Date of installation .............................................................
6. Date of scrapping .............................................................
7. Signature of the competent person
- Name .............................................................
- Address .............................................................
- Phone / Fax .............................................................
- Date / location .............................................................
- Signature .............................................................

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 39

8. Systems Cofiguration
- Length .............................................................
- Building Structure .............................................................
- Bottom Endstop openable 
- Top Endstop openable 
- Endstop rigid 
- Exitsection 
- Turntable 
- others .............................................................
9. Material
- Steel, galvanized 
- Stainless Steel 
- Aluminium 
10.Application
- Rail 
- I-Typed ladder 
- H-Typed ladder 
11.Measures of the Profile
a) Steel rail (hot dip galvanized) C-shaped profile 50x32mm 
with a catch each 140mm, as Ladder or Guide Rail
Stainless Steel rail (pickled) C-shaped profile 50x32mm 
b) Aluminium rail C-shaped Profile 52x33mm 
with catch each 140mm, as Guide Rail
c) Aluminium rail in C-shaped Profile 52x33mm 
with a catch each 150mm, as Guiderail
d) Aluminium Rail C-shaped Profile 52x51mm 
with a catch each 140mm, as Ladder
e) Steel rail (hot dip galvanized) in C-shaped Profile 50x30mm 
f) Steel Rail (hot dip galvanized) C-shaped profile 50x31,5mm 
Stainless Steel rail (pickled) C-shaped profile 50x31,5mm 
0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 40

g) Aluminium rail C-shaped profile 50x30mm 

With a catch each 140mm, as Guide Rail
h) Aluminium rail C-shaped profile 50x50mm 
With a catch each 140mm, as Ladder
a) b) c) d)
e) f) g) h)

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 41

12. repeating Inspection
1.Inspect. 2.Inspect. 3.Inspect. 4.Inspect. 5.Inspect.

Inspection Criterias i.O. n.i.O i.O n.i.O i.O. n.i.O i.O. n.i.O i.O. n.i.O
Guiderail
Deformation          
Demages (e.g. crackings)          
corrosion, Abriasion          
Sharp Edges, Burr          
Steps
Deformation          
Sharp Edges, Burr          
Side Rungs
Deformation          
Sharp Edges, Burr          
Weld Seam
Cracking          
Corrosion          
Fixation
Rigid base of the Fixation          
Solide subconstruction          
Footrest
Fixation          
Sharp Edges, Burr          
Stops
Deformation          
General
Visual Test          
Function Test          
Identification          
User Instruction          
Results
System          
Repair needed yes / no yes / no yes / no yes / no yes / no
Date
Signature
Please cross out the matching statements  or descripe in your own expressions.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 42

The endstop avoids unattended disconnection of the fall arrester from the guiderail. It furthers
ensures that the fall arrester will be insert in the rail in an upright position. That is essential to
guarantee a proper locking function in the event of an fall.
The MKL Endstops are already dimensioned for a 12kN impact as requested by the
EN 353-1:2014
The Endstop marked “Stop up” has to

be placed right at the end of the guide rail
However not higher than the max. stand off
of the rail measured from the last
Fastening bracket or clamp (see installation
Manual for ladders and rails)
Apart from the openabel endstops, MKL

provides rigid endstops. Those as well
Have to be installed at the beginning
or at the end of a guide rail.
If using the rigid endstops, you have to

ensure that one endstop will be an open-
able one, so that the fall arrester can be taken
from the rail, and be stored accordingly
to the user manual for our Fall Arrester.
The Endstop marked „Stop down“ has to be

Installed at the beginning of a guide rail
not higher than 1 m above ground,
respectively a safe base.
MKL-Technik GmbH Telefon: +49 (0) 9252 2515065 Stand: 2013-06-21

Am Langacker 20 Fax: +49 (0) 9252 2515066 Seite 1 von 1
D-95233 Helmbrechts E-Mail: info@mkl-technik.de
Registergericht Hof, HRB 5002 Web: www.mkl-technik.de
Geschäftsführer: Klaus Meister
0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 43
Installation and User’s Manual for Joint Connectors
Installation and User’s Manual

Join Connectors for Ladders and Guiderails
hot dip galvanized / stainless steel pickled
Foreword
Thank you for buying a fall protection System from MKL-Technik GmbH
In case of any further question on the following subjects please do not hesitate to contact
our customer service FAX +49 (0)9252 / 2515066 at any time.
Fall protection systems in accordance with EN 353-1:2014 are a safety product category 3,
which means that they are products that directly protect the user’s life. Incorrect installation
and usage of such systems are life threatening.
Therefore, we emphasize strict adherence to the installation instructions, user guidelines

and maintenance guidelines that follow.
MKL-Technik GmbH will refuse any claim caused by incorrect installation and use. We also
will not take responsibility for claims caused by non MKL components; therefore, we
strongly recommend not using components that have not been approved by MKL-Technik
GmbH
Attention! Due to copyright § 106 UrhG, it is not permitted to copy and distribute this
installation and user manual without the written authorization of MKL-Technik
GmbH
All rights are reserved by MKL-Technik GmbH

Illegal use, especially copying and distributing to third parties is not permitted, and may
lead to legal action.
Errors and technical corrections are reserved
Please pay attention on our Installation manual ladders and Rails

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 44
Purpose of the Joint Connectors
The Joint Connector has to be used to fasten two segments of rails with each other.
Joint Connectors are obligatory if you have to install more than just one rail or ladder
segment.
Missing Joint Connectors in a ladder or railway are danger to life for the user, since the fall
arrester can slide out from the rail at the joint section.
Sites where a missing or incorrect installed Joint Connector is detected have to be closed
until this failure is corrected in a proper manner.
Build Up of a Joint Connector
Version Rail or Ladder made of

Stainless Steel:
Version Rail or Ladder made of hot 2x MKL Flathead Screw M12x35 A70
dipped galvanized steel: 2x U-Washer DIN 125 A4 D13
2x Hexagon Nut DIN 985 A4
2x MKL Flathead Screw 1x Joint Connector with triple punch
M12x35 St-Zn Stainless Steel
2x Teckentrup Washer St-Zn 13
2x Hexagon Nut DIN 934 8.8 St-Zn
1x Joint Connector with triple punch
St-tZn

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 45
If using the “Teckentrup” washer, the convex side

has to be against the hexagon nut.
Installing the Joint Connector
• The arrow on the Joint

Connectors always has to
show upwards
• The ears of the Joint

Connector has to be slided
from the top into the uplong
holes of the rail.
• The ears are providing extra

safety in case of loosened
screws.
• Nevertheless the screws at

the Joint Connectors are
mandatory.
Arrow has to show upwards
Fastening Torque for the MKL

Flatheadscrews M12
50 Nm max.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 46
Next Fastening
Bracket or Clamp
max. 280 mm
If you are using the second
hole, the next fastening bracket
or clamp hast to be placed
not more than max. 280 mm
from the Joint Connector.
Screwing always directly
at the joint
The gap between the two segments can be up to 5 mm in worst case.
As a rule of thumb we are recommending a gap of 3 mm if installing the rails at

temperatures below zero, and 2 mm at installations above zero.
If the ladder or rail is installed at a steel construction, no gap is necessary because

of identic thermal expansion coefficients.

0708_71793_00790a-0917-02_ansi.indd 47
1. General Points
2. Transport
3. Use
4. Commissioning
5. Inspection and Maintenance
8. Special Points for Operation in Hazardous Locations
9. Shutdown, Dismantling and Disposal
0709_71793_00562a-0914-05x.indd
QM- Operating Instructions Date: 12.09.14 ®
BAL-HYD Revision: 7
Installation and maintenance of
hydraulic systems
Installation and maintenance of hydraulic systems

1. General Points
This operating instruction serves the purpose to instruct on the correct use of the hydraulic system
considering the applicable regulations and safety instructions.
It is not meant to replace the operating instruction of the entire plant.
The power pack/control system was designed, manufactured and tested applying the applicable
standards and regulations of the European Union and was shipped in perfect condition with
particular reference to technical and safety aspects.
In order to maintain this condition and to ensure operation without danger, the user must pay due
attention to the points detailed in the operating instructions. The power pack/control system may
only be commissioned and maintained by qualified personnel who are aware of and observe the
generally applicable technical rules and the specific applicable regulations and standards of
explosion proof equipment.
Additionally it may be required to observe specific special rules related to the application and/or the
location.
2. Transport
Immediately upon delivery the equipment must be checked for completeness of scope and for
transport damage. Should damage be detected then in the presence of the transport companies
representative a damage report must be made.
3. Use
The equipment may only be put into service for its use intended. The scope of its hydraulic use
such as max. allowable pressures, operating temperatures and other limits are specified in the
applicable technical documentation.
4. Commissioning
Before the start of any work you must always ensure, that the equipment has been
released from any pressure. (applicable to equipment containing hydraulic
accumulators – pressure to be released) – danger of injury.
The hydraulic equipment described has been designed for short-time use only. I.e. the
power data and volume of hydraulic fluid have been calculated in such a way that the
pump is switched off after a short slow-down time and in such a way the system is not
heated-up excessively. With this solution the required hydraulic fluid quantity is
noticeably reduced.
4.1 Assembly (Attention! All work to be executed under the utmost tidiness)
 External surfaces of the power pack (reservoir, lines, motor …), of the components and the
environment are to be kept clean or respectively to be cleaned before starting any work.
 Dirt or moisture may not get into the hydraulic fluid.
U:\ISO9001_2008\BAL\Englisch\BAL-HYD [Installation and maintenance of hydraulic systems].doc page 1 of 9
0709_71793_00562a-0914-05x.indd
2
BAL-HYD Revision: 7
hydraulic systems
 Any connections even if opened for a short time only must be closed with protective covers.
 Tubes, hoses, actuators etc. to be connected to the power pack must be free of dirt and fit
for purpose (use with the power pack).
4.2 Filling of the reservoir / the actuators with hydraulic fluid
Only hydraulic fluids approved for the equipment must be used (see
documentation). The fluid must be filled via the system filter or a mobile filter station.
The absolute filter mesh must be at least the same as the one of the filters installed in
the equipment.
The filling connection is only equipped with a strainer. This is used merely for coarse
contamination which could enter the reservoir when the connection is opened. Hydraulic fluid to
be filled up to the top level mark of the level indicator.
 The entire system must be flushed before filling. For this purpose normally the same fluid is
used as later for normal operation.
 Hydraulic fluids according to DIN 51 524 part 2 are suitable for all equipment and
components.
 Environment friendly hydraulic fluids (synthetic Ester HEES) generally are suitable as they
feature similar properties as hydraulic oils with regards to relevant operating criteria, but they
must be approved in advance before use.
 Mixing of different fluid types is prohibited in principle.

 For filling of the actuators the system must be vented at its highest point.
 To ensure the purity of the filling a filter unit must be used.
 Always re-fill hydraulic fluid to ensure that the min. level is maintained.
 In the case of systems with large accumulators make sure that the filling level (without / with
full accumulator) are met.
The most important parameter of hydraulic fluids is the viscosity. Excessive viscosity
leads to cavitations; low viscosity causes lack of lubrication. The viscosity is measured
in mm²/s and changes with temperature. The classification is according to ISO-VG at a
reference temperature of 40°C.
The recommended range for hydraulic systems is VG15-VG68. We recommend for operation the
viscosity classes ISO VG22 und ISO VG 46 depending on the ambient temperatures.
Contaminations like chips, metal grains, rubber particles from hoses and seals, abrasions and
dust can cause considerable malfunctions of hydraulic systems.
Recommended level of purity according to ISO4406:1999 is Kl.21/18/15.(I.e. per 1ml fluid max.
10.000 to 20.000 particles > 4µ, 1300 to 2500 particles > 6µ and 160 to 320 particles > 14µ
diameter are allowed) or at pressures above 200 bar Kl. 20/17/14 (max. 5.000 to 10.000 particles
>4 , 640 to 1300 particles >6 and 80 to 160 particles with >14 )
0709_71793_00562a-0914-05x.indd
3
BAL-HYD Revision: 7
hydraulic systems
4.3 Choice of viscosity grade
From the “ISO viscosity classification for liquid lubricants” (ISO 3448,DIN 51519) listed 18 viscosity
grades for hydro plants, the areas of ISO VG10 to ISO VG 68 are relevant. The number after ISO
VG corresponds to the nominal viscosity at the reference temperature 40 ° C. The temperature
shown in the diagram corresponds to the behavior of mineral hydraulic oils. The HVPL and the
environmentally pressure fluids are flat and the temperature effect is less.
Guidelines for selection
- VG 10, VG 15 - Investment in short-term operation, in outdoor applications or in

plant in continuous operation in the open (then only in winter)
- VG 22, VG 32 general purpose (for use in the open only in summer)
- VG 46, VG 68 plants indoors at ambient temperatures to 40 ° C or tropical
conditions (Note start viscosity!)
0709_71793_00562a-0914-05x.indd
4
BAL-HYD Revision: 7
hydraulic systems
4.4 Changing the pressure fluid
By mixing different types of fluids can occur under certain circumstances to unwanted chemical
reactions with sludging, gumming or similar. Therefore, when switching between different fluids the
respective manufacturers must be consulted. In any case, the entire hydraulic system is to rinse
thoroughly.
4.5 Charging of Accumulator with Nitrogen (for units with accumulator)
Warning! Hydraulic accumulators are subject to the safety rules applicable at the
location of installation. Only Nitrogen may be used for pre-charging!
Attention! Insufficient pre-charge pressure can destroy the accumulator pressure.
 Release the system fluid-pressure (safety- and shut-off block). Charge the bladder with
Nitrogen until the pre-charge pressure P0 specified in the documentation is reached.
 Always use a filling- and test kit and observe the operating instructions.
 After filling or releasing allow sufficient time for temperature compensation before checking
the pre-charge pressure.
 The maximum pre-charge pressure may not exceed the max. operating pressure.
 The minimum pre-charge pressure must be at least 30% of the system pressure.
4.6 Electrical Connection

 The electrical connection may only be carried out by qualified personnel.
 Before switching on the correct phase connection must be verified.
 External earthing bolts on the cabinets must be earthed.
4.7 Test Run

 The test run must be carried out only by qualified personnel.
 Before switch-on check the bladder pre-charge pressure once more!
 Switch-on the electric motor for a short time and switch-off again and check the direction of
rotation of the motor. (Observe the directional arrows indicating rotation)
4.8 System-Pressure
 Check the system pressure according to the documentation. If required the pressure may
have to be adjusted accordingly.
 For systems with hydraulic accumulator the switch-off point of the pressure switch must be
at least 10bar below the adjusted value of the pressure limiting valve.
 Always use the setting values specified in the documentation.
4.9 Functional Test
 The functional test must be carried out strictly according to the operating manual / functional
description.
0709_71793_00562a-0914-05x.indd
5
BAL-HYD Revision: 7
hydraulic systems
5. Inspection and maintenance

5. 1 Hydraulic Fluids
 Check the level of the hydraulic fluid in the reservoir. (The label "min." must not be exceeded,
the oil level must not be higher than the "max." - mark or the oil level indicator)
 Check the condition and cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid.
 Hydraulic fluid which is not monitored by laboratory tests must be replaced after
commissioning and thereafter every 1000 operating hours later or after 1 year, which ever
comes first. This is based however on maintaining the max. temperature of the hydraulic
reservoir of 60 °C as well as regular checks of the filter condition and exchange of filters if
required.
 Operating temperature of the hydraulic fluid must be monitored during operation (usually
<60°C, short time 80°C) With increasing operating t emperature the ageing of the fluid is
accelerated with resulting reduced service life of seals and hoses.
Attention! Ageing and pollution of the hydraulic fluid depends on many different
operating conditions like temperature, operating pressure, type of filters, ingress of dirt
from the environment via venting equipment and dynamic seals, moisture contents in the
air etc.
A check without laboratory test can only represent a rough guess about the condition of the
hydraulic fluid (milkiness of the hydraulic fluid, darker appearance compared to that of fresh fluid,
deposits at bottom of reservoir, smell of burnt oil).
Recommended is a Laboratory Test. Depending on the result of the test the hydraulic fluid may
have to be replaced in case of ageing, and/or contamination or dirt (purity grade is no longer
maintained).
5. 2 Check of Filters
Soiling, e.g. abrasion and dust, can lead to substantial impairment of a hydraulic system.
Therefore, the following should be provided for filtering (provided a thorough rinse before initial):
ISO 4406 NAS 1638 recommended devices
Filtration
(retention rate)
21/18/15…19/17/13 12 … 8 β16…25≥ 75 Radial piston and gear pumps, valves,
cylinders (use in general engineering)
20/17/14…18/15/12 11 … 6 β6…16≥ 75 Proportional pressure valve
 Check the filter condition indicators or differential pressure switches (during operation!).
 Replace the filter elements when the indicator shows the red segment, otherwise replace
according to maintenance intervals.
 Pressure liquid "from the barrel" does not necessarily satisfy the highest cleanliness
requirements.
0709_71793_00562a-0914-05x.indd
6
BAL-HYD Revision: 7
hydraulic systems
5. 3 Hydraulic Accumulator
 Additional to the legally required checks the Nitrogen pre-charge pressure must be
monitored. The monitoring/checking of the pre-charge pressure is carried out with the test-
and filling device (see operating instructions of the manufacturer).
 After the initial commissioning of the hydraulic system please check the pre-charge pressure
weekly for one month. Thereafter a monthly check must be performed.
Measuring-and Monitoring Equipment installed in the Nitrogen system can lead to
additional leakage sources. In those cases the pre-charge pressure must be checked
more frequently.
Warning: Release bladder always slowly (t> 10s)

Under adverse discharge conditions (high pressure ratio p2/p0 or high discharging
velocity), the gas can cool below the permissible elastomer temperature. This can
cause cold cracking in the elastomer and the bladder will be destroyed.
Works on systems with accumulators require particular care as improper work can lead
to severe accidents. The accumulator pressure shell must not be modified in any way
through welding or soldering or mechanical machining.
5. 4 Piping / Flexible Hoses

 Check for external leaks (visual examination)
 Check piping systems for loose fixings and flexible hoses for scour marks.
Warning! Damaged pipes and flexible hoses must be replaced immediately.
5. 5 Inspection intervals of the couplings

 After 3000 operating hours, not later than 6 months after the commissioning of the coupling,
is the elastic ring gear subjected to inspect visual. When the initial assessment detects an
insignificant or no wear of the spider the test intervals can be set to 6000 h operating hours
or 18 months under the same operating conditions.
5. 6 Level and temperature switches
By default, the hydraulic power units are equipped with a combined level and temperature switch.
The level switches are equipped with bistable protective gas contacts. When changing the oil level
the built-in permanent magnet switches the contacts. To monitor the temperature, a thermal
contact is installed. Optional also devices with analog outputs can be installed.
Because the safe operation of the switch has an influence on the explosion protection
(rotating parts such as coupling and gear pump are always under oil level and
monitoring the max. oil temperature), they have to be tested at regular intervals.
 Switching function of the level switch, at least annually
 Switching point of temperature contact, at least annually
0709_71793_00562a-0914-05x.indd
7
BAL-HYD Revision: 7
hydraulic systems
5. 7 Miscellaneous
 Check of the electric supply cables for motor, solenoid valves, sensors, pressure switches
etc. (visual examination)

 Check hydraulic fluid levels – at operation
 Check temperature – at operation
 Check oil filter contamination indicators – at operation
 Hydraulic fluid change – after 1000 hours of operation or 1 x annually
 Replacement of return line filter cartridge – immediately after commissioning, there after 3
monthly, there after annually
 Replacement of breather filter – immediately after commissioning, there after 3 monthly,
there after annually
 Change of pressure filter cartridge – immediately after commissioning, there after
3 months, there after annually
 Change of suction filter – at hydraulic fluid change
 Check of accumulator pre-charge pressure – immediately after commissioning, in the first
month weekly, there after every 3 months.
 Check of accumulator pre-charge pressure – before every operation if measuring- and
monitoring equipment is installed within the Nitrogen system.
 Operating pressure – at operation
For all other components are the deadlines valid which are in the operating and
maintenance instructions of the manufacturer's specified!
During the assembly and maintenance of the filters und couplers it is necessary to
protect the whole system against accident activation
Malfunction Possible Cause Proposed Actions
No operating Pressure limiting valve half a) setting too low

pressure or too low open b) wear on valve seats
Respectively below
c) dirt deposit on seats
the value specified
for the system d) broken spring
Adjust correctly or replace
Malfunction of the pump Look malfunction of pump
0709_71793_00562a-0914-05x.indd
8
BAL-HYD Revision: 7
hydraulic systems
Inadmissible internal leaks a) Wear of hydraulic actuator seals cross-over

relief valves at the actuators incorrectly
adjusted.
b) contamination or wear on valves Adjust
equipment, clean or replace
Malfunction of Air in the system a) Check suction or pressure line at the pump.
pump Seal the lines or replace the O-Rings at the
No or respectively pumps flange.
too little flow
Reservoir sealed airtight. a) replace the breather filter
Malfunction of drive a) Check coupling and replace if required

b) Check direction of rotation of motor
Wear in the pump a) internal seals are worn

b) gears are worn
Replace pump
Excessive slow- Pressure switch or pressure a) set pressure switch and/or pressure limiting
down time limiting valve set incorrectly valves to the value given in the documentation
(pressure switch min. 10 bar lower)
Uncontrolled Air in the system a) vent at the highest point

movements b) prevent air leaks
The movements do not
correspond with the selected Valves are jammed a) Valves are blocked in closed
movements/functions of the
hydraulic system position by chips or particles
b) Valves are held open due to dirt
Valves must be cleaned or replaced
Excessive wear Hydraulic fluid is a) Fluid is too old. Replace.

contaminated with foreign b) Filter malfunction. Replace.
matter
0709_71793_00562a-0914-05x.indd
9
BAL-HYD Revision: 7
hydraulic systems
8. Special Points for Operation in Hazardous Locations (Explosion Protection)
The hydraulic systems may only be operated in hazardous

areas, if they have been designed for that purpose and if this
has been documented in the relevant documentation.
The guide line 94/9/EG regulates the use of equipment in
hazardous locations.
The equipment category and the ignition sources, explosion
groups and temperature classes are specified in the
documentation.
The components to which explosion protection applies are
designed and certified accordingly. According to EN 13 463-1
and EN 13 463-5 moving parts which are protected by
submersion in a liquid must be protected by appropriate
monitoring sensors (e.g. liquid level indicator, liquid level
switch) which monitor excessive loss of protection liquid and
thereby sufficient protection against ignition from sources in
the atmosphere is achieved.
Inadmissible heating-up of the protection liquid must be
monitored with a temperature switch (prEN 13463-6) for
additional safety.
9. Shutdown, dismantling and disposal
If no return or disposal agreement has been made disassemble the system/equipment in a

professional manner in compliance with the safety instructions contained in this manual and
dispose it in a environmentally responsible behaviour.
Before disassembly
Switch off power supply and secure against restart, then disconnect power cables to unload stored
energies. Operating and auxiliary materials and processing materials needs to be remove and
dispose environmentally friendly.
CAUTION!
Environmental damage if improperly disposal! Electrical, electronic
components, lubricants and other additives are subject to hazardous waste
treatment and may be disposed of only by authorized specialist firms.
Local authorities and waste management companies are to consult for more information on
environmentally sound disposal.
0709_71793_00562a-0914-05x.indd
10
8. Maintenance Manual
Periodic Maintenance Check List 4
Marine Loading Arm, Model Arctic - Hydraulically operated 4

Maintenance of the Hydraulic Control System 10
Hydraulic Drives 11
Hydraulic Hoses 12
Ventilation of the Hydraulic System 13
Ventilation of the ERC-Cylinder 14
Ventilation of the ERC-Ball Valve Cylinder (Product Line) 15
Typical Procedure for Tensioning Pantograph Wire Ropes on Marine
Loading Arms (MLAs) by SVT 16

Re-tightening of the Pantograph Wire Ropes 16
General 16
Required Tools, Manpower and Equipment 16
Preparation 16
Evaluate Wire Rope Slack as per the following Sketch 17
Procedure 18
Potential Problems and Difficulties 19
Potential Risks and Hazards 19
Re-tightening the Wire Ropes of the Drive System 20
General 20
Re-tightening 20
0800_71793_maintenance manual_ansi.indd
Maintenance Manual
Swivel Joint Type 30-244L/ 6” - 10”/ Cryogenic 22
Cross-sectional Drawing 22
Function Test of Swivel Joint Purging System 23
Bolt Tightening Torques 24
Assembly/Re-assembly - Swivel Joint Type 30-244L 25
Changing of the PTFE Sealing Tape (item 60) 26
Change of Balls (Ball Races) 26
Handling of Seals and Sealing Surfaces 27
General 27
Seals 27
Sealing Surfaces 28
Seal Change at the Apex 29
Seal Change at the Trunnion 32
Structural Ball Bearings 34
General 34
Lubrication 34
Seal 34
Tolerance 34
Routine Maintenance 35
Checking of Bolt Connections 35
Counterweight Bearing (Position A) 36
Trunnion Bearings (Position B) 36
Apex Bearing (Position C) 37
Re-lubrication 38
Lubricants 39
Insulating Flange, Flange Type, Cryogenic Type, 8”
(Stray Current Protector) 40
Resistance Values 40
Dismantling and Re-assembly 41
0800_71793_maintenance manual_ansi.indd 2
Maintenance Manual
Re-assembly 41
Insulating Flange, Swivel Joint Type, 10”
Cryogenic Type (Stray Current Protector) 42
Resistance Values 42
Dismantling and Re-assembly 43
Re-assembly 43
Repair Instructions Painting 44
Maintenance Manual Periodic Maintenance Check List
Periodic Maintenance Check List
Marine Loading Arm, Model Arctic - Hydraulically operated

The SVT marine loading arms (MLA) are designed in a way that they are
maintenance-free for a long period.
Inspections or maintenance should be done in accordance with the part
description.
We recommend inspection or maintenance to be carried out by, or under

supervision of, SVT personnel.
WARNING Maintenance work and inspections have

to be carried out in an explosive free
atmosphere.
The MLA has to be empty
(no product in the MLA piping system) and, if
applicable, it has to be purged with inert gas
(e.g. nitrogen) before.
After purging with nitrogen consider
sufficiently ventilating with air before working
at the MLA.
WARNING Maintenance work at the MLA has to be

effected only by SVT supervision or authorized
skilled and professionally trained personnel.
WARNING Assembly or reassembly of components has

to be effected under SVT supervision only.
WARNING Before disassembling the triple swivel group

or the counterweights the marine loading arm
first has to be secured by chain hoists against
unintentional movements.

00806a-1217-10_ansi.indd 0800_71793_maintenance manual_ansi.indd 4

Maintenance
Interval
half-yearly
Component
monthly
yearly
Hydraulic control system
See description
“Maintenance of the hydraulic control system”.
Visual check of all hydraulic lines, elimination of leakages. X
Visual check of hydraulic hoses. X
Visual check of all hydraulic valves. X
Functional test of pressure gauge. X
Check hydraulic accumulator and nitrogen bladder X
pressure.
Check setting points of pressure switch. X
Visual check of hydraulic pumps and motors. X
Check oil level in the tank. X
Check oil quality. X
Check pressure limit valve at HPU for function and correct X
setting.
Mechanical parts
Check the loading arm visually for external damage, X
general condition and coating damages.
ATTENTION In case of mechanical damages painting

has to be repaired immediately in
accordance with the repair instructions.
Check the safety ladder visually for external damages. X
WARNING Before entering the ladder it has to

be checked that the MLA is locked in
stored position and the control system
is switched off and secured against
unintentional restart.

Maintenance
Interval
half-yearly
Component
monthly
yearly
Spot check anchor bolts for tight connection. X
Check mechanical and/or hydraulic locking devices
(The detents and guiding rails of the locking device have X
to be lubricated regularly in order to avoid sparks and
abrasion).
Check counterbalance. X
Check pantograph system. X
Check tension and condition of wire ropes and turn X
buckles.
ATTENTION Slack ropes may lead to serious

damages.
Check grease coat of the wire ropes. X

The ropes have to be well greased as the grease coat is
an additional protection against corrosion.
If the grease coat is missing the rope can corrode outside
or inside and would be damaged.
ATTENTION Check the grease coat regularly and, if

necessary, retrofit it.
Check bolts of the hydraulic cylinder supports. X

Check counterbalance of the triple swivel assembly. X
Check and re-grease the structural (mechanical) ball
bearings (support structure). X
Refer to part description “Structural ball bearings”.
Spot check bolt connections. X
Check support jack of the triple swivel assembly . X
WARNING In order to avoid metal-to-metal contact

and sparking the rubber-covered feet of
the support jack have to be controlled
regularly before service. In case of
damages renew the covers immediately.

Maintenance
Interval
half-yearly
Component
monthly
yearly
WARNING To avoid metal-to-metal contact and
sparking after the emergency release the
rubber-covered skids at the triple swivel
group of the vapour return line have to
be controlled regularly before service.
In case of damages renew the covers
immediately.
WARNING For the triple swivel group of the vapour

return line only (normal operation):
The distance of 50 mm between the deck
of the vessel and the skids has to be
observed. It is not allowed to lower the
skids of the support onto the deck of the
vessel.
Swivel joints
See part description “Swivel joint”.
Check leak ports. X
Check tightness of swivel joint bolts. X
Check tightness of ball chamber plugs. X
Check N2 purge system for correct pressure and function. X
ATTENTION The purge connections for swivel joint

purging have to be checked for function
before service.
Cryogenic Emergency release coupling (ERC)

See part description “ERC”.
Check correct installation of shear pin(s) / shear bolt(s). X
Check if the hydraulic hoses and fittings are undamaged X
and leak free.
Clean sliding surfaces and joints and lubricate, where X
applicable.
Carry out a manual (dry) release test X
(by push button with test clamps).
Check/install correct torque of the ERC clamping nut. X
00806a-1217-10xx_ansi.indd 0800_71793_maintenance manual_ansi.indd 7
Maintenance
Interval
half-yearly
Component
monthly
yearly
ATTENTION Reinstall shear bolt(s) and shear pin(s)!
If applicable, actuate the key switch
in the HVC “Enable Freewheel after
Emergency Release” in accordance with
the SVT Operating Manual.
Quick connect/disconnect coupler (QCDC, optional)

(hydraulically operated)
See part description “QCDC”.
Visual / function check. X
Smooth and tolerance free rotation of cams. X
Condition of seal and seal surface. X
Check/re-grease mechanical links (levers). X
Check bolt connections. X
Manual release safety device (MRSD)
See part description “MRSD”.
Check if the hydraulic hoses and fittings are undamaged X
and leak free.
Check if the cables and cable glands are undamaged. X
Insulating flange (stray current protector)
See part description “Insulating flange”.
NOTE The insulating flange has to be tested

regularly.
Check outside parts for external damages. X

Check bolts for correct torque. X
Check resistance value: at least 1000 Ω at 20V DC. X
Electrical Parts
Check correct installation, position and function of the X
proximity switsches.
Check cable glands. X

Maintenance Manual Maintenance of the Hydraulic Control System
Maintenance of the Hydraulic Control System
Check six monthly that ...
- the hydraulic accumulators are pre-charged with nitrogen (N2).
P0, necessary, N2 = 10000 kPa ( 100 bar)
- all connection screws and nuts for the hydraulic drive cylinder
assemblies are tightened and secured.
- The wire ropes for the hydraulic drive assemblies are pre-stressed.
- hydraulic fittings and hoses are leak free and undamaged.
- the oil level at the hydraulic power unit reservoir is above the
minimum-indication.
NOTE For refilling use only hydraulic oil

HLP 22.
- the hydraulic filter at the hydraulic power unit is clean.

The indicator of the filter shows the correct state.
NOTE Detailed information about the hydraulic filter

is part of the control documentation.
Especially if there are long standstill times of the marine loading arm, the
hydraulic system has to be ventilated from time to time.
Each hydraulic cylinder has on both sides special vent connections. See also
paragraph “Ventilation of the hydraulic system” in this chapter.

Maintenance Manual Hydraulic Drives
Hydraulic Drives
ATTENTION In order to maintain the hydraulic drive

systems in good working condition - after
erection and commissioning of the loading
arms – it is recommended to move the arms
in all three motions through the full working
range i.e. rotation, inboard arm and outboard
arm at regular intervals.
This is normally done as part of normal operation but should also be done if
the arms are neither moved regularly nor in all directions (e.g. three monthly).
This serves to remove dirt such as sand, salt etc. from the piston rods before it
can damage their surface. For that purpose the cylinders are equipped with
special metallic scrapers at each end of the barrel.

Maintenance Manual Hydraulic hoses
Hydraulic Hoses

required skills, are professionally trained and
instructed accordingly for replacement and
handling of hydraulic hoses and hydraulic
fluids.
the complete content of the instructions.
WARNING A damaged hose can cause injury. If it bursts,

a worker can be burned/scalded, cut or
injected or may slip and fall.
Hydraulic fluids can cause serious injury.
Avoid touching pressurized hydraulic systems.
Six monthly
- Check hydraulic hoses and fittings as well as all other components for
oil-tightness.
ATTENTION Hydraulic hoses have only a limited service

life, since they are subject to aging.
- Check hydraulic hoses in regular intervals for damages and aging.
- Recommended max. using period:

Six years including storage.
NOTE All applied hydraulic hoses are marked,

including their date of manufacture. An
exchange has to be made after the above
mentioned time.

Maintenance Manual Ventilation of the Hydraulic System
Ventilation of the Hydraulic System
Each hydraulic drive circuit can be ventilated by attaching a special vent

hose (supplied) to the cylinder vent connection.
Ventilation of the hydraulic system can only be done if:

- The MLA is in stored position and mechanically locked.
- The outboard arm movement is secured by a chain block.
Ventilation
- Remove cover from vent connection, refer to the sketch below.

- Connect the ventilation hose to open the check valve.
- Pressurize hydraulic cylinder movement at the side where ventilation
hose is connected.
- Collect vented hydraulic oil in a suitable container.
- Remove the vent hose from the cylinder, make sure check valve has
seated correctly.
- Install cover on vent connection.
- Repeat process by connecting the vent hose to the opposite
connection at the hydraulic cylinder.
- Dispose of vented hydraulic oil in accordance with local regulations.
- Check hydraulic oil level after venting, top up, if necessary, with new
hydraulic oil.
div_0038
Ventilation hose
Ventilation connection
Fig. 1

Maintenance Manual Ventilation of the ERC-Cylinder
Ventilation of the ERC-Cylinder
The ERC (Emergency Release Coupling)-Cylinder can be ventilated by

attaching a special vent hose (supplied) to the cylinder vent connection.
The ventilation can be done with the MLA in the working area, out of the
locked position.
The safety clamps have to be installed, to avoid an accidental release of the
triple swivel assembly.
Ventilation
- Remove cover from vent connection.

- Shortcut the vent connection with the vent hose (refer to the sketch
below, dashed line).
- Connected ventilation hose opens the check valves.
- Start the motor by inching a drive movement and adhere pressure for
about 5 minutes.
seated correctly.
div_0039
Fig. 2 Shortcut the vent connection

Maintenance Instructions
Maintenance Manual Ventilation of the ERC-Ball Valve Cylinder
Ventilation of the ERC-Ball Valve Cylinder (Product Line)
The ERC (Emergency Release Coupling)-Ball Valve Cylinder can be ventilated

by attaching a special vent hose (supplied) to the cylinder vent connection.
The ventilation can be done with the MLA in the working area, out of the
locked position.
Ventilation
- Remove cover from vent connection.

- Connect the ventilation hose to open the check valve (refer to
Fig. 1 below, dashed line).
- Pressurize cylinder at the side where ventilation hose is connected.
- Collect vented hydraulic oil in a suitable container.
seated correctly.
- Repeat process by connecting the vent hose to the opposite
connection at the hydraulic cylinder (refer to the sketch below, dashed
line).
- Dispose of vented hydraulic oil in accordance with local regulations.
- Check hydraulic oil level at the tank after venting, top up, if necessary,
with new hydraulic oil.
div_0039
Fig. 1 Ventilation
00583a-0713-00x.indd 0800_71793_maintenance manual_ansi.indd 14

Maintenance Manual Re-tightening of the Pantograph Wire Ropes
Typical Procedure for Tensioning Pantograph Wire Ropes

on Marine Loading Arms (MLAs) by SVT
Re-tightening of the Pantograph Wire Ropes
General
WARNING A guarantee for correct realisation of this

guideline can only be given if it is supervised
by a SVT field technician.
This procedure is to provide a guideline for re-stressing of the main

pantograph wire ropes under consideration of a correct parallel position of
outboard arm and counterweight carrier.
Required Tools, Manpower and Equipment
- Scaffolds,
- Three mechanical fitters capable for working in height, one operator
(marine arm driver), scaffolder in stand-by,
- Metric tools: two (2) off 95 mm fork spanner or equivalent pipe
wrenches, size 10 Allen key, round steel bar (diam. ~ 1”) of about 1 m
length for turning of turnbuckle.
- Angular spirit level
- Full-body harnesses and safety rope/hook for each worker working on
the scaffold
- Solvent (e.g. WD-40) and grease or grease tape for lubricating of
turnbuckles,
Preparation
mla_0003
- Drive the MLA to position “Z”.
Fig. 1 Position “Z”

Maintenance Manual Evaluate Wire Rope Slack as per the following Sketch
Evaluate Wire Rope Slack as per the following Sketch
mla_0177
f * = CONTACT WITH INBOARD ARM IS DANGEROUS!
fmax
fmin
f*
fmax
fmin
f*
fmin = L/100 (1% of L)
fmax = 1.5 x L/100 (1.5 % of L)
f = Wire rope sagging,

measured in the following position:
Inboard arm - Horizontal
Outboard arm - Vertical
L = Max. length of free rope
Fig. 2

Maintenance Manual Procedure
mla_0178
Standpost Turnbuckle
LH RH
Fig. 3
Procedure
- Slew motion of MLA mechanically locked (by mechanical locking

device).
1st Step
- Outboard arm in “tuck-back” position (triple swivel maintenance

position).
- The top rope is now free of loads in this position.
- Take care for suitable access by scaffold to the upper turnbuckle. The
inboard arm needs to remain free for movement. The scaffold has to
arrange for the turnbuckle being in about breast height of the workers.
Two men hold the wire rope nuts. After removal of the safety bolts on
the wire rope end pieces the third person makes one half (1/2) turn of
the turnbuckle.
2nd Step
- Re-build (lower) the scaffold for about two levels to achieve access to
the lower turnbuckle (breast height).
- Drive the outboard arm towards “sea” until the lower rope is unloaded.
- Re-stress the bottom wire rope by making one half turn on the
turnbuckle.

Maintenance Manual Potential Risks and Hazards
- Re-install safety bolts M12 or spring cotters.
- Move MLA to position “Z” once more and examine the result by means
of the angular spirit level controlling the counterweight carrier and
outboard arm verticality.
- If required repeat step 1 and 2.
Potential Problems and Difficulties
- Turnbuckles cannot be turned:

- check that corresponding ropes are free of loads.
- treat turnbuckles with solvent (WD 40 etc.) before starting work.
- Safety bolts cannot be removed or re-installed:

- cut off bolts by grinding or drilling, re-tap thread by suitable tool M12.
- hold spare safety bolts M12 ready.
Potential Risks and Hazards
- Scaffold installed in accordance with the relevant codes and

regulations.
- Risk of slip and fall:

- Countermeasure: wear of intact PSE and correct leashing.
- Risk of improper tools or improper use of tools (cutting or clamping):

- check tool status prior to work,
- employ only skilled personnel,
- careful working,
- wear of PPE (Personal Protective Equipment).
- Hazard by dropping tools:

no work or stay below the scaffold.
- Hazard by unintended (hydraulic) moving of MLA:

locking of local and remote control panels until supervisor gives permit
for use.
- No work on scaffold during thunderstorm, heavy rain or high wind

speed.

Maintenance Manual
Re-tightening the Wire Ropes of the Drive System
General

We recommend inspection or maintenance to
be carried out by, or under supervision of, SVT
personnel.
The wire ropes for the drive system have to be stretched sufficiently.
The maintenance interval should be 6 months.
Re-tightening
ATTENTION For the re-tightening use normal tools without

extensions.
ATTENTION Re-tightening has to be done at normal

ambient temperature.

Maintenance Manual Re-tightening the Wire Ropes of the Drive System
mla_0169
A A
Locknut Locknut
Rope end
Rope end
fmax
fmin
L
fmin = L/100 (1% of L)
fmax = 1.5 x L/100 (1.5 % of L)
f = Wire rope sagging

Fig. 1
L = Max. length of free rope
A = Position for the wrench
ATTENTION The rope should not be twisted during the

tightening procedure.
- Secure both rope ends against twisting by a wrench at position “A”.
- After re-tightening lock both rope ends with locknuts.
- The allowable sagging of the rope is shown in fig. 1 for the end position
of the hydraulic cylinder.

Maintenance Manual Swivel Joint Type 30-244L / Cryogenic
Swivel Joint Type 30-244L/ 6” - 10”/ Cryogenic

Cross-sectional Drawing
Item Description Item Description
1 Inner body 10 Mid part
2 Outer body 17 Seal
3 Ball 20 Flange
4 Ball plug 30 Prim. product seal
5 Pressure ring 40 Sec. product seal
6 Plug 50 Flange seal
7 Leakage plug 60 Sealing tape
9 Dust seal 70 Screw
swi_0098 40 17 5 30 60
10
50 9
N2
17
4 3 2
70
N2
20 1 20
Fig. 1 Swivel joint type 30-244L (6” - 10”)

Maintenance Manual Function Test of Swivel Joint Purging System

The purge connections for swivel joint purging have to be checked for
function before service.
- Drain the system with dry nitrogen.
- Check the clear flow at the outlet of the purging system at the triple
swivel assembly.
ATTENTION To eliminate humidity from the ball chambers

the swivel joints have to be purged before
each operation with nitrogen at max.
0.2 bar g (approx. 60 minutes before loading,
during loading and until the loading arm has
reached the ambient temperature).

Maintenance Manual Bolt Tightening Torques
ATTENTION In order to avoid leakage by compression set

of the seals the swivel joint screws have to be
checked at random directly before the first
loading operation.
The swivel joint screws (item 70) still have to

be controlled in regular intervals, however
after 6 months at the latest and tightened, if
necessary, according to the “bolt tightening
torque” table below.
Swivel Joint Bolt diameter Bolt tightening torque

(A2-70; greased with Molykote 1292)
6” M 16 125 Nm
Bolt tightening torque table
NOTE The screws have to be tightened crosswise

and uniformly.
Ensure that both flanges are parallel aligned.

Maintenance Manual Assembly/Re-assembly - Swivel Joint Type 30-244L
Assembly/Re-assembly - Swivel Joint Type 30-244L
NOTE For changing of swivel joint seals see sketch

“assembly/re-assembly procedure”. The seal
chamber surfaces have to be cleaned before
replacement.
swi_0099
70
20
60
30
17
5
40
Mid part
10
50
17
20
70
Fig. 2 Assembly/re-assembly procedure

Maintenance Manual Changing of the PTFE Sealing Tape
Changing of the PTFE Sealing Tape (item 60)
To change the sealing tape (item 60), the screws (item 70) have to be
removed. After having removed the swivel flange (item 20) the sealing
tape can be replaced according to the sample below.
NOTE The flange surface has to be cleaned before

replacement.
swi_0040
Sealing tape
Fig. 3 Flangle sealing tape
Change of Balls (Ball Races)
ATTENTION Do not remove the balls of the bearing.

Please contact SVT for further information.

Maintenance Manual Swivel Joint Cryogenic Type 30-244L / 3”
Swivel Joint Cryogenic Type 30-244L / 3”
Data Sheet
Item Description Item Description
1 Inner body 15 Liner
2 Outer body 30 Flange
3 Ball 40 Prim. product seal
4 Ball plug 50 Seal
8 Sec. product seal 60 Seal (PTFE)
9 Dust seal 70 Screw
10 Mid part
swi_0082
swi_0083
4
8 10 9
70 70
50 50 4
40
60
15
N2
30 30
2 3 1 N2
Fig. 1 Swivel Joint 30-244L (3”)

Maintenance Manual Function Test of Swivel Joint Purging System

The purge connections for swivel joint purging have to be checked for
function before service.
- Drain the system with dry nitrogen.
- Check the clear flow at the outlet of the purging system at the triple
swivel assembly.
ATTENTION To eliminate humidity from the ball chambers

the swivel joints have to be purged before
each operation with nitrogen at max.
0.2 bar g (approx. 60 minutes before loading,
during loading and until the loading arm has
reached the ambient temperature).

Maintenance Manual
ATTENTION In order to avoid leakage by compression set

ot the seals the swivel joint screws have to be
checked at random directly before the first
loading operation.
The swivel joint screws (item 70) still have to

be controlled in regular intervals, however,
after 6 months at the latest and tightened, if
necessary, according to the “bolt tightening
torque” table below.
Swivel Joint Bolt diameter Bolt tightening torque

A2-70;greased with Molykote 1292
3” M 12 51 Nm
Bolt tightening torque table
NOTE The screws have to be tightened crosswise

and uniformly.
Ensure that both flanges are parallelly aligned.
Balls (Ball Races)
ATTENTION Do not remove the balls of the bearing.

Please contact SVT for further Information.

Maintenance Manual Assembly/re-assembly - Swivel Joint Type 30-244L
Assembly/re-assembly - Swivel Joint Type 30-244L
NOTE For changing of swivel joint seals see sketch

“assembly/re-assembly procedure”. The seal
chamber surfaces have to be cleaned before
replacement.
swi_0084
70
20
50
60
10
40
40
20
70
Fig. 2 Assembly/re-assembly procedure

Maintenance Manual Seals
Handling of Seals and Sealing Surfaces
General
Seals and sealing surfaces are critical and sensitive parts of loading arms.
Seals allow swivel joint rotation and protect facilities and environment from
product spillage.

accordingly for replacement and handling of
seals and sealing surfaces.
the complete content of the instructions.
Seals
The following conditions for seal handling have to be observed:
- The seals have to be stored between 10 °C and 35 °C to avoid

dimensional changes.
ATTENTION Long-term storage temperatures may differ

from operation temperatures.
- The seals have to be stored in individual and in original packaging to

avoid contamination and exposure to humidity and chemical vapours.
- Always ensure a flat storing position of seals to avoid material creeping.
- Do not stack seals higher than 5 pieces and do not stack other goods
upon seals to avoid damages of seals underneath.
- Remove the original packaging just before installation.
- Avoid exposure of seals to direct sunlight or other type of radiation to

avoid material changes.

Maintenance Manual Sealing Surfaces
- Do not place seals onto an abrasive or scratching surface (e.g. storage

rack, workbench) to avoid damage of the sensitive seal lips.
- Before installation check the seals for damages, small scratches, etc.
If in doubt, do not install the corresponding seal.
- Do not use any tools (e.g. hammer, screw driver) or rough forces for seal
installation to avoid damage to seal or seal chamber.
- Carry out a leakage test after seal change.
Sealing Surfaces
WARNING In case of suspected faulty sealing surfaces

contact SVT.
If sealing surfaces have to be reworked
always observe the surface roughness.
Improperly machined surfaces can lead to
leakage.
- Carry out a leakage test after surface finishing.

Maintenance Manual Seal Change at the Apex
Seal Change at the Apex

- Before installation check the

new seals for damages, small
scratches, etc. If in doubt, do
not install the corresponding
seal.
WARNING It is imperative that the bolts of the

transportation safety devices will be installed
before seal change.
tsd_0109 tsd_0110
Bolts
Bolts
- Temporarily fix the

transportation safety devices
by installing the bolts at both
sides.
Fig. 6 Transport safety device

mla_0082
2
- Remove both bolts at the Fig. 2 Elbow lifting device in

bracket (item 2), turn the ”home” position
bracket 180° and fix it by
re-installing the two bolts.
mla_0081
Fig. 3 Mounting of the elbow lifting

device in maintenance position
mla_0080
2
- Position the rope winch
(item 6) above the elbow. 6
- Hook the rope winch (item 6)

into the elbow (item 4).
5
- Remove the bolts at both
sides of the elbow flange.
4
Item Description
2 Elbow lifting device

(bracket)
4 Elbow
5 Swivel joint
6 Rope winch
Fig. 4 Elbow lifting device mounted in
maintenance position

ATTENTION Protect opened flanges against the ingress of

water.
- After removing of the elbow

the seals can be replaced.
NOTE The seal chamber surfaces have to be

cleaned before replacement.
- Assembly of the elbow has to

be made in reverse order.
ATTENTION Do not damage the new seals during

installation. Do not use damaged seals.
Tighten the swivel joint screws crosswise
according to the bolt tightening torque.
For further information see: maintenance
instructions for swivel joints.
- Remove the bolts of the

transportation safety device.
WARNING It is imperative that the bolts of the

transportation safety devices are removed
following re-assembly of the swivel joint
(item 5) and the elbow (item 4).
- Remove the rope winch

(item 6) and return the
bracket (item 2) to the
“home” position.
WARNING It is very important to return the bracket

(item 2) after complete re-assembly to the
“home” position.
- Carry out a leakage test

after change of seals.

Maintenance Manual Seal Change at the Trunnion
Seal Change at the Trunnion

- Before installation check the

new seals for damages, small
scratches, etc. If in doubt, do mla_0082
2
not install the corresponding
seal.
- Hook the rope winch (item 1) 1

into the elbow (item 3) and
the bracket (item 2). 3
- Mark the position of the

purge connection screws
before disassembly.
- Remove the bolts at both

sides of the elbow flange.
Fig. 11 Elbow lifting device in

maintenance position
ATTENTION Protect opened flanges against the ingress of

water.
- After removing of the elbow

the seals can be replaced.
NOTE The seal chamber surfaces have to be

cleaned before replacement.

Maintenance Manual Seal Change at the Trunnion
- Assembly of the elbow has to

be made in reverse order.
ATTENTION Do not damage the new seals during

installation. Do not use damaged seals.
Ensure that the purge connection screws are
installed at their previous counter threads; we
recommend to fix sealing tape to the threads.
Tighten the screws crosswise according to the
bolt tightening torque.
For more information see maintenance
instructions for swivel joints.
ATTENTION In order to avoid ingress of humidity the flange

O-rings have to be installed at the mid part of
the swivel joints.
NOTE The flange surfaces have to be cleaned

before replacement.
- Remove the rope winch

(item 1).
- Carry out a leakage test

after seal change.

Maintenance Manual Structural Ball Bearings
Structural Ball Bearings
General
A first inspection of the bearings – with special regard to lubrication – shall be

carried out latest 6 months after erection of the arm.
Lubrication
For marine loading arms which are in continuous operation we recommend a

re-lubrication at least once per year.
Greasing and movement of the bearings prevent corrosion. An indication of a

well-lubricated bearing is if grease oozes out around the entire circumference
of the bearing seal.
After re-greasing the bearing has to be rotated through its maximum possible
working range. Afterwards the grease overflow at the seal lip has to be
checked again. If required re-greasing has to be repeated.
A shorter lubrication period is recommended if the marine loading arms are

used only infrequently.
Seal
Once per year the lip seal of the bearing has to be checked for intact
condition. The seal has to be re-newed if cracks or other imperfections are
visible or the seal material has hardened and shows reduced flexibility.
Tolerance
Once per year the tilting tolerance between the inner- and the outer body
of the bearing has to be measured. In brand new condition the bearing has
more or less zero tolerance. If, after some time of operation, the tolerance
increases considerably and/or abnormal noise can be heard, damage of the
bearing has to be considered and the bearing must be replaced.

Maintenance Manual Checking of the Bolt Connections
Routine Maintenance
- Bearings have to be
checked in six month
intervals.
- Bearings are lubricated mla_0017
initially with ARAL

Aralub HLP 2.
C
Inboard Arm
Outboard
Arm
B
Counterweight Bearing Standpost

A
Fig.12: Lubrication points
NOTE For equivalent lubricants see table 2.
Checking of Bolt Connections
To compensate for the setting phenomena, it is necessary to re-tighten the

bolts with the specified tightening torque.
The tightening torques given in table 1 are recommended values based on
lightly oiled threads and contact surfaces.
Thread and bolt Class Bolt tightening torque

diameter Nm
(lightly oiled)
M 20 10.9 660
M 24 10.9 1135
Table 1

Maintenance Manual Trunnion Bearings (Position B)
Counterweight Bearing (Position A)

mla_0055
mla_0017
Grease ports M10x1 DIN 71412

Fig. 13 Lubrication points
Fig. 14 Grease ports counterweight
bearing
Trunnion Bearings (Position B)
Grease ports
mla_0053 M10x1 DIN 71412
mla_0017
B
Fig. 16 Grease ports trunnion bearing

Maintenance Manual Apex Bearing (Position C)
Grease ports
mla_0084
Grease ports
Fig. 17 Grease ports trunnion bearing
Apex Bearing (Position C)

mla_0052
mla_0017
Fig. 19 Grease ports apex bearing

Maintenance Manual Re-lubrication
Re-lubrication
MOLYCOTE 248K to 383K

Long term 2 plus (-25 °C to +110 °C)
Aralub 248K to 403K

HLP 2 (-25 °C to +130 °C)
Energrease 248K to 403K

LS-EP 2 (-25 °C to +130 °C)
Spheerol 253K to 393K

EPL 2 (-20 °C to +120 °C)
ELF EPEXA 2 243K to 393K

(-30 °C to +120 °C)
BEACON 248K to 403K

EP 2 (-25 °C to +130 °C)
CENTOPLEX 253K to 403K

2 EP (-20 °C to +130 °C)
Mobilux 253K to 393K

EP 2 (-20 °C to +120 °C)
Lagermeister 253K to 393K

EP 2 (-20 °C to +120 °C)
Shell Gadus S2 V220 2 248k to 403K

(-25 °C to +130 °C)
Multifak 243K to 403K

EP 2 (-30 °C to +130 °C)
Table 2

Maintenance Manual Lubricants
For re-lubrication the lubricants named in table 2 are to be used.

These raceway greases are solely KP 2 K greases, i.e. lithium-saponified
mineral oils of NLGI Grade 2 with EP additives.
The raceway lubricants listed in table 2 can be mixed together.
The lubricants are listed in random order and not in order of quality.
The purpose of the grease filling is to reduce friction, seal the bearing
and provide protection against corrosion.
Therefore, the bearing must always be greased liberally so that a collar

of fresh grease forms around the whole circumference of the bearing
gaps and seals.
Lubricants
Queries concerning lubricants should be addressed to the appropriate
manufacturer. The greases listed in table 2 are approved for our large
diameter antifriction bearings and tested for compatibility with the
materials specified by us for spacers and seals.
We can examine other lubricants only for the purpose of assessing the
aggressiveness of a particular grease against the parts we use (spacers
and seals), which are made of plastic or other synthetic materials. Each
ball bearing is equipped with several grease ports (M10x1 DIN 71412).
ATTENTION Use all ports for uniformly distributed

lubrication using a standard grease gun.

Maintenance Manual Insulating Flange, Flange Type
Insulating Flange, Swivel Joint Type, Cryogenic Type, 6”

(Stray Current Protector)
Resistance Values
Measurements shall be performed with the arm in empty condition at ambient
temperature.
As manufactured after installation in the arm ≥ 10000 Ω at 1000V DC

After hydrostatic testing ≥ 1000 Ω at 20V DC
When the arm is in service ≥ 1000 Ω at 20V DC
10
40 50 30
min. 5 mm
60
60 20 60
Swivel joint,
Flange Inner body
Fig. 1
Item Description Material
10 Insulating flange- outer part PF CC 202
20 Insulating flange- inner part PTFE
30 Insulating ring PF CC 202
40 Bolt with insulating sleeve SS/ PTFE (for sleeve)
50 Washer SS
60 Flange seal Swivel Joint Type (PTFE)
ATTENTION Before service ensure that all external parts of

the insulating flange are ice free.

Maintenance Manual Routine Maintenance
40 50 30 10
Flange 70 20 60 Swivel joint,

Inner body
Fig. 2
Re-assembly
ATTENTION Ensure that all parts are in proper condition,

clean and dry.
Grease Molycote 1000 must be used to

guarantee a bolt head - thread frictional
coefficient of μ = 0,120.
Tightening torques for nuts (item 70).
Insulating flange Bolt diameter Bolt tightening torque

diameter Nm
6” M 16 124
Routine Maintenance
Check monthly that:
- all bolts are tightened correctly.

- all outside parts of the insulating flange are clean.
Check six monthly that:
- the resistance value of the insulating flange is ≥ 1000 Ω at 20V DC.

Maintenance Manual Insulating Flange, Swivel Joint Type
Insulating Flange, Flange Type, 3”

Cryogenic Type (Stray Current Protector)
Resistance Values
Measurements shall be performed with the arm in empty condition at ambient
temperature.
As manufactured after installation in the arm ≥ 10000 Ω at 1000V DC

After hydrostatic testing ≥ 1000 Ω at 20V DC
When the arm is in service ≥ 1000 Ω at 20V DC
70 50 30 50 10 40 50 70
60 20 60
Fig. 20
Item Description Material
10 Insulating flange- outer part PF CC 202
20 Insulating flange- inner part PTFE
30 Insulating ring PF CC 202
40 Bolt with insulating sleeve SS/ PTFE (for sleeve)
50 Washer SS
60 Flange seal PTFE
70 Nut SS
ATTENTION Before service ensure that all external parts of

the insulating flange are ice free.

Maintenance Manual Routine Maintenance
70
50
Flange
60 20
10
60
Flange
50
40
30
50 70
Fig. 21
Re-assembly
ATTENTION Ensure that all parts are in proper condition,

clean and dry.
Tightening torques for nuts (item 70):
Insulating flange Bolt diameter Bolt tightening torque

diameter Nm
3” M 12 51
Routine Maintenance
Check monthly that:
- all bolts are tightened correctly.

- all outside parts of the insulating flange are clean.
Check six monthly that:
- the resistance value of the insulating flange is ≥ 1000 Ω at 20V DC.

Maintenance Manual
Repair Instructions Painting
ATTENTION In case of mechanical damages painting has

to be repaired immediately.
Note For more information see 05566/SV35/

TSP/3901/0002 painting specification.
9. Drawings, Parts Lists, Information
9.1 Operating Envelope (555739)
9.2 Marine Loading Arm Arctic (613363)
9.3 Base Plate Loads (555740)
9.4 Coating System (C4 71793)
0900_71793_Index-drawings-parts lists-information_ansi.indd
Document Check Sheet ?Gr Hv Gas Engineering
05566
Cryogenic Ethylene Storage lank
Equipment / lag Number L101

Vendor / Subcontracto ame SVT GmbH
TGE Codification
TGE Document Title General Arrangement Drawing with Part
List - Loading Arm
Document Number 05566/SV35/ADW/3901 /0002
Revision 4
VE DOR Codification:
Vendor Document Title Marine Loading Arm Arctic 33118 RH 6 / 3
30-244N/L STK LF a
Document Number 613363
Revision C
x
Revision -
Revision Date -
For TGE use only

1 Reviewed Without Comments H y 20 (3
2 Reviewed With Comments - -
3 Reviewed With Request To Resubmit - -

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MECHANICAL
61 93 5 LOCKING DEVICE
8400 5900
A 1 A
78 11 73
3
88 92 c
N1 N3
c
A
970
4
115
282 224
3168
2985
B a B
11 13 35 35
1350
3 4
77 35 2 91 89 13 25 1600 447,5
6555
15039
N8 c N10; N11 a
C C
21 N2 N4 N6
42 41 50 43
50
(2521)
D D
16°
N7
E 4 35 E
1925
c
a N5
61 5 13 1
C-C ( 1 : 10 )
2050
A 1 : 10
F F
35 40 insulation
C C Main Parts List ( excerpt )
Pos. Description Material Notes
1 standpost ( including earthing lug ) CS
2 trunnion CS
3 inboard arm CS
E-E ( 1 : 10 ) a 4 sheave outboard arm CS
5 sheave counterweight CS
11 product line A403 Gr. WP304L
13 vapour line A403 Gr. WP304L
121a 60 insulation
585 `20
1600
21 triple swivel assembly A403 Gr. WP304L
b N8 681 `20
25 n2 purge line apex
insulation. 60mm product line
A403 Gr. WP304L with check valves
N10-Supply for Purging of Swivel Joints: 35 PUR / SS straight pipes
40mm vapour line
35 520 `20
840 `20
- NOZZLE LOCATION AS SHOWN IN DRAWINGS
71793/1100/02 - HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 41 hydr. drive slewing CS
G 71793/1100/10 - HYDRAULIC ELECTRIC CABINET E 42 hydr. drive inboard arm CS G
- INTERCONNECTING TUBING BETWEEN CABINET AND MLA 43 hydr. drive outboard arm CS
AT SITE BY SVT (TOGETHER WITH HYDR. TUBING) 50 wire rope complete CS pantograph cable
13 61 counterweight complete CS
73 platform apex CS galv. total: 1
N1 c
420 `20
77 lifting device trunnion CS
SVT GmbH 11 N7 520 `20
78 lifting device apex CS
Eisenwerkstr. 21-27
58332 Schwelm N3 b N1 88
89
mechanical locking device
transportation device
CS/SS
CS
Transfer complete Germany
HERSTELLER-NR.
SERIAL-NO. 71793 TYP
TYPE ARCTIC N5 c N8 (266) N5 b 91 limit switches left / right ( slewing ) CS/SS
limit switches forward ( counterweight ) CS/SS
c 92
BAUJAHR
Y.O. MANUFACTURE 2019 NPS 6" / 3" a N3 b 93 limit switches rest position SS
N7
300 `20
nozzle type Flange ANSI B16.5

Liquid Ethylene FLÜSSIGKEITSLEITUNG
LIQUID LINE
GASLEITUNG
VAPOUR LINE
HEIZMANTEL
HEATING JACKET
115 c
N1 (inlet product line) WNRF 300 lbs
[NPS] 115 Slip Guard Productline
6" tubing & cabling at arm &
CS
INHALT
121 SS not shown
VOLUM E 472 L 133 L N2 (ship connection product line) Lap Joint Flange 300 lbs 6" -
121.a HVC ( Part of control system )
AUSLEGUNGSDRUCK
(vacuum)/25 bar g (vacuum)/25 bar g a N3 (drain line) WNRF 300 lbs with ball valve 2" General Copyright according to ISO 16016
700 `20
DESIGN PRESSURE
a tolerances
Surfaces
Size ISO 14405 {
b AUSLEGUNGSTEMPER ATUR
-104/45 °C -104/45 °C N4 (ship connection drain line) WNRF 300 lbs with ball valve 1" 71793 DIN ISO 2768-mK
DIN EN ISO 1302
Weight: 16014.372 kg
H DESIGN TEMPERATURE
N10; N11 Material:

H
1000 `20
Column - 2
1400 `20
N5 (vapour line) EN ISO 13920-C Filename: ENG-095410 Scale: 1:20

PRÜFDRUCK
TEST PRESSUR E
37,5 bar g 37,5 bar g a WNRF 300 lbs 3" Date Name Title:
DATUM DER DRUCKPRÜFUNG
DATE OF PRESSURE TESTING
N6 (ship connection vapour line) Lap Joint Flange 300 lbs 3" Created
Checked
14.01.2019
28.02.2019
Martin
Künzer
Marine Loading Arm Arctic
N7 (Nitrogen purge inlet product line ) WNRF 300 lbs 1"
L101 SVT GmbH 33118 RH 6" / 3" 30-244N/L STK LF a
N8 (Nitrogen purge inlet vapour line ) WNRF 300 lbs 1" c KW 27.05.2019 Schw Eisenwerkstr. 21-27 Drawing Number: Rev. Format Sheet:
58332 Schwelm 1
N10 ( Inlet - Nitrogen purge of Swivel Joint )
E
N11 ( Outlet - Nitrogen purge of Swivel Joint )
RF 150 lbs
RF 150 lbs
1/2"
1/2"
b 26907
a 26875
Rev. Changes
26.04.2019 Mart
25.03.2019 Mart
Date Name
Transfer complete
Source:
Germany
Tel.:+49-2336-443-0
552714 Replace for:
613363Replaced by:
c A0 of:
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ETHYLENE UNLOADING ARM L101
BASE PLATE LOADS
t=40
1080
1280
1400
M H
H
1080
1280 V
1400 C
ALL SHOWN LOADS ARE MAXIMUM AND ACT IN HORIZONTAL DIRECTION DURING THE PARK POSITION.
DL 180 kN DEAD LOAD

V 195 kN VERTICAL LOAD = DL + EARTHQUAKE
H 85 kN ABSOLUTE HORIZONTAL LOAD
M 750 kNm ABSOLUTE TILTING MOMENT
F 185 kN ANCHOR TENSILE FORCE W/O PRESTRESSING
W 60 m/s WIND IN PARK POSITION
General Copyright according to ISO 16016
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS K71793 Tolerances
Surfaces
DIN EN ISO 1302 Size ISO 14405
DIN ISO 2768-mK Material: Weight:
DOCUMENT NUMBER DESIGNATION Column- 2
EN ISO 13920-C Filename: Scale: 1:20
Date Name Designation:
555739 OPERATING ENVELOPE Drawn
Checked
2018/07/09
2018/07/09
ANM
WSE
BASEPLATE LOADS
C KW 18/08/22 ANM Drawing Number: Rev.: Format: Sheet:
1
B
A
Rev.
KW
KW
Changes
18/08/03
18/07/25
Date
ANM
ANM
Name
Transfer complete
Source: Replace for:
555740 Replaced by:
C A3 of:
1
Coating System
C4
Customer order number: AU5566-39/01.PO01102819

SVT order number: 926/71793
Painting and Coating System
Contents
Coating System – Carbon steel (-60 °C up to +120 °C) ....................................... 2
Coating System – Galvanized surfaces (safety basket, railing) ............................ 3
Coating System – Stainless steel surfaces (Half shells, sheet metal) ................... 4
Coating System – Switch cabinets ........................................................................ 5
Coating System – Swivel joints ............................................................................ 6
Coating System – Hydraulic cylinder ................................................................... 7
Coating system – Couplers .................................................................................... 8
Coating System – Insulated stainless steel pipes (-196 °C up to +230 °C) ......... 9
Datasheets:
Interzinc 52…………………………… ……………………………… …………………… 10
Intergard 475HS………………… ………………………………… ………………… …….14
Interthane 990……………………………………………………………………………… ..18
Intergard 269………………………………………………………………………………….22
Intergard 276………………………………………………………………………………….26
Interseal 670HS……………………………………………………………………………….30
Interplus 256………………………………………………………………………………… 34
Intertherm 228HS……………………………………………………………………………..38
Seite 1 von 9
Rev.0
Coating System
C4
Coating System – Carbon steel (-60 °C up to +120 °C)
Corrosive category: C4
Corrosion stress: strong
Duration of protective effect: high
- Industrial and Coastal areas with moderate salinity.
Blasting SA 2½
In acc. EN ISO 12944 -4
1st coat: Interzinc 52

Zinc rich epoxy primer
60 µm
2nd coat: Covering contact areas

Intergard 475 HS
Two component epoxy midcoat
130 µm
3rd coat: Interthane 990

Two component polyurethane finish coat
50 µm
Shade: RAL-7035 (light grey)
Total dryfilm thickness: 240 µm
C-Rail (stainless steel): sweeping and covering for primer coat. Painting with the midcoat and
topcoat.
Seite 2 von 9
Rev.0
Coating System
C4
Coating System – Galvanized surfaces (safety basket, railing)
Blasting Sweeping
In acc. EN ISO 12944 -4
1st coat: Intergard 269 / Intergard 276

Two component epoxy primer
40 µm
2nd coat: Intergard 475 HS

150 µm

50 µm
Seite 3 von 9
Rev.0
Coating System
C4
Coating System – Stainless steel surfaces (Half shells, sheet metal)
Blasting Sweeping
In acc. EN ISO 12944 - 4
Half sheets: covering inside area
Intergard 269 / Intergard 276
1st coat: Two component epoxy primer
40 µm
2nd coat: Intergard 475 HS

150 µm

50 µm
According to instructions from SVT the half shells and sheet metal become the painting
system for carbon steel (the prime coat customized for stainless steel surface).
Seite 4 von 9
Rev.0
Coating System
C4
Coating System – Switch cabinets
Covering/Protection work
Blasting Sweepen
1st coat: Covering internal surface

Interseal 670 HS
Two component surface tolerant epoxy coat
140 µm
2nd coat: Interthane 990

60 µm
Seite 5 von 9
Rev.0
Coating System
C4
Coating System – Swivel joints
Blasting sweeping
1st coat: Covering gasket ring(Adhesive tape provision by SVT)

(Ambrock) Interplus 256
80 µm
2nd coat: Covering acc. customer´s spec. (contact areas)

(Ambrock) Intergard 475 HS
100 µm

after assembling by SVT Two component polyurethane finish coat
60 µm
Works on site at SVT

Bolt connections:
Surface treatment: Bristle Blaster
1. coat: Interplus 256 – 100µm
2. coat: Intergard 475HS (white/grey depending on job) – 100µm
3. coat: Interthane 990 RAL Standard – 50µm
Gap between sealing lip where coated with K.S.P. corrosion protection wax. Provision of
protection wax by SVT.
Seite 6 von 9
Rev.0
Coating System
C4
Coating System – Hydraulic cylinder
Covering/Protection work
Blasting SSPC-SP10 / Sa 2½
1st coat: Intertinc 52

60 µm
2nd coat: Covering acc. customer´s spec. (contact areas)

Intergard 475 HS
130 µm
Sealing work acc. instruction

50 µm
Seite 7 von 9
Rev.0
Coating System
C4
Coating system – Couplers
Cryogenic (-196 °C to +230 °C)
Covering/Masking works acc. working instruction

Blasting Sweeping
1st coat: Intertherm 228HS

Two component high build epoxy phenolic
100 µm
2nd coat: Intertherm 228HS

Two component high build epoxy phenolic
100 µm
Shade: grey
In the outdoor area under UV exposure, epoxy resins tend to chalk and yellowing. However,
this does not adversely affect the corrosion protection properties.
Seite 8 von 9
Rev.0
Coating System
C4
Coating System – Insulated stainless steel pipes (-196 °C up to

+230 °C)
Blasting Sweeping
1st coat: Intertherm 228HS

Two component epoxy phenolic coating
100 µm
Shade: grey
Note:
Under very cold conditions coating materials become brittle and sensitive against mechanical
stress.
In practice usually a protective layer of ice forms on cold pipes, which protects against
mechanical stress and direct contact.
Intertherm 228 is designed for such purpose and as long as there is no direct mechanical stress
Intertherm 228 will resist these influences.
Seite 9 von 9
Rev.0
10. Spare Parts Lists
1000_71793_Index-spare-parts list.indd
Document Check Sheet Gas Engineering
05566
Equipment / Tag umber L101

Vendor / Subcontractor ame SVT GmbH
TGE Codification
List of Spare Parts for Commissioning and
TGE Document Title
Start-Up
Document Number 05566/S V35/LST/3901/0005

Revision 2
Parts List
Vendor Document Title
Spare parts commissioning K-71793
Document Number : -
Revision : -
Revision Date : 28.02.2019
Client document number :
Revision :
Revision Date :
2
For TGE use only
1 Reviewed Without Comments
Re iewed With Comments

22 ar.20(3 x:

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
Review by TGE does not relie e the vendor from his responsibility for fulfilling his contractual obligations.
Date: 28.02.2019
Time: 10:15:09
Parts list
PRMr000_KD02EN.rpt / Printed from: AMA
Customer: TGE Gas Engineering GmbH

SVT Order No: 71793
Parts list / Rev.: 10152892 - Spare parts commissioning K-71793 /
Drawing No / Rev.: /
ZPos Item No Quantity Description Material (M.-No) Quality

Drawing Total Weight Certification
1 382716 2 Primary product seal 6" 30-244L UHMW-PE/1.4310

367936 0,24 KG 2.1
2 382714 2 Flange seal 6" UHMW-PE/1.4310
367935 c 0,10 KG 2.1
3 428919 2 Spiral wound seal CGI 6" / 300 lbs 304/GRAPHIT/304
ASME B16.20 2,60 KG 2.1
4 357939 2 Seal for ERC 6" UHMW-PE/1.4310
357939 0,80 KG 2.1
5 375073 1 Set of shear pin M 4 x35 A4-70 ISO 8992
ISO 4766 0,03 KG 3.1
6 364480 2 Primary product seal 3" UHMW-PE/1.4310
364480 C 0,40 KG 2.1
364481 D 0,02 KG 2.1
8 358049 2 SEAL UHMW-PE/1.4310
358049 0,60 KG 2.1
ISO 4766 0,06 KG 3.1
10 401088 2 Proximity Switch NJ15-30GKK-N / M30x1,5 PBT
0,35 KG
11 453890 2 O-Ring 204x3 SILIKON(PVMQ)
0,05 KG
12 387745 A 2 Dust seal 6" 30-244L PTFE+KOHLE/1.4310
387743 0,10 KG 2.1
13 365245 B 2 Seal 3" 30-240L PTFE
441665 D 0,00 KG 2.1
System: SVT Produktivsystem Page 1 of 1

Filter:
Document Check Sheet TGr Gas Engineering
05566
Cryoge ic Ethylene Storage Tank
Equipment/Tag Number L101

TGE Codification
TGE Document Title List of Spare Parts for 2 Years of Operation
Document Number 05566/SV35/LST/3901/0006
Revision 6
Parts List
Vendor Document Title
Spare parts 2 years K-71793
Document Number -
Revision c
Client document number
Revision
Revision Date
For TGE use only

3 Reviewed With Request To Resubmit _

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
Date: 03.06.2019
Time: 14:16:38
Parts list

SVT Order No: 71793
Parts list / Rev.: 10152893 - Spare parts 2 years K-71793 / c

1 382716 4 Primary product seal 6" 30-244L UHMW-PE/1.4310

367936 0,48 KG 2.1
367935 c 0,15 KG 2.1
ASME B16.20 3,90 KG 2.1
4 357939 2 Seal for ERC 6" UHMW-PE/1.4310
357939 0,80 KG 2.1
ISO 4766 0,12 KG 3.1
6 364480 4 Primary product seal 3" UHMW-PE/1.4310
364480 C 0,80 KG 2.1
364481 D 0,03 KG 2.1
8 358049 2 SEAL UHMW-PE/1.4310
358049 0,60 KG 2.1
ISO 4766 0,12 KG 3.1
10 401088 2 Proximity Switch NJ15-30GKK-N / M30x1,5 PBT
0,35 KG
11 10152893-11 2 Returm Filter Element
0,00 KG
12 10152893-12 2 Filling & testing device
0,00 KG
13 365503 2 Isolation Amplifier KFD2-SR2-Ex2.W 2-Kan.
0,30 KG
ASME B16.20 3,90 KG 2.1
15 363641 B 2 Seal Kit for Hydraulic Cylinder 200/100/100 DIVERSE
363641 A 2,00 KG 2.1
16 363638 B 4 Seal Kit for Hydraulic Cylinder 125/ 70/ 70 DIVERSE
363638 A 2,80 KG
17 10152893-122 2 FUSE 5 AT
0,00 KG
18 382715 3 Secondary product seal 6" UHMW-PE/1.4310
367938 0,15 KG 2.1
19 365245 B 3 Seal 3" 30-240L PTFE
441665 D 0,01 KG 2.1

Filter:
11. Documents Control System
11.01 Scheme of Electrical Equipment (71793/1100/01)
11.02 Hydraulic Circuit Diagram (71793/1100/02)
11.03 Wiring diagram electric control (71793/1100/14)
11.04 Terminal diagram (71793/1100/15)
11.05 Logic diagram (71793/1100/16)
11.06 Arrangement plan hydraulic electric cabinet (71793/1100/10)
11.07 Arrangement plan Ex control (71793/1100/06)
11.08 Arrangement plan local control panel (71793/1100/07)
11.09 Arrangement plan components at loading arm (71793/1100/11)
11.10 Functional description control system (71793/1100/13)
11.11 Serial interface list/Modbus list (71793/1100/17)
11.12 Cable List (71793/1100/18)
1100_71793_Index-control system_ansi.indd
Document Check Sheet TGr Gas Engineering
05566

TGE Codification
TGE Document Title Scheme of Electrical Equipment
Document Number 05566/SV35/DWG/390110002

Revision 8
Vendor Document Title Scheme of electrical equipment
Document Number 71793/1100/01
Revision 7.0
Revision -
Revision Date -
For TGE use only

1 Reviewed Without Comments 22 Hqy 2c($
2 Reviewed With Comments -
.
4 Noted (Not Reviewed By TGE) _
Check Resubmit
Code By Date
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Hydraulic electric cabinet MLA

Marine loading arm
71793-W-ZS140
71793.ZS.140 freewheel
DCS (W300-16x1)
volt free outputs to customer EX d provided by SVT 71793-W-ZS141 warning area left (ESD1)
Ex
71793.ZS.141
71793-W-ZS142 warning area right (ESD1)

HEC.001 71793.ZS.142
ready for loading
71793-W-X07
ERC ball valve open 71793-W-ZS143
71793.ZS.143
warning area forward (ESD1)
ERC ball valve closed -W300 71793.LS.101

failure
++/22.0
ZR-KVVP32
electric cabinet Oil level L 71793-W-ZS144
71793.ZS.144
release area left/right (ESD2)
EXi
16x1
control system ready 71793-WLS-TS LS TS
71793.TS.102
Voltfree Input
EX Oil temp. H 71793-W-ZS145
71793.ZS.145
release area forward (ESD2)
71793-W-PS PS
71793.PS.104 71793-W-ZS146 MLA locked
X03
71793.ZS.146
release to operate ERC valve ERC accu pressure H/L
EX d 71793-W-ZS147 MLA flanged
71793.ZS.147
71793-W-AA103
71793.AA.103 horn
SCS (W301-12x1)
X07
71793-W-ZS148 ERC ball valve open
71793.XL.104 beacon 71793.ZS.148
-W301
++/23.1 71793-W-ZS149 ERC ball valve closed
Voltfree Input
ZR-KVVP32 combi device 71793.ZS.149
12x1
or
Junction box for Electric cabinet

71793-W-XY160
ESD 1 71793-XY-160 MLA valve lift
ESD 2 71793-W-XY161
71793-XY-161 MLA valve lower
single devices
71793-W-XY163
71793-XY-162 MLA valve backward
71793-W-XY162
71793-XY-163 MLA valve forward
volt free outputs to customer 71793-W-XY164
EX zone 2 group 2B T3
71793-XY-164 MLA valve left
71793-W-XY165
ESD1 71793-XY-165 MLA valve right
ESD2 71793-W-XY166
71793-XY-166 MLA valve freewheel
71793-W-XY167
71793-XY-167 MLA valve drive
71793-W-XY168
71793-XY-168 valve ERC
71793-W-XY169
71793-XY-169 ERC ball valve open
71793-W-XY170
71793-XY-170 ERC ball valve closed
DCS (W203-2x1) -W203

++/12.7
2x1
Modbus RTU RS-485
attach the cable gland

from below
lokal control panel
EX
-LCP
71793-HS-110 71793-HS-117
Master cables are armored

control on/off freewhell on/off
lift 71793-HS-111 lamp test 71793-HS-118
EX
lower 71793-HS-112 ERC ball valve open / closed 71793-HS-119
71793-W-LCP
71793-W-ERC
backward 71793-HS-113 horn acknowledgement 71793-HS-120
71793-W-Lamp
enable freewheel 71793-HS-121

forward 71793-HS-114
customer
110V UPS
13 23
1PH/N/PE 71793-HS-115 emergency release (ESD 2)
-3Q01 left 71793-HS-122
power 240W
X21
14 24
pre-fuse: 4A
main isolator right 71793-HS-116 71793-HS-123

-2Q01 emergency stop reset
customer 71793-W-M100 M hydraulic pump
71793.M100
phases voltage frequency 3~
/
emergency shut-down
3Ph/PE/400V/50Hz 71793-HS-124
1 3 5
power: 6,8 KW
pre-fuse: 16A
X11
2 4 6
control on 41XL01 ERC ball valve open 41XL03 failure 41XL05
X01 /
MLA locked 41XL02 ERC ball valve closed 41XL04 freewheel 41XL06
6.0 02.05.2019 Denz DATE 20.04.2018

Scheme of electrical equipments = HEC
5.0 11.04.2019 Denz EDITOR denz DRAWING NUMBER.: 71793/1100/01 +
7.0 15.05.2019 Denz CHECK 05566_SV35_DWG_3901_0002 PAGE 1
COMMISSION: REV. 7.0
MODIFICATION DATE NAME 71793-926 PAGES 1
Document Check Sheet TGr 1 Gas Engineering
05566

TGE Codification
TGE Document Title Hydraulic Circuit Diagram
Document Number 05566/SV35/DGR/3901/0001

Revision 2
Vendor Document Title : Hydraulic Ci cuit Diagram
Document Number : 71793/1100/02
Revision : 1.0
Revision -
Revision Date -
For TGE use only

1 Reviewed Without Comments 22 far, 20
2 Reviewed With Comments •

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
N2 Swivel purge
50 bar
ERC
Vapour
Disconnect
1/2
X14
83 86
89
163PSV3102
0.3 bar
85
80
163FG3101
163PG3103
163PCV3101
0,2 bar
88
82
X13
1/2
86
drawings no.: 71793/1100/02
87 comission: 926/71793
1.0 21.02.19 AKI SD

1.0
Document Check Sheet TGr Hv Gas Engineering
05566
Cr ogenic Ethylene Storage Tank

Purchase Order / Subcontract umber AU5566-39/01 .PO01102819
TGE Codification
TGE Document Title Wiring Diagram Electric Control

Revision 4
Vendor Document Title : »

Revision : 2.0
x
Revision -
Revision Date -
For TGE use only

1 Reviewed Without Comments Aek-tt ApcStV)
3 Reviewed With Request To Resubmit ,

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Company / customer Meghna PVC limited (MPVC)
Manufacturer (company) SVT GmbH, Eisenwerkstr.21-27, D-58332 Schwelm / Germany

Project name Meghna PVC limited (MPVC)
Created on 17.04.2018
Edit date 11.04.2019 by (short name) denz
DATE 01.06.2018
cover sheet = HEC
1.0 28.09.2018 Denz CHECK AKI PAGE 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2.9 / 24VL3 24VL3 / 2.6
2,5 2,5 2,5
EX e NO
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 13
-2F05 -2F05
-X00 6 7 8 9
10 7...10A 14 22 /2.5 14
9A NO
/2.7
I> I> I>
PE 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
-W101
5x1,5 1 2 3 4 GNYE
-HEC
L1 L2 L3
main switch 1 3 5 1 3 5
extern
-2Q01 N PE -5K05
HEC 2 4 6 /5.5 2 4 6
BU
2,5 2,5 2,5 0,75
-W100
5x1,5 1 2 3 4 GNYE
EX e
EX e
-X00 11 12 13
14
-X00 1 2 3 4
5
PE
PE
-X10 1
GNYE
DI a
customer
SW
-00W0
GR
BN
-6A2
5x6 71793-HES
GNYE
/8.4
-W-M100
3
E0.0
4x1,5
-2F05:14
Motor MPS OK
U1 V1 W1 PE
1L1 1L2 1L3 N PE M

-M.100
SUPPLY VOLTAGE 3
3Ph/N/PE 400/ 50Hz
POWER: 6,8kW P = 3,6kW
PRE-FUSE:16A U = 400V
I=
n=
MOTOR
DATE 11.10.2018
Power supply = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
24VDC_failure+ / 4.4
24VDC_failure- / 4.0
EX e
-X00 17 18
19 -3T2 MEANWELL -3U4 MEANWELL
DRP-240-24 DR-UPS40 Battery
PE L N PE U IN: 90-264V AC 1 2 3 4 5 6 DC IN: 24-27V 40A

U OUT: 24V DC BAT. IN OUT 0-40A
Temp Sensor
adjust Bat. discharge Bat. fail DC OK
-W202 22-28V
3x1,5 BK BN GNYE default value
24V
24V+ 24V+ 24V- 24V- DC:+ - Bat.:+ -
3 4 1 2 Weidmüller
-3B7 + - I I CP A BATTERY
-HEC
13 23
-3Q01
14 24
-W201
3x1,5 BK BN GNYE
PE
-earth
EX e
-X00 14 15
16
PE
-W200
3x1,5 BK BN GNYE
customer
2L1 2N1 PE
customer
110V UPS
24L- / 4.0
24L+ / 4.0
DATE 17.04.2018
400VAC/24VDC = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
3.8 / 24VDC_failure-
3.8 / 24L+
-4F1 Phönix Contact -4T06

CBMC E4 24DC
1-4A NO - 2906031
1 2 13 14
5 AT
2A 2A 2A 2A
1 2 3 4 Output 24V DC Power Rail ERR
7 10 8+ 11+ 9- 12-
SUPPLY VOLTAGE CONTROL

SUPPLY VOLTAGE VALVES
24VL1 24VL2 24VL3 24V4
SUPPLY VOLTAGE CPU

SUPPLY VOLTAGE DE
-PW / 14.0
BU BU BU BU
0,75 0,75 0,75 0,75
EX e
-X0V- -X24L1 -X24L2 -X24L3 -X24L4

1 1 1 1 1
BU BU BU BU BU
0,75 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,75
24VL1
control voltage
24VDC_failure+
24VL3
24VL4
18.0 /
5.0 /
12.0 /
12.0 /
3.8 /
-X10 2
DI a
-6A2
/8.4
E0.1
4T06:10
24VDC failure
BU/WS
0,75
0VDC
3.8 / 24L- X0V / 5.1
DATE 17.04.2018
24V DC = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4.4 / 24VL3 24VL3 / 13.0
Motor Start
A 0.0
-NR+ / 14.0
/10.4
14.0 /
14.9 /
-6A4
NotAus+
DQ a
-NR / 14.9
NotAus
-X10 1
21
-5K05
/5.5 22
-5K01 A1 T1 IN1 T2 IN2 T3 IN3 T4 IN 13 23 33 41

+ F/S
/5.5
SIEMENS
SIE.3SK1111-1AB30
13 23
Logic -5K01
/5.1 14 24
Autostart / Monitored Start
-
A2 14 24 34 42
-X10 3
DI a
-6A2
/8.4
A1
E0.2
-5K05 -5K01:24
24VDC A2
emergency stop OK
4.9 / X0V X0V / 12.0
1 2 /2.5
3 4 /2.5
5 6 /2.5
21 22 /5.3
DATE 17.04.2018
Emergency stop circuit = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-6A1 -6A2 -6A3 -6A4 -6A5

1511-1 PN DI 32x24VDC DI 32x24VDC DQ 32x24VDC
DQ 32x24VDC
521-1BL10-0AA0 521-1BL10-0AA0 522-1BL10-0AA0

522-1BL10-0AA0
a c a c a c a c
6ES7511-1AK01-0AB0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
X50 RUN
MC STOP 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
PUSH MRES
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
X1P1
LINK 7 7 7 7 7 7
TX/RX 7 7
X2P1
MAC ADD1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PROFINET X1
(LAN)
P1R 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
P2R
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
b d b d b d b d
DATE 17.04.2018
PLC = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-6A1
SIE.6ES7511-1AK01-0AB0
-7A5
S7-1500 SIEMENS /12.3
CPU 1511-1 PN AB7850
Anybus X-gateway
PROFIBUS Slave – Modbus RTU Slave
-X1 P1:1 10
/12.3 /12.3
PN
-X1 P2:
PN
X0:1
X0:2
X0:3
X0:4
X0:5
X0:6
X0:7
X0:8
-X80:1 1+
/12.0 /12.4 -X1:
+ 1L+
-X80:2 2-
- /12.1 /12.4 -X1:
1M
-X80:3
/12.2
2M
-X80:4
/12.3
2L+
6ES7511-1AK01-0AB0
DATE 17.04.2018
CPU / ANYBUS Modul = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-6A2
SIE.6ES7521-1BL10-0AA0
S7-1500 SIEMENS
DI 32x24VDC BA
-X10:1 -X10:21
Motor MPS OK -2F05:14 /2.7 E0.0 E2.0 /14.2 +71793_LCP-HS.118:.4 lamp test
DI a DI c
-X10:2 -X10:22
24VDC failure 4T06:10 /4.7 E0.1 E2.1
DI a DI c
-X10:3 -X10:23
emergency stop OK -5K01:24 /5.7 E0.2 E2.2 /14.3 +71793_LCP-HS.119:.4 ERC ball valve open / closed
DI a DI c
-X10:4 -X10:24
E0.3 E2.3 /14.4 +71793_LCP-HS.120:.4 ESD2 reset
DI a DI c
-X10:5 -X10:25
oil level min 16T02:6 /16.3 E0.4 E2.4 /14.5 +71793_LCP-HS.121:14 enable freewheel
DI a DI c
-X10:6 -X10:26
oil temp. 16T02:8 /16.4 E0.5 E2.5 /14.6 14T06:6 Emergency release (ESD2)
DI a DI c
-X10:7 -X10:27
ERCaccu pressure H/L 16T06:6 /16.6 E0.6 E2.6
DI a DI c
-X10:8 -X10:28
E0.7 E2.7
DI a DI c
-X10:11 -X10:31
control on +71793_LCP-HS.110:14 /13.2 E1.0 E3.0 /20.1 20T00:6 freewheel
DI b DI d
-X10:12 -X10:32
lift +71793_LCP-HS.111:.4 /13.3 E1.1 E3.1 /20.2 20T00:8 warning area left(ESD1)
DI b DI d
-X10:13 -X10:33
lower +71793_LCP-HS.112:.4 /13.4 E1.2 E3.2 /20.3 20T03:6 warning area right(ESD1)
DI b DI d
-X10:14 -X10:34
backward +71793_LCP-HS.113:.4 /13.5 E1.3 E3.3 /20.4 20T03:8 warning area forward(ESD1)
DI b DI d
-X10:15 -X10:35
forward +71793_LCP-HS.114:.4 /13.6 E1.4 E3.4 /20.5 20T05:6 release area left/right(ESD2)
DI b DI d
-X10:16 -X10:36
left +71793_LCP-HS.115:.4 /13.7 E1.5 E3.5 /20.6 20T05:8 release area forward(ESD2)
DI b DI d
-X10:17 -X10:37
right +71793_LCP-HS.116:.4 /13.8 E1.6 E3.6 /20.8 20T07:6 ERC ball valve open
DI b DI d
-X10:18 -X10:38
freewheel on +71793_LCP-HS.117:.4 /13.9 E1.7 E3.7 /20.9 20T07:8 ERC ball valve closed
DI b DI d
-X10:19 -X10:39
n.c. n.c.
-X10:20 -X10:40
0VDC /12.4 /12.4 0VDC
1M 2M
6ES7521-1BL10-0AA0
DATE 17.04.2018
DI 32x24V DC = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-6A3
S7-1500 SIEMENS
DI 32x24VDC BA
-X10:1 -X10:21
E4.0 E6.0
DI a DI c
-X10:2 -X10:22
E4.1 E6.1
DI a DI c
-X10:3 -X10:23
E4.2 E6.2
DI a DI c
-X10:4 -X10:24
E4.3 E6.3
DI a DI c
-X10:5 -X10:25
E4.4 E6.4
DI a DI c
-X10:6 -X10:26
E4.5 E6.5
DI a DI c
-X10:7 -X10:27
E4.6 E6.6
DI a DI c
-X10:8 -X10:28
E4.7 E6.7
DI a DI c
-X10:11 -X10:31
release to operate ERC valve 22K01:14 /23.1 E5.0 E7.0
DI b DI d
-X10:12 -X10:32
ESD1 (emegency shut-down) 22K02:14 /23.3 E5.1 E7.1
DI b DI d
-X10:13 -X10:33
ESD2 (emergency release) 22K03:14 /23.4 E5.2 E7.2
DI b DI d
-X10:14 -X10:34
E5.3 E7.3
DI b DI d
-X10:15 -X10:35
E5.4 E7.4
DI b DI d
-X10:16 -X10:36
E5.5 E7.5
DI b DI d
-X10:17 -X10:37
E5.6 E7.6
DI b DI d
-X10:18 -X10:38
E5.7 E7.7
DI b DI d
-X10:19 -X10:39
n.c. n.c.
-X10:20 -X10:40
1M 2M
6ES7521-1BL10-0AA0
DATE 23.04.2018
DI 32x24V DC = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-6A4
S7-1500 SIEMENS
DQ 32x24VDC/0.5A BA
-X10:1 -X10:21
Motor Start -5K05:A1 /5.5 A 0.0 A 2.0 /18.1 18K01:A1 MLA lift
DQ a DQ c
-X10:2 -X10:22
horn 6A5:-X10:40 /17.2 A 0.1 A 2.1 /18.2 18K02:A1 MLA lower
DQ a DQ c
-X10:3 -X10:23
beacon -XL.104:x1 /17.3 A 0.2 A 2.2 /18.4 18K03:A1 MLA backward
DQ a DQ c
-X10:4 -X10:24
control on +71793_LCP-41-XL.01:x1 /15.1 A 0.3 A 2.3 /18.5 18K05:A1 MLA forward
DQ a DQ c
-X10:5 -X10:25
MLA locked +71793_LCP-41-XL.02:x1 /15.2 A 0.4 A 2.4 /18.6 18K06:A1 MLA left
DQ a DQ c
-X10:6 -X10:26
ERC ball valve open +71793_LCP-41-XL.03:x1 /15.3 A 0.5 A 2.5 /18.8 16K07:A1 MLA right
DQ a DQ c
-X10:7 -X10:27
ERC ball valve closed +71793_LCP-41-XL.04:x1 /15.4 A 0.6 A 2.6 /19.1 19K01:A1 MLA freewheel
DQ a DQ c
-X10:8 -X10:28
failure +71793_LCP-41-XL.05:x1 /15.5 A 0.7 A 2.7 /19.2 19K02:A1 MLA drive
DQ a DQ c
-X10:9 -X10:29
24VDC /12.6 /12.7 24VDC
1L+ 3L+
-X10:10 -X10:30
0VDC /12.6 /12.7 0VDC
1M 3M
-X10:11 -X10:31
freewheel +71793_LCP-41-XL.06:x1 /15.6 A 1.0 A 3.0 /19.4 19K03:A1 MLA ERC
DQ b DQ d
-X10:12 -X10:32
A 1.1 A 3.1 /19.5 19K05:A1 MLA ERC ball vale open
DQ b DQ d
-X10:13 -X10:33
A 1.2 A 3.2 /19.6 19K06:A1 MLA ERC ball valve closed
DQ b DQ d
-X10:14 -X10:34
A 1.3 A 3.3
DQ b DQ d
-X10:15 -X10:35
A 1.4 A 3.4
DQ b DQ d
-X10:16 -X10:36
A 1.5 A 3.5
DQ b DQ d
-X10:17 -X10:37
A 1.6 A 3.6
DQ b DQ d
-X10:18 -X10:38
A 1.7 A 3.7
DQ b DQ d
-X10:19 -X10:39
24VDC /12.6 /12.7 24VDC
2L+ 4L+
-X10:20 -X10:40
0VDC /12.6 /12.7 0VDC
2M 4M
6ES7522-1BL10-0AA0
DATE 17.04.2018
DO 32x24V DC = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-6A5
S7-1500 SIEMENS
DQ 32x24VDC/0.5A BA
-X10:1 -X10:21
ready for loading 21K00:A1 /22.0 A4.0 A6.0
DQ a DQ c
-X10:2 -X10:22
emergency shut-down(ESD1) 21K01:A1 /22.2 A4.1 A6.1
DQ a DQ c
-X10:3 -X10:23
emergency release(ESD2) 21K03:A1 /22.3 A4.2 A6.2
DQ a DQ c
-X10:4 -X10:24
ERC ball valve open 21K04:A1 /22.4 A4.3 A6.3
DQ a DQ c
-X10:5 -X10:25
ERC ball valve closed 21K05:A1 /22.5 A4.4 A6.4
DQ a DQ c
-X10:6 -X10:26
failure 21K06:A1 /22.7 A4.5 A6.5
DQ a DQ c
-X10:7 -X10:27
control system ready 21K07:A1 /22.8 A4.6 A6.6
DQ a DQ c
-X10:8 -X10:28
A4.7 A6.7
DQ a DQ c
-X10:9 -X10:29
24VDC /12.8 /12.8 24VDC
1L+ 3L+
-X10:10 -X10:30
0VDC /12.8 /12.9 0VDC
1M 3M
-X10:11 -X10:31
A5.0 A7.0
DQ b DQ d
-X10:12 -X10:32
A5.1 A7.1
DQ b DQ d
-X10:13 -X10:33
A5.2 A7.2
DQ b DQ d
-X10:14 -X10:34
A5.3 A7.3
DQ b DQ d
-X10:15 -X10:35
A5.4 A7.4
DQ b DQ d
-X10:16 -X10:36
A5.5 A7.5
DQ b DQ d
-X10:17 -X10:37
A5.6 A7.6
DQ b DQ d
-X10:18 -X10:38
A5.7 A7.7
DQ b DQ d
-X10:19 -X10:39
24VDC /12.8 /12.9 24VDC
2L+ 4L+
-X10:20 -X10:40
0VDC /12.8 /12.9 0VDC
2M 4M
6ES7522-1BL10-0AA0
DATE 01.06.2018
DO 32x24V DC = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4.3 / control voltage
4.5 / 24VL4
5.9 / X0V X0V / 16.0
BU BU
0,75 0,75
-6A1 -6A2 -6A4 -6A5
/7.1 /8.4 -+6A3 /10.4 /11.4
1M 2M 1M 2M 1L+ 1M 2L+ 1M 3L+ 2M 4L+ 2M 1L+ 1M 2L+ 1M 3L+ 2M 4L+ 2M
-X1 P1 20 40 20 40 9 10 19 20 29 30 39 40 9 10 19 20 29 30 39 40
1L+ 1M 2M 2L+ PN
-X80 1 -X80 2 -X80 3 -X80 4 1
/7.2 /8.4 /8.6 0VDC 0VDC /10.4 /10.4 /10.4 /10.4 /10.6 /10.6 /10.6 /10.6 /11.4 /11.4 /11.4 /11.4 /11.6 /11.6 /11.6 /11.6
/7.2 /7.2 /7.2 /7.2 0VDC 0VDC 24VDC 0VDC 24VDC 0VDC 24VDC 0VDC 24VDC 0VDC 24VDC 0VDC 24VDC 0VDC 24VDC 0VDC 24VDC 0VDC
6ES7 521-1BL10-0AA0 6ES7 521-1BL10-0AA0 6ES7 522-1BL10-0AA0 6ES7 522-1BL10-0AA0

6ES7511-1AK01-0AB0 CPU 1511-1 PN SIEMENS DI 32x24VDC BA DI 32x24VDC BA DQ 32x24VDC/0.5A BA DQ 32x24VDC/0.5A BA
SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS SIEMENS
10 1+ 2-
-7A5
/7.5 bn
-X1: -X1:
X0:1
-Customer
AB7659 /7.5 /7.5 /7.5
Anybus X-gateway X0:2
wh
PROFINET Slave – Modbus RTU Slave gn -W203
X0:3 MODBUS
X0:4 2x1 Modbus RTU:1
X0:5
X0:6
ye
X0:7
X0:8
DATE 17.04.2018
CPU power = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
5.9 / 24VL3 24VL3 / 14.0
+71793_LCP
24VL3.1 / 14.2
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
13 .3 .3 .3 .3 .3 .3 .3
.HS.110 .HS.111 .HS.112 .HS.113 .HS.114 .HS.115 .HS.116 .HS.117
CONTROL ON/OFF 14 1NO .4 1NO .4 1NO .4 1NO .4 1NO .4 1NO .4 1NO .4
NO LIFT NO LOWER NO BACKWARD NO FORWARD NO LEFT NO RIGHT NO FREEWHEEL ON/OFF NO
9
X01 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
9
71793-W-LCP
EX e
9
-X01 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
-X10 11 -X10 12 -X10 13 -X10 14 -X10 15 -X10 16 -X10 17 -X10 18

DI b DI b DI b DI b DI b DI b DI b DI b
-6A2
/8.4 /8.4 /8.4 /8.4 /8.4 /8.4 /8.4 /8.4
E1.0 E1.1 E1.2 E1.3 E1.4 E1.5 E1.6 E1.7
+71793_LCP-HS.110:14 +71793_LCP-HS.111:.4 +71793_LCP-HS.112:.4 +71793_LCP-HS.113:.4 +71793_LCP-HS.114:.4 +71793_LCP-HS.115:.4 +71793_LCP-HS.116:.4 +71793_LCP-HS.117:.4
control on lift lower backward forward left right freewheel on
DATE 17.04.2018
local control panel = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
13.9 / 24VL3 24VL3 / 16.0
+71793_LCP
13.9 / 24VL3.1
NO NO NO NO NO NO
.3 .3 .3 13 11 .3 13
.HS.118 .HS.119 .HS.120 .HS.121 .HS.122 .HS.123 .HS.124
1NO .4 1NO .4 1NO .4 Enable Freewheel 14 EMERGENCY 12 1NO .4 Emergency shut-down 14
Lamp test NO ERC ball valve open / closed NO Horn acknowledgement NO NO RELEASE (ESD2) Emergency NO NO
Stop
Reset
-X01 10 11 12 13 -X11 1 2 3 4 5 6
13
12
11
10
6
71793-W-LCP 71793-W-LCP-ERC
EX e
-X01 10 11 12 13 -X11 1 2 3 4 5 6
5.3 / -NR+ -NR / 5.3
-14T06
1+ 2- 3+ 4-
Input I Input II
I II
1
2 ￭￭
3
4 ￭￭
Power Rail ERR

Output I Output II power supply
5 6 7 8 9+ 10-
-X10 21 -X10 23 -X10 24 -X10 25 -X10 26

DI c DI c DI c DI c DI c
-6A2
/8.6 /8.6 /8.6 /8.6 /8.6
E2.0 E2.2 E2.3 E2.4 E2.5
+71793_LCP-HS.118:.4 +71793_LCP-HS.119:.4 +71793_LCP-HS.120:.4 +71793_LCP-HS.121:14 14T06:6
lamp test ERC ball valve open / closed ESD2 reset enable freewheel Emergency release (ESD2)
4.9 / -PW -PW / 16.0
5.2 / NotAus+ NotAus / 5.2
DATE 17.04.2018
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
15.9 / 24L1- 24L1- / 15.0
control on MLA locked ERC ball valve open ERC ball valve closed failure freewheel
A 0.3 A 0.4 A 0.5 A 0.6 A 0.7 A 1.0

/10.4 /10.4 /10.4 /10.4 /10.4 /10.4
-6A4 -6A4 -6A4 -6A4 -6A4 -6A4
DQ a DQ a DQ a DQ a DQ a DQ a
-X10 4 -X10 5 -X10 6 -X10 7 -X10 8 -X10 11
EX e
-X21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17
PE
71793-W-LCP-lamp 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
+71793_LCP
-X21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17
x1 x1 x1 x1 x1 x1
PE
41.XL.01 41.XL.02 41.XL.03 41.XL.04 41.XL.05 41.XL.06
wh x2 gn x2 ye x2 ye x2 rd x2 ye x2
CONTROL ON ARM LOCKED ERC ball valve open ERC ball valve closed FAILURE freewheel
DATE 17.04.2018
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
14.9 / 24VL3 24VL3 / 20.0
71793-HES
1 1 71793.PS.104
ERC ACCU pressure H/L 13 11
71793.LS.101 71793.TS.102 P
OIL LEVEL L 2 OIL TEMPERATURE H
3 14 12
13/11 12 14
1 2 3 4
PE
2
4
3
2
1
71793-W_LS_TS 71793-W-PS
EX e EX e
-X03 1 2 3 4
5
6 7
PE
-16T06
-16T02 1+ 2- 3+ 4- 1+ 2- 3+ 4-
Input I Input II Input I Input II
I II I II
￭￭￭￭￭￭
1 1
2 2
3 3
4
￭ 4
￭
Power Rail ERR Power Rail ERR

Output I Output II Power Supply Output I Output II Power Supply
5 6 7 8 9+ 10- 5 6 7 8 9+ 10-
14.9 / -PW -PW / 20.0
12.9 / X0V X0V / 17.0

-X10 5 -X10 6 -X10 7
DI a DI a DI a
-6A2
/8.4 /8.4 /8.4
E0.4 E0.5 E0.6
16T02:6 16T02:8 16T06:6
oil level min oil temp. ERCaccu pressure H/L
DATE 17.04.2018
HEC = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
horn beacon
A 0.1 A 0.2
/10.4 /10.4
-6A4
DQ a DQ a
-X10 2 -X10 3
16.9 / X0V X0V / 18.0
EX e
-X05 1 2
3
4 5
6
71793-W-AA103
ÖLFLEX® 440 P
1
5G1 3 4
71793-HEC
1 x1
.AA.103 .XL.104
HORN 2 BEACON x2
DATE 17.04.2018
HEC = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MLA lift MLA lower MLA backward MLA forward MLA left MLA right
A 2.0 A 2.1 A 2.2 A 2.3 A 2.4 A 2.5

/10.6 /10.6 /10.6 /10.6 /10.6 /10.6
-6A4 -6A4
DQ b DQ b DQ b DQ b DQ b DQ b
-X10 21 -X10 22 -X10 23 -X10 24 -X10 25 -X10 26
-18K01 -18K02 -18K03 -18K05 -18K06 -16K07
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
12 11 14 12 11 14 12 11 14 12 11 14 12 11 14 12 11 14
4.2 / 24VL1 24VL1 / 19.0
17.9 / X0V X0V / 19.0
EX e
-X05 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 -X05 15 16 17 18
71793-W-XY160 71793-W-XY161 71793-W-XY163 71793-W-XY162 71793-W-XY164 71793-W-XY165

ÖLFLEX® 440 P ÖLFLEX® 440 P ÖLFLEX® 440 P ÖLFLEX® 440 P ÖLFLEX® 440 P ÖLFLEX® 440 P
1
2
5G1 5G1 5G1 5G1 5G1 5G1
PE PE PE PE PE PE
+71793_HEC
71793-HEC
2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5
2,5 2,5
PE PE PE PE PE PE
1 1 1 1 1 1
.XY.160 .XY.161 .XY.162 .XY.163 .XY.164 .XY.165
LIFT 2 LOWER 2 BACKWARD 2 FORWARD 2 LEFT 2 RIGHT 2
DATE 17.04.2018
HEC = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
MLA freewheel MLA drive MLA ERC MLA ERC ball vale open MLA ERC ball valve closed
A 2.6 A 2.7 A 3.0 A 3.1 A 3.2

/10.6 /10.6 /10.6 /10.6 /10.6
-6A4
DQ b DQ b DQ c DQ c DQ c
-X10 27 -X10 28 -X10 31 -X10 32 -X10 33
-19K01 PLC-RSC- 24DC/21 -19K02 -19K03 -19K05 -19K06
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
12 11 14 12 11 14 12 11 14 12 11 14 12 11 14
18.9 / 24VL1
18.9 / X0V X0V / 22.0

EX e
-X05 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
71793-W-XY166 71793-W-XY167 71793-W-XY168 71793-W-XY1 71793-W-XY2

ÖLFLEX® 440 P ÖLFLEX® 440 P ÖLFLEX® 440 P ÖLFLEX® 440 P ÖLFLEX® 440 P
1
2
5G1 5G1 5G1 5G1 5G1
PE PE PE PE PE
+71793_HES
71793-HES
2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5
PE PE PE PE PE
1 1 1 1 1
.XY.166 .XY.167 .XY.168 .XY.169 .XY.170
FREEWHEEL 2 DRIVE 2 MLA ERC 2 MLA ERC ball valve open 2 MLA ERC ball valve closed 2
DATE 17.04.2018
HEC = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+71793 .ZS.141 .ZS.142 .ZS.143 .ZS.144 .ZS.145 .ZS.146 .ZS.147

.ZS.140 warning area warning area warning area release area release area locked flanged
freewheel left(ESD1) right(ESD1) foward(ESD1) left/right(ESD2) forward(ESD2)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
71793W-ZS147
Li9Y11Y
2x0,75
71793-W-ZS141
Li9Y11Y
2x0,75
71793-W-ZS143
Li9Y11Y
2x0,75
71793-W-ZS145
Li9Y11Y
2x0,75
71793-W-ZS140 71793-W-ZS142 71793-W-ZS144 71793-W-ZS146
Li9Y11Y Li9Y11Y Li9Y11Y Li9Y11Y
1
2
2x0,75 2x0,75 2x0,75 2x0,75 1 2 1 2
+-TB-X07
-X07 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
71793-W-X07
21G 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
EX e
-X03 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
-20T00 -20T03 -20T05 -20T07

1+ 2- 3+ 4- 1+ 2- 3+ 4- 1+ 2- 3+ 4- 1+ 2- 3+ 4-
Input I Input II Input I Input II Input I Input II Input I Input II
I II I II I II I II
1
2 ￭￭ 1
2 ￭
￭
1
2 ￭
￭
1
2
￭￭￭
3
4 ￭
￭
3
4 ￭￭ 3
4 ￭￭ 3
4
￭
Power Rail ERR Power Rail ERR Power Rail ERR Power Rail ERR
Output I Output II Power Supply Output I Output II Power Supply Output I Output II Power Supply Output I Output II Power Supply
5 6 7 8 9+ 10- 5 6 7 8 9+ 10- 5 6 7 8 9+ 10- 5 6 7 8 9+ 10-
16.9 / -PW
16.9 / 24VL3 24VL3 / 21.0
-X10 31 -X10 32 -X10 33 -X10 34 -X10 35 -X10 36 -X10 37 -X10 38

DI d DI d DI d DI d DI d DI d DI d DI d
-6A2
/8.6 /8.6 /8.6 /8.6 /8.6 /8.6 /8.6 /8.6
E3.0 E3.1 E3.2 E3.3 E3.4 E3.5 E3.6 E3.7
20T00:6 20T00:8 20T03:6 20T03:8 20T05:6 20T05:8 20T07:6 20T07:8
freewheel warning area left(ESD1) warning area right(ESD1) warning area forward(ESD1) release area left/right(ESD2) release area forward(ESD2) ERC ball valve open ERC ball valve closed
DATE 17.04.2018
MLA junction box = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+71793
.ZS.148 .ZS.149
ERC ball ERC ball
valve open valve closed
1 1
2 2
71793W-ZS149
Li9Y11Y
2x0,75
71793-W-ZS148
Li9Y11Y
2x0,75 1 2 1 2
+-TB-X07
-X07 17 18 19 20
21 22
PE PE
71793-W-X07
21G 17 18 19 20 GNYE
EX e
-X03 24 25 26 27
28
PE
-20T08
1+ 2- 3+ 4-
Input I Input II
I II
￭￭
1
2
3
4 ￭
￭
Power Rail ERR

Output I Output II Power Supply
5 6 7 8 9+ 10-
/ -PW
20.9 / 24VL3 24VL3 / 23.0
-X10 37 -X10 38
DI d DI d
E3.6 E3.7
20T08:6 20T08:8
ERC ball valve open ERC ball valve closed
DATE 26.03.2019
MLA junction box = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
emergency
ready for loading shut-down(ESD1) emergency release(ESD2) ERC ball valve open ERC ball valve closed failure control system ready
A 0.0 A 0.1 A 0.2 A 0.3 A 0.4 A 0.5 A 0.6

/11.4 /11.4 /11.4 /11.4 /11.4 /11.4 /11.4
-6A5
DQ d DQ d DQ d DQ d DQ d DQ d DQ d
-X10 1 -X10 2 -X10 3 -X10 4 -X10 5 -X10 6 -X10 7
19.9 / X0V
-21K00 -21K01 -21K03 -21K04 -21K05 -21K06 -21K07

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
12 11 14 12 11 14 12 11 14 12 11 14 12 11 14 12 11 14 12 11 14
OG OG OG OG OG OG OG OG OG OG OG OG OG OG
-W300
ZR-KVVP32
16x1 OG OG OG OG OG OG OG OG OG OG OG OG OG OG
EX e
-X04 1 2
3
4 5
6
7 8
9
10 11
12
13 14
15
16 17
18
19 20
21
PE PE PE PE PE PE PE
customer
ready for transfer emergency shutdown(ESD1) Emergency release(ESD2) ERC ball valve open ERC ball valve closed failure control system ready
DATE 17.04.2018
output to customer = HEC
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
customer
EX e
-X04 22 23
24
25 26
27
28 29
30
PE PE PE
OG OG OG OG OG OG
-W301
ZR-KVVP32
12x1 OG OG OG OG OG OG
-22K01 -22K02 -22K03

PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
PLC-RSC- 24DC/21
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
12 11 14 12 11 14 12 11 14
21.9 / 24VL3
-X10 11 -X10 12 -X10 13

DI b DI b DI b
-6A3
/9.4 /9.4 /9.4
E1.0 E1.1 E1.2
22K01:14 22K02:14 22K03:14
release to operate ERC valve ESD1 (emegency shut-down) ESD2 (emergency release)
release to operate ERC valve ESD1 (emegency shut-down) ESD2 (emergency release)
DATE 01.06.2018
input from customer = HEC
Document Check Sheet V Gas Engineering
05566

Vendor/ Subcontractor Name SVT GmbH
TGE Codification
TGE Document Title Terminal Diagram

Revision 2
Vendor Document Title : -

Revision : 1.0
Revision -
Revision Date -
For TGE use only

Sd. 29 IYc? ,
,
3 Reviewed With Request To Resubmit -

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal diagram
-71793-W-ZS140
-71793-W-ZS141
-71793-W-ZS142
-71793-W-ZS143
Strip
Cable name
Cable name
-TB-X07.X07
Li9Y11Y
Li9Y11Y
Li9Y11Y
Li9Y11Y
Connection
Connection
Cable type
Cable type
Terminal
Jumper
point
point
Function text Target designation Target designation Page / column
-X03 8 1 +71793-.ZS.140 1 1 =HEC/20.1
-X03 9 2 +71793-.ZS.140 2 2 =HEC/20.1
-X03 10 3 +71793-.ZS.141 1 1 =HEC/20.1
-X03 11 4 +71793-.ZS.141 2 2 =HEC/20.1
-X03 12 5 +71793-.ZS.142 1 1 =HEC/20.3
-X03 13 6 +71793-.ZS.142 2 2 =HEC/20.3
-X03 14 7 +71793-.ZS.143 1 1 =HEC/20.4
-X03 15 8 +71793-.ZS.143 2 2 =HEC/20.4
DATE 24.09.2018
terminal diagram -TB-X07.X07 = Terminal Diagram
EDITOR Denz DRAWING NUMBER.: 71793/1100/15 +
1.0 11.10.2018 Denz CHECK Kindlieb 05566_SV35_DGR_3901_0003 PAGE 1
COMMISSION: 926/71793 REV. 1.0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal diagram
-71793-W-ZS144
-71793-W-ZS145
-71793-W-ZS146
-71793W-ZS147
Strip
Cable name
Cable name
-TB-X07.X07
Li9Y11Y
Li9Y11Y
Li9Y11Y
Li9Y11Y
Connection
Connection
Cable type
Cable type
Terminal
Jumper
point
point
-X03 16 9 +71793-.ZS.144 1 1 =HEC/20.5
PE -X03 17 10 +71793-.ZS.144 2 2 =HEC/20.5
= -X03 18 11 +71793-.ZS.145 1 1 =HEC/20.6
= -X03 19 12 +71793-.ZS.145 2 2 =HEC/20.6
= -X03 20 13 +71793-.ZS.146 1 1 =HEC/20.8
= -X03 21 14 +71793-.ZS.146 2 2 =HEC/20.8
= -X03 22 15 +71793-.ZS.147 1 1 =HEC/20.8
= -X03 23 16 +71793-.ZS.147 2 2 =HEC/20.8
= 17 -X03 25 =HEC/20.9
PE
PE 18 PE =HEC/20.9
DATE 24.09.2018
terminal diagram -TB-X07.X07 = Terminal Diagram
1.0 11.10.2018 CHECK Kindlieb 05566_SV35_DGR_3901_0003 PAGE 1.a
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal diagram
Strip
Cable name
Cable name
-X0V-
Connection
Connection
Cable type
Cable type
Terminal
Jumper
point
point
-3T2 24V- 1 =HEC/4.1
-4T06 9-
DATE 24.09.2018
terminal diagram -X0V- = Terminal Diagram
1.0 11.10.2018 CHECK Kindlieb 05566_SV35_DGR_3901_0003 PAGE 2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal diagram
-W-M100
-W101
-W100
-W202
-W200
-customer.00W0
-W100
-W201
-W200
-customer.00W0
Strip
Cable name
Cable name
-X00
Connection
Connection
Cable type
Cable type
Terminal
Jumper
point
point
BN -customer 1L1 1 -2Q01 2 1 =HEC/2.1
BK -customer 2L1 14 -3Q01 14 BK =HEC/3.0
BK -3Q01 13 17 -3T2 L =HEC/3.0
SW -customer 1L2 2 -2Q01 4 2 =HEC/2.1
BN -customer 2N1 15 -3Q01 24 BN =HEC/3.1
BN -3Q01 23 18 -3T2 N =HEC/3.1
GR -customer 1L3 3 -2Q01 6 3 =HEC/2.1
-customer N 4 -2Q01 N 4 =HEC/2.2
16 PE GNYE =HEC/3.1
PE
-3T2 PE 19 PE =HEC/3.1
GNYE -2Q01 PE 5 -customer PE GNYE =HEC/2.2
PE
1 -2Q01 1 6 -2F05 1/L1 =HEC/2.1
MOTOR 1 -M.100 U1 11 -5K05 2 =HEC/2.5
2 -2Q01 3 7 -2F05 3/L2 =HEC/2.1
MOTOR 2 -M.100 V1 12 -5K05 4 =HEC/2.5
3 -2Q01 5 8 -2F05 5/L3 =HEC/2.1
4 -2Q01 N 9 =HEC/2.1
MOTOR 3 -M.100 W1 13 -5K05 6 =HEC/2.5
DATE 24.09.2018
terminal diagram -X00 = Terminal Diagram
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal diagram
-W101
-W-M100
Strip
Cable name
Cable name
-X00
Connection
Connection
Cable type
Cable type
Terminal
Jumper
point
point
10 -2Q01 PE GNYE =HEC/2.2
PE
MOTOR 14 -M.100 PE GNYE =HEC/2.6
PE
DATE
EDITOR Denz DRAWING NUMBER.: +
CHECK Kindlieb 05566_SV35_DGR_3901_0003 PAGE 3.a
COMMISSION: 926/71793 REV.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal diagram
-71793-W-PS
-71793-W_LS_TS
Strip
Cable name
Cable name
-X03
Connection
Connection
Cable type
Cable type
Terminal
Jumper
point
point
PE 1 -71793.LS.101 1 1 -16T02 1+ =HEC/16.3
= 2 -71793.LS.101 2 2 -16T02 2- =HEC/16.3
= 3 -71793.TS.102 1 3 -16T02 3+ =HEC/16.4
SPARE 4 -71793.TS.102 3 4 -16T02 4- =HEC/16.4
= PE x1 5 PE =HEC/16.4
= 1 -71793.PS.104 1 6 -16T06 1+ =HEC/16.6
= 2 -71793.PS.104 4 7 -16T06 2- =HEC/16.7
-20T00 1+ 8 -TB-X07.X07 1 =HEC/20.1
-20T00 2- 9 -TB-X07.X07 2 =HEC/20.1
-20T00 3+ 10 -TB-X07.X07 3 =HEC/20.1
-20T00 4- 11 -TB-X07.X07 4 =HEC/20.1
-20T03 1+ 12 -TB-X07.X07 5 =HEC/20.3
-20T03 2- 13 -TB-X07.X07 6 =HEC/20.3
-20T03 3+ 14 -TB-X07.X07 7 =HEC/20.4
-20T03 4- 15 -TB-X07.X07 8 =HEC/20.4
-20T05 1+ 16 -TB-X07.X07 9 =HEC/20.5
PE -20T05 2- 17 -TB-X07.X07 10 =HEC/20.5
= -20T05 3+ 18 -TB-X07.X07 11 =HEC/20.6
= -20T05 4- 19 -TB-X07.X07 12 =HEC/20.6
= -20T07 1+ 20 -TB-X07.X07 13 =HEC/20.8
= -20T07 2- 21 -TB-X07.X07 14 =HEC/20.8
= -20T07 3+ 22 -TB-X07.X07 15 =HEC/20.8
= -20T07 4- 23 -TB-X07.X07 16 =HEC/20.8
= -TB-X07.X07 17 25 PE =HEC/20.9
DATE 24.09.2018
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal diagram
Strip
Cable name
Cable name
-X04
Connection
Connection
Cable type
Cable type
Terminal
Jumper
point
point
ready for transfer 1 -21K00 11 =HEC/21.1
= 2 -21K00 14 =HEC/21.1
= 3 PE =HEC/21.1
emergency shutdown(ESD1) 4 -21K01 11 =HEC/21.2
= 5 -21K01 14 =HEC/21.2
= 6 PE =HEC/21.2
Emergency release(ESD2) 7 -21K03 11 =HEC/21.3
= 8 -21K03 14 =HEC/21.3
= 9 PE =HEC/21.3
ERC ball valve open 10 -21K04 11 =HEC/21.4
= 11 -21K04 14 =HEC/21.4
= 12 PE =HEC/21.5
ERC ball valve closed 13 -21K05 11 =HEC/21.6
= 14 -21K05 14 =HEC/21.6
= 15 PE =HEC/21.6
failure 16 -21K06 11 =HEC/21.7
= 17 -21K06 14 =HEC/21.7
= 18 PE =HEC/21.7
control system ready 19 -21K07 11 =HEC/21.8
= 20 -21K07 14 =HEC/21.8
= 21 PE =HEC/21.8
release to operate ERC valve -22K01 A1 22 =HEC/22.1
= -22K01 A2 23 =HEC/22.1
= 24 PE =HEC/22.1
ESD1 (emegency shut-down) -22K02 A1 25 =HEC/22.2
= -22K02 A2 26 =HEC/22.3
= 27 PE =HEC/22.3
ESD2 (emergency release) -22K03 A1 28 =HEC/22.4
= -22K03 A2 29 =HEC/22.4
= 30 PE =HEC/22.4
DATE 24.09.2018
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal diagram
-71793-W-XY166
-71793-W-XY165
-71793-W-XY164
-71793-W-XY162
-71793-W-XY163
-71793-W-XY161
-71793-W-XY160
-71793-W-AA103
Strip
Cable name
Cable name
-X05
CI 500V LSZH
CI 500V LSZH
CI 500V LSZH
CI 500V LSZH
CI 500V LSZH
CI 500V LSZH
CI 500V LSZH
ÖLFLEX® 440 P
Connection
Connection
Cable type
Cable type
Terminal
Jumper
point
point
SPARE 1 -.AA.103 1 1 -6A4 -X10:2 =HEC/17.2
= 2 -.AA.103 2 2 -6A5 -X10:40 =HEC/17.2
= 3 =HEC/17.2
SPARE 3 -.XL.104 x1 4 -6A4 -X10:3 =HEC/17.3
= 4 -.XL.104 x2 5 -18K01 A2 =HEC/17.4
= 6 =HEC/17.4
1 +71793_HEC-.XY.160 1 7 -18K01 14 =HEC/18.1
2 +71793_HEC-.XY.160 2 8 -18K01 A2 =HEC/18.2
SPARE 1 +71793_HEC-.XY.161 1 9 -18K02 14 =HEC/18.3
= 2 +71793_HEC-.XY.161 2 10 =HEC/18.3
SPARE 1 +71793_HEC-.XY.162 1 11 -18K03 14 =HEC/18.4
= 2 +71793_HEC-.XY.162 2 12 =HEC/18.4
SPARE 1 +71793_HEC-.XY.163 1 13 -18K05 14 =HEC/18.5
= 2 +71793_HEC-.XY.163 2 14 =HEC/18.6
SPARE 1 +71793_HEC-.XY.164 1 15 -18K06 14 =HEC/18.7
= 2 +71793_HEC-.XY.164 2 16 =HEC/18.7
= 1 +71793_HEC-.XY.165 1 17 -16K07 14 =HEC/18.8
= 2 +71793_HEC-.XY.165 2 18 -19K01 A2 =HEC/18.8
1 +71793_HES-.XY.166 1 19 -19K01 14 =HEC/19.1
2 +71793_HES-.XY.166 2 20 -19K01 A2 =HEC/19.2
DATE 24.09.2018
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal diagram
-71793-W-XY2
-71793-W-XY1
-71793-W-XY168
-71793-W-XY167
Strip
Cable name
Cable name
-X05
CI 500V LSZH
CI 500V LSZH
CI 500V LSZH
CI 500V LSZH
Connection
Connection
Cable type
Cable type
Terminal
Jumper
point
point
SPARE 1 +71793_HES-.XY.167 1 21 -19K02 14 =HEC/19.2
= 2 +71793_HES-.XY.167 2 22 =HEC/19.3
SPARE 1 +71793_HES-.XY.168 1 23 -19K03 14 =HEC/19.4
= 2 +71793_HES-.XY.168 2 24 =HEC/19.4
SPARE 1 +71793_HES-.XY.169 1 25 -19K05 14 =HEC/19.5
= 2 +71793_HES-.XY.169 2 26 =HEC/19.6
SPARE 1 +71793_HES-.XY.170 1 27 -19K06 14 =HEC/19.7
= 2 +71793_HES-.XY.170 2 28 -21K00 A2 =HEC/19.7
DATE 24.09.2018
1.0 11.10.2018 CHECK Kindlieb 05566_SV35_DGR_3901_0003 PAGE 7.a
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal diagram
Strip
Cable name
Cable name
-X24L1
Connection
Connection
Cable type
Cable type
Terminal
Jumper
point
point
SUPPLY VOLTAGE VALVES -18K01 11 1 -4F1 1 =HEC/4.2
DATE 24.09.2018
terminal diagram -X24L1 = Terminal Diagram
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal diagram
Strip
Cable name
Cable name
-X24L2
Connection
Connection
Cable type
Cable type
Terminal
Jumper
point
point
SUPPLY VOLTAGE CONTROL -7A5.X1 1+ 1 -4F1 2 =HEC/4.3
-4T06 8+
DATE 24.09.2018
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal diagram
Strip
Cable name
Cable name
-X24L3
Connection
Connection
Cable type
Cable type
Terminal
Jumper
point
point
SUPPLY VOLTAGE DE -3U4 5 1 -4F1 3 =HEC/4.4
-5K01 A1
DATE 24.09.2018
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Terminal diagram
Strip
Cable name
Cable name
-X24L4
Connection
Connection
Cable type
Cable type
Terminal
Jumper
point
point
SUPPLY VOLTAGE CPU -6A1 -X80:1 1 -4F1 4 =HEC/4.5
DATE 24.09.2018
Document Check Sheet TSr Gas Engineering
05566

TGE Codification
TGE Document Title Logic Diagram
Document Number 05566/SV35/LOG/3901/0001

Revision 4
Vendor Document Title : Logic Diagram
Revision : 3.0
Revision -
Revision Date -
X
For TGE use only
1 Reviewed Without Comments ( eL 2olQ

Check Resubmit
Meaning Checked B Date
Code By Date
01 01
02 02
Symbols
03 03 A
04
&
AND-Gate 04
05 05
06 06
≥1
OR-Gate
07 07
08 08
Negation
09 09
10 Oscillator 10
11 11
B
S Q
12
SR-Gate 12
R Q
13 13
t1 0 on delay
14 14
15 0 t2 off delay 15
16 16
17 positive flank 17
18 18
19 negative flank 19
20 20 C
+1
21
counter 21
R
22 22
COMP comperator
23 23
24 24
25 25
26 26
27 27
28 28
29 29 D
30 30
31 31
32 32
33 33
34 34
35 35
36 36
37 37
E
38 38
39 39
40 40
41 41
42 42
Project: 71793
Date Name
Drawn 30.09.2018 AKI
Checked Logic diagram
SD
Approved
3.0 28.01.2019 AKI Sheet

2.0 17.01.2019 AKI 71793/1100/16 01
1.0 21.11.2018 AKI 9 Sh.
1 2 3 4 5 Rev. Change Date Name Orig. Replaces Replaced by
Warning area Left 71793.ZS.141 01 01 /06.36 Signal "FM-MLA No warning area left"
Warning area Right 71793.ZS.142 02 02 /06.42 Signal "FM-MLA No warning area right"
Signal "FM-MLA No warning area
Warning area Forward 71793.ZS.143 03 03 /06.30 A
forward"
Signal "M-MLA Freewheel on" /02.19,/04.33,/06.6,/08.28,/11.1 04 04
&
05 05
06 ≥1 06
&
≥1
07 07 /11.3 Signal "ESD1 from MLA"
ESD1 from
MLA
08 08
&
09 09
10 10
11 11
B
Release area L/R FLD02H-ZS-144 12 12 /06.42 Signal "FM-MLA No release area right"
Signal "FM-MLA No release area
Release area Forward FLD02H-ZS-145 13 13 /06.30
forward"
&
15 15
16 ≥1 16
&
≥1
17 17 /11.3 Signal "ESD2 from MLA"
ESD2 from
MLA
18 18
&
19 19
20 20 C
21 21
22 22
23 23
24 24
25 25
26 26
27 27
28 28
29 29 D
30 30
31 31
32 32
33 33
34 34
35 35
36 36
37 37
E
38 38
39 39
40 40
41 41
42 42
Project: 71793
Date Name
SD
Approved
3.0 28.01.2019 AKI Sheet

2.0 17.01.2019 AKI 71793/1100/16 2
1.0 21.11.2018 AKI 9 Sh.
02 02
&
Signal "ESD1 from MLA" ZAH-Z10004 /10.7 03 03 FLAF_ESD1 ESD1 A
≥1
Signal "ESD1 DCS" ZAH-Z10006 /10.7 04 04 OUT-ESD1 ESD1 (out)
&
Signal "ESD1 LCP" HS-H10006 /10.7 05 05
06 06
07 07 /04.27 Signal "ESD1 (voltfree input)"
08 08
10 10
&
Signal "ESD2 from MLA" ZAHH-Z10005 /10.7 11 11 FLAF_ESD2 ESD2
B
≥1
Signal "ESD2 DCS" HS-H10007 /10.7 12 12 OUT-ESD2 ESD2 (out)
&
Signal "ESD2 LCP" HS-H10007 /10.7 13 13
14 14
15 15 /04.27 Signal "ESD2 (voltfree input)"
16 16
17 17
18 18
19 19
20 20 C
21 21
22 22
23 23
24 24
25 25
26 26
27 27
28 28
29 29 D
30 30
31 31
32 32
33 33
34 34
35 35
36 36
37 37
E
38 38
39 39
40 40
41 41
42 42
Project: 71793
Date Name
SD
Approved
3.0 28.01.2019 AKI Sheet

2.0 17.01.2019 AKI 71793/1100/16 3
1.0 21.11.2018 AKI 9 Sh.
01 01
Lamptest (all Lamps and Flashing Beacon are switched on
Control off / on 71793-HS-110 02 02 for 5 seconds, Horn is switched on for short pulse)
Signal "M-MLA Drive Operation" /04.35,/06.41 03 03 UI-MLA-CONTROL_ON Control on A

Signal "M-MLA Change
/08.33 04 04
Freewheel/Drive"
05 05
≥1
Signal "M-MLA Drive Operation" /04.40,/07.40 06 06
Signal "M-MLA Change
/09.33 07 07
Freewheel/Drive"
&
08 08 MLA-M100 Motor
& 0 t2
&
09 09 FLAG-MLA-M-ON Motor ON
10s
10 10
11 11
B
12 12
13 13 FLAG_LS_LL Low oil level
Oil level L 71793.LS.101 14 14

(1-0-0)
15 15
&
Oil temperature H 71793.TS.102 16 16
(1-1-0-0)
17 17 FLAG_TS_HH High oil temperature
Intern flag "always on" M1.3 18 18 FLAG_PLC_F PLC Failure

(1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-0-0)
19 19
Accu pressure LL 20 20 FLAG_PR_LL LOW PRESSURE ALARM C

(1-1-1-1-0-0)
21 21 FLAG_FR_ALARM FREEWHEEL ALARM
PROXIMITY S. FAILURE 22 22 FLAG_PROX_S_F FLAG Proximity S. Failure ESD_N_ESD_LOOP

(1-1-1-1-1-1-0-0)
MLA – Freewheel alarm flag M_MLA_FR_ALARM 23 23
24 24
≥1
25 25 FLAG_MLA_FAIL Failure XA-X100005
(1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-0-0)
26 & 26
Signal "M-MLA Motor runtime alarm" 27 27

(1-1-1-0-0)
28 28
29 29 D
30 & 30
Motor circuit breaker M-MLA-00Q02 00Q02 31 31

(1-1-1-1-1-0-0)
32 32
33 1 33 FLAG_MLA_Motor_F Motor failure
34 34
35 35
&
36 36
Power supply failure 00K10 37 37

(1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-0-0)
E
38 38 FLAG_UPS_FAIL UPS failure
39 39
40 40
41 41
42 42
Date Name
Checked SD Logic diagram
Approved
3.0 28.01.2019 AKI Sheet

71793/1100/16
2.0 17.01.2019 AKI 4
1.0 21.11.2018 AKI 9 Sh.
ERC accu pressure 71793.PS.104 01 Check for 4 inputs 01
02
within last 02
R 15 minutes
03 03 A
04 04
05 05
06 06
07 0 t2 07
0,5s &
08 ≥1 08 /02.26 Signal "M-MLA Motor runtime alarm"
S Q
09 t1 0 R Q 09
5min
10 10
11 t1 0 11
B
5s
12 12
13 13
14 14 /02.9 Signal "M-ERC accu pressure low"

≥1
&
15 15
16 16
17 17
18 18
ERC accu pressure 71793.PS.104 19 Check for 4 inputs 19
20
within last 20
R 15 minutes C
21 21
22 22
23 23
24 24
25 0 t2 25
0,5s &
26 ≥1 26 /02.27 Signal "M-MLA Motor runtime alarm"
S Q
27 R Q 27
t1 0
28 28
5min
29 29 D
Horn acknowledge 71793-HS-120 30 t1 0 30

5s
31 31 /04.11 Signal "LCP Horn acknowledge"
32 32
33 33
34 34
35 35
36 36
37 37
E
38 38
39 39
40 40
41 41
42 42
Project: 71793
Date Name
SD
Approved
3.0 28.01.2019 AKI Sheet

2.0 17.01.2019 AKI 71793/1100/16 05
1.0 21.11.2018 AKI 09 Sh.
01 01
02 02
≥1
03 03 A
04 04
05 05
≥1
06 06
07 07
≥1
08 08
09 09
10 10
Signal "LCP Horn acknowledge" /03.31 11 S Q 11 71793.AA.103 Horn

≥1 & B
R Q
12 12
13 13
14 ≥1 14
15 15
16 16
≥1
2Hz
17 17
18 18
19 19
≥1
20 20 C
1Hz
21 21
22 22
23 23
24 24
FM-MLA – Warning area /10.6 25 25

≥1
FM-MLA – Release area /10.6 26 26
27 27
28 28
≥1 ≥1 D
29 29 71793.XL.104 Beacon
30 30
31 31
32 32
Freewheel on flag M_F_ON_FL_MLA 33 33
MLA Locked 71793.ZS.146 34 & t1 0 S Q 1 34 M_MLA_FR_ALARM MLA – Freewheel alarm flag

5min R Q
DRIVE/FREEWHEEL flag M_MLA_DR_FR 35 FW-Alarm 35
36 36
≥1
37 37
E
38 38
39 39
40 40
41 41
42 42
Project: 71793
Date Name
SD
Approved
3.0 28.01.2019 AKI Sheet

2.0 17.01.2019 AKI 71793/1100/16 06
1.0 21.11.2018 AKI 09 Sh.
01 01
Lift 71793-HS-111 02 02 /06.8,/07.8 Signal "LCP Lift"
03 03 A
04 04
Lower 71793-HS-112 05 05 /06.14,/07.14 Signal "LCP Lower"
06 06
07 07
Backward 71793-HS-113 08 08 /06.20,/07.20 Signal "LCP Backward"
09 09
10 10
Forward 71793-HS-114 11 11 /06.26,/07.26 Signal "LCP Forward"

B
12 12
13 13
Left 71793-HS-115 14 14 /06.32,/07.32 Signal "LCP Left"
15 15
16 16
Right 71793-HS-116 17 17 /06.38,/07.38 Signal "LCP Right"
18 18
19 19
Freewheel on 71793-HS-117 20 20 /08.31,/09.31 Signal "LCP Freewheel on" C

21 21
22 22
Freewheel off 71793-HS-117 23 23 /08.32,/09.32 Signal "LCP Freewheel off"
lamp test 71793-HS-118 24 24 /08.32,/09.32 Signal "LCP lamp test"
ERC ball valve liquid open 71793-HS-119 25 25 /08.32,/09.32 Signal "LCP ERC ball valve liquid open"
ERC ball valve liquid close 71793-HS-119 26 26 /08.32,/09.32 Signal "LCP ERC ball valve liquid close"
horn acknowledgement 71793-HS-120 27 27 /08.32,/09.32 Signal "LCP horn acknowledgement"
enable freewheel 71793-HS-121 28 28 /08.32,/09.32 Signal "LCP enable freewheel"
29 29 /08.32,/09.32 D
emergency release (ESD 2) 71793-HS-122 Signal "LCP emergency release (ESD 2)"
emergency stop reset 71793-HS-123 30 30 /08.32,/09.32 Signal "LCP emergency stop reset"
Selection arm 71793-HS-125 31 31 /06.2,/07.2,/08.4,/09.4 Signal "LCP Selection arm"
emergency shut down 71793-HS-123 32 32 /08.32,/09.32 Signal "LCP emergency shut down"
33 33
34 34
35 35
36 36
37 37
E
38 38
39 39
40 40
41 41
42 42
Project: 71793
Date Name
SD
Approved
3.0 28.01.2019 AKI Sheet

2.0 17.01.2019 AKI 71793/1100/ 07
16
1.0 21.11.2018 AKI 09 Sh.
01 01
Signal "LCP Selection arm" /05.31,/07.2,/08.4,/09.4 02 02

&
03 03 A
Signal "RPC Selecion arm" /05.32,/07.4,/08.6,/09.6 04 04 M-MLA-selected MLA – Selected

≥1
&
Signal "LCP Selection panel / pendant" /05.34,/07.5,/08.7,/09.7 05 05
07 07
&
Signal "LCP Lift" /05.2,/07.8 08 & 08 71793-XY-160 Lift
≥1
09 09
10 10
&
Signal "RCP Lift" /05.3,/07.11 11 11
B
Signal "FM-MLA Lift while ESD2" /11.21 12 12
13 13
&
&
Signal "LCP Lower" /05.5,/07.14 14 14 71793-XY-161 Lower
≥1
15 15
16 16
&
Signal "RPC Lower" /05.6,/07.17 17 17
18 18
19 19
&
&
Signal "LCP Backward" /05.8,/07.20 20 20 71793-XY-162 Backward C
≥1
21 21
22 22
&
Signal "RPC Backward" /05.9,/07.23 23 23
24 24
25 25
&
Signal "LCP Forward" /05.11,/07.26 26 & 26 71793-XY-163 Forward
≥1
27 27
28 28
&
/05.12,/07.29 29 29 D
Signal "RPC Forward"
Signal "FM-MLA No warning area
/10.3 30 30
forward"
31 31
&
Signal "LCP Left" /05.14,/07.32 32 & 32 71793-XY-164 Left
≥1
33 S Q 33
R Q
34 34
&
&
Signal "RCP Left" /05.15,/07.35 35 35
Signal "FM-MLA No warning area left" /10.1 36 36
37 37
& E
Signal "LCP Right" /05.17,/07.38 38 & 38 71793-XY-165 Right
≥1
39 S Q 39
R Q
40 40
&
&
Signal "RPC Right" /05.18,/07.41 41 41 /02.3,/04.35 Signal "M-MLA Drive Operation"
≥1
Signal "FM-MLA No warning area right" /10.2 42 42
Project: 71793
Date Name
SD
Approved
3.0 28.01.2019 AKI Sheet

2.0 17.01.2019 AKI 71793/1100/16 08
1.0 21.11.2018 AKI 09 Sh.
Locked 71793.ZS.146 01 01 M-MLA-locked MLA locked
02 02
03 03 A
Signal "LCP Selection arm" /05.31,/06.2,/07.2,/09.4 04 04

&
≥1
05 05
Signal "RPC Selecion arm" /05.32,/06.4,/07.4,/09.6 06 06

&
Signal "LCP Selection panel / pendant" /05.34,/06.5,/07.5,/09.7 07 07
08 08
&
"always on" flag (PLC in RUN MODE) 09 09 XL-X10004 MLA Control system ready
10 10
11 11
B
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
16 16
17 17
18 18
19 19
20 20 C
21 21
22 22
23 23
24 24
25 25
Flanged 71793.ZS.147 26 26
27 27 M-MLA-FREEWHEEL MLA Freewheel on

&
& ≥1
/05.21,/09.28 28 1Hz 28
Signal "RPC Freewheel on /02.19,/04.33,/06.6,/10.4,/11.1 Signal "MLA Freewheel on"
≥1 &
29 29 D
71793-XY-166 Freewheel
&
30 & 2Hz 30 M-MLA-READY-F-L MLA Ready for loading ZL-Z10003
&
&
Signal "LCP Freewheel on" /05.20,/09.31 31 S Q 31
R Q
Signal "LCP Freewheel off" /05.23,/09.32 32 Freewheel 32 71793-XY-167 Drive
≥1 (remanent)
& Signal "M-MLA Change
33 33 /02.4
≥1 Freewheel/Drive"
Signal "FM-MLA Working area" /10.5 34 & 34
&
35 S Q 35 M-MLA-ENABLE FR. M-MLA – Freewheel enabled
R Q
Enable freewheel 71793.HS.121 36 Enable FW 36
(remanent)
Signal "M-MLA Reset FW enable" /11.20 37 37
E
Signal "Emergency Release" /02.10,/09.38,/11.10 38 38
39 39 M-MLA-BV-OPEN MLA ERC BV liquid open ZSH-Z10001
YSH-X10007 Release to open ERC Ball valve liquid 40 40

&
ERC BV liquid open 71793.ZS.148 41 41 M-MLA-BV-CLOSE MLA ERC BV liquid closed ZSL-Z10002
ERC BV liquid closed 71793.ZS.149 42 42
Project: 71793
Date Name
SD
Approved
3.0 28.01.2019 AKI Sheet

2.0 17.01.2019 AKI 71793/1100/16 09
1.0 21.11.2018 AKI 09 Sh.
Document Check Sheet Tfi HV Ga Engineering
05566

TGE Codification
TGE Document Title Arrangement Plan with Part List - Hydraulic
Electric Cabinet
Document Number 05566/SV35/DWG/3901/0003
Revision 2
Vendor Document Title Arrangement Plan with Part List - Hydraulic
Electric Cabinet
Document Number 71793_1100_10
Revision e
Revision -
Revision Date -
For TGE use only

1 Reviewed Without Comments 2% 2 3

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
X14
external Piping
X1 ... X 6 (Ø12-S)
X7 ... X10 (Ø16-S)
X13 ... X14 (G1/2)
X10
X9
X8
X7
X6
X5
X4
X3
X2
X1
X13 X13 X13 X13
X13
.HS.124 .HS.122 41.XL.05 41.XL.03 41.XL.04 41.XL.06
FAILURE ERC BALL ERC BALL FREEWHEEL

V/V OPEN V/V CLOSED ON
.HS.123 41.XL.02 .HS.119 .HS.117
EMERGENCY ARM ERC BALL V/V FREEWHEEL

STOP RESET LOCKED OPEN / CLOSED ON / OFF
41.XL.02 .HS.120 .HS.111 .HS.118 .HS.114
CONTROL HORN
LIFT LAMP TEST FORWARD
ON ACKNOWLEDGE
.HS.110 .HS.121 .HS.112 .HS.115 .HS.116 .HS.113
CONTROL ENABLE
LOWER LEFT RIGHT BACKWARD
OFF / ON FREEWHEEL
SVT GmbH TGE Bonn
Hydraulic Control Cabinet

SVT- Commission 926/71793
SVT- Drawing 71793_1100_10
Part List:
Pos. Pcs. Item Part-No. Description Certificate
1 1 10 9180820760 Housing HYK3524-01

2 1 11 9180722780 Oil Tank 63l, Aluminium HYK3524-01
3 1 14 8902250180 Oil Level Glass FSA176-1.1/T/12
4 1 15 6930402780-MP Vent Filter, TA-80-B-10-B-0-0-1-P01
5 1 16 6900403480 Level Switch, NR1" EExi - SR30-L300-03 L1/200/S T80Ö-24V
6 1 17 6930403140-MP Return Flow Filter, MPF-104-4-A-G3-XXX-P01
7 1 18 6910600450 Hand Pump, PAM-SV 20
8 1 21 4789002820 E-Motor 4,0kW; 400V-50Hz, ASA 112 M4, Ex de IIC T4 Gb INSEMEX-OEC ATEX 16 0313 X
9 1 21 6921005520 Bellhousing, KTR PL250/1/2
10 1 21 6911101780 Coupling, KTR R24.28X50-N/1
11 1 22 6921005830 Gear Pump, KTR SNP 1/4,3D CO 01 F (G3/8)
12 1 26 6920206600 Pressure Relief Valve, MVS 42 E" G3/8
13 2 31 6920415670 Non-Return Valve RHD12, 1bar
14 1 33 6920707390 Ball Valve, BHG V 500.308 / TYP 1
15 1 40 HYK3524-40 Valve Block for Solenoid Valves
16 3 41 HYK3524-41 Valve Control for Loading Arm consisting of:
17 1 410 9180591930 Distributor Plate Z1/Z2
18 3 411 4774011510 4/3- Way Solenoid Valve, DHA-0711/M 24DC CESI 03 ATEX 057 X
19 3 412 6920209410 Throttle valve HQ-012
20 3 413 6920104690 Rectifier Plate NG06
21 3 419 6920104700 T-Connection Plate with Relief Valve
22 1 421 4777010750 3/2 Seat valve VP1Z-G24EX TÜV A03 ATEX 0017 X
DATE NAME VIS‐804006 ‐ Com. 926/71793 TGE Bonn

CREATED: 11.03.2019 Schm Hydraulic Control Cabinet
PROVED: 11.03.2019 Web
REV.A 14.02.2019 Scholz DRAWING NO.: 71793_1100_10
REV.B 07.03.2019 Scholz
REV.F 24.05.2019 Web Page: 2 of 4
Part List:
23 1 422 4777010750 3/2 Seat valve VP1Z-G24EX TÜV A03 ATEX 0017 X
24 1 423 6920104710 Non-return valve NG06, HR-012
25 1 424 6920209410 Throttle valve HQ-012
26 1 425 6920209420 3/2 Seat valve VP1Z-H
27 1 429 6920104720 Intermediate Plate for Check Valves
28 1 431 4777010760 4/2 Seat valve DHA-0631/2/M 24DC CESI 03 ATEX 057 X
30 1 441 4774011520 4/2- Way Solenoid Valve 24VDC NG6 with hydr. Control CESI 02 ATEX 014
32 1 47 6901000970 Pressure Switch, XML-B300-D2-S11 INERIS 04 ATEX 0058
33 1 48 6900100990 Pressure Gauge 0-400bar - DN63
34 1 60 6930202970-BS Bladder Accumulator, BLUAK10-330-220-C-1-G-15 -C-X-01
35 2 60 6920900050-BS Clamp for Accumulator BLAK 50
36 1 60 6930202810-BS Adapter for Accumulator BLAK10-50 - SAB10/20
37 1 61 6930202770-BS Safety & Shut-Off Block SABX2-20-0-M-250-1
38 1 71 6924215807 Non-Return Valve RHD15, 4,0 BAR
39 1 75 6920102260 Check Valve 12 mm, 0,03 barg (1/3 psi) SS-12C-MM-1/3
40 1 78 6900200150 Pressure Control Valve G1/4 0,1 - 1,0
41 1 79 6900200160 Safety Valve, Stainless Steel, Pressure 0.3 bar
42 1 80 6900902400 Variable Area Flowmeter 4-60 Nl/h, G1/4", Stainless Steel
43 1 81 6900100990 Pressure Gauge 0-400bar - DN63
44 1 82 HYK3524-1101 Ex Control Unit DEKRA 13 ATEX 0209

REV.F 24.05.2019 Web Page: 3 of 4
Part List:
45 1 83 HYK3524-1110 Local Control Panel IBEXU 12 ATEX 1099 X

46 1 84 HYK3524-1102 Cabinet with Main Switch IBEXU 12 ATEX 1099 X
47 1 85 4945001100 Flashing Beacon, XB9D02406RYNCBN BAS 00 ATEX 2031
48 1 86 4945001090 Horn, DB3B, Exd BASEEFA 13 ATEX 0229 X

REV.F 24.05.2019 Web Page: 4 of 4
Document Check Sheet TSr Gas Engineering
05566

TGE Codification
TGE Document Title Arrangement Plan with Part List - Ex
Control
Document Number 05566/SV35/DWG/3901 /0005
Revision 2
Vendor Document Title Steuerstelle / Control Station
Document Number 71793_1100_06

Revision C
Revision -
Revision Date -
For TGE use only

1 Reviewed Without Comments 23 Hoy ?ei

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
the payment of damages. All rights are reserved in the event of the grant of a
of its contents are forbidden without express authority. Offenders are liable to
The passing on and copying of this document and the use or communication
A A
1,3,4,5
patent or the registration of a utility model or design.
373
25,30
B B
23,28
43 26,29
44
27,31
42,37
470
teilung ihres Inhaltes nicht gestattet, soweit nicht ausdrücklich zugestanden.
Zuwiderhandlungen verpflichten zu Schadenersatz. Alle Rechte für den Fall
32
Weitergabe sowie Vervielfältigung dieser Unterlage, Verwertung und Mit-
der Patenterteilung oder Gebrauchsmuster-Eintragung vorbehalten.
22,30
500
C C
21,29
24,29
ø 13
7 41
D 6 45 D
40 440
9
dargestellt Deckel / 35,33

36,33
1120
shown lid
35,33
36,33
12,13,14
E 37,38,33 E
39
Allgemein Toleranzen / General tolerances Oberfläche / Surface Werkstoff / Material Gewicht / Weight
10,11,18 Gehäusematerial / housing material :
Ex d Aluminium / Aluminum
Ex e 1.4404 (V4A) t=2mm / 1.4404, AISI: 316 L t=2mm
12,19 8 Hinweis / Note Datum / Date 06.02.2019 Dokumentenart
Maßbild/Dimension drawing
Type of document
Pleiger Maschinenbau GmbH Bearb. / Prepared bohn
Benennung / Description
15 Datum / Date 06.02.2019
17
Auftrag/Order: 3908923
Position/Item: 20
Gepr. / Checked jl Steuerstelle / Control Station
16 Datum / Date
Norm / Standard
F Typ / Type: 07-4A80-0061/0001 F

13 C überarb. 20.05.19 bm Zeichnungsnummer / Drawing number Maßstab Format/Size Blatt
Scale Sheet 1
dargestellt ohne Tür /
shown without door
B
A
überarb. 01.04.19 bm
überarb. 27.02.19 bm
1:8 A3 von
of 1
Änderungsnr. Datum Name Ident-Nr.:
Rev.
Modification no. Date Name Ident no.: 1177718
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Part List: Ex marking: IBExU 12 ATEX 1099 X
Pos. Pcs. Part-No. Order-No. Description
1 1 1181632 03-8900-… flame proof enclosure aluminum Ex d IIB+H2 EJB61A, 470x670x372 mm

2 1 1181800 03-8900-… Enclosure, stainless steel 316L, with door, dimension: 430x478x282 mm
3 1 112437 05-0144-0135 Label 37 x 74 stainless steel
4 1 101153 05-2144-0440 Label 26x74 additional marking Do not open while energized
5 1 101353 05-2144-0442 Label 26x74 additional marking Control station includes
6 1 1181646 03-9131-0307 Contactor 24-60V DC 3+1pole Aux. 2Ö/2S, 5,5KW/400V ABB Type AF12-30-22-11, ABB 1SBL157001R1122
7 1 1181635 03-9131- Manual Motor Starter 6,3-10,0A + HK1S/1Ö ABB MS132-10, 1SAM350005R1010
8 21 1121454 03-9132- Relay module PLC-RSC-24V DC, 2 CO LED Complete modul , Phoenix
9 6 1181648 03-9600- Isolated switch amp. KCD2-SR-Ex2, Ex ia IIC
10 51 397703 03-7121-0036 Double terminal UTTB 2,5
11 20 104619 03-7922-0002 End bracket Univ.E/Uk/ 1201442 f.TS 32 u.35
12 4 397761 03-7121-0041 PE Terminal UT 2,5-PE, Ex eb IIC, Phoneix
13 4 397765 03-7123-0010 Modular terminal UT 6, Ex eb IIC, Phoneix
14 1 397766 03-7123-0011 PE Terminal UT 6-PE, Ex eb IIC, Phoneix
15 11 397762 03-7122-0041 Modular terminal UT 4, Ex eb IIC, Phoneix
16 4 397764 03-7122-0043 PE Terminal UT 4-PE, Ex eb IIC, Phoneix
17 13 397704 03-7121-0037 Double terminal UTTB 2,5 BU
18 2 397721 03-7924-0049 End cover D-UT 2,5/10
19 9 351773 03-7924-0044 End cover D-UTTB 2,5/4
20 1 388666 03-6113-0160 Cable gland NP brass M32x1.5;SW45 Clamp.range Ø 15-24
21 13 385076 03-6062-0237 Cable gland II2 G Ex eb IIC M16x1,5 L10 SW15 Ø5-8 sw 7J, -60°C - 80°C

CREATED: 11.03.2019 Schm Ex Control
DRAWING NO.: 71793_1100_06
REV. B 22.05.2019 Web
Page: 3 of 4
Part List: Ex marking: IBExU 12 ATEX 1099 X
24 10 385091 03-6065-0154 Cable gland II2 G Ex eb IIC M16x1,5 L10 SW15 Ø6-10 bl 7J, -60°C - 80°C
25 1 385093 03-6065-0156 Cable gland II2 G Ex eb IIC M20x1,5 L10 SW15 Ø7-13 bl 7J, -60°C - 80°C
26 8 388129 03-5210-0139 Bling Plug II2 G Ex e IIC M16x1,5 L12 SW19, -60°C - 80°C
27 3 388136 03-5210-0141 Bling Plug II2 G Ex e IIC M25x1,5 L10 SW28, -60°C - 80°C
28 1 395979 03-2090-0402 Locknut, M M32x1,5, nickel plated brass
29 31 122749 03-2090-0008 Locknut, L M16x1,5 BK DIN 46319-FS (PA-GF)
30 4 122750 03-2090-0009 Locknut, L M20x1,5 BK DIN 46319-FS (PA-GF)
31 4 122751 03-2090-0010 Locknut, L M25x1,5, BK, DIN 46319-FS (PA-GF)
32 1 705311 03-97B0-0333 AB7580-F Anybus X-Gateway
33 6 705312 03-97B0-0334 Front Connector 6ES7592-1BM00-0XA0
34 0 705313 03-97B0-0335 Communication Module 6GK7542-5FX00-0XE0
35 3 705314 03-97B0-0336 Digital Output Module 6ES7522-1BL10-0AA0
36 3 705315 03-97B0-0337 Digital Input Module 6ES7521-1BL10-0AA0
37 1 705316 03-97B0-0338 Memory Card 6ES7954-8LE03-0AA0
38 1 705317 03-97B0-0339 CPU 1511-1PN 6ES7511-1AK01-0AB0
39 1 705318 03-97B0-0340 Mounting Rail 6ES7590-1AC40-0AA0
40 1 7053xx 03-97B0- Siemens 3SK1111-1AB30
41 1 7053xx 03-97B0- Isolated switch amp. KCD2-…. I&O Ex e
42 1 1183869 03-97B0-0337 DRP-240-24 AC / 85 ~ 264V - DC 24V / 10A Fabr. MeanWell
43 1 1183870 03-97B0-0338 UPS Module DR-UPS40 21 V ~ 29 V, 0 - 40 A Fabr. MeanWell
44 1 1183931 03-97B0-0339 Electronic device circuit breaker - CBMC E4 24DC/1-4A NO - 2906031
45 1 1184065 03-97B0-0340 UPR-03 Power Rail , PEPPERL+FUCHS

CREATED: 11.03.2019 Schm Ex Control
DRAWING NO.: 71793_1100_06
REV. B 22.05.2019 Web
Page: 4 of 4
Document Check Sheet TGE
V Gas Engineering
05566

TGE Codification
TGE Document Title Arrangement Plan with Part List - Local
Control Panel
Revision 2
Vendor Document Title : VIS-804006 - Com. 926/71793 TGE Bonn
Local Control Panel
Document Number : 71793_1100_07
Revision : A
Revision -
Revision Date -
For TGE use only

2 Reviewed With Comments ,

Check Resubmit
Code By Date

$ $
1,2,22-26,28
% %
3x21
& &
4,5,21 6,7,21
15,16,17,18,19
6,7,21
13,14 6,7,21
' '
;/ ;/ ;/ ;/
+6 +6
(5&%$// (5&%$// )5((:+((/
)$,/85(
12,21
9$/9(23(1 9$/9(&/26(' 21
5 < < <
+6 ;/ +6 +6

12,21
(0(5*(1&< $50 (5&%$//9$/9( )5((:+((/
5(/($6( /2&.(' 23(1&/26(' 212))
10,11,21 ;/ +6 +6 +6 +6 8,9,21

&21752/ +251
( (
$&.12:/('*( /,)7 /$03(17(67 )25:$5'
21
$OOJHPHLQ7ROHUDQ]HQ*HQHUDOWROHUDQFHV 2EHUIOlFKH6XUIDFH :HUNVWRII0DWHULDO *HZLFKW:HLJKW

+6 +6 +6 +6 +6 +6
3RO\HVWHUVFKZDU]3RO\HVWHUEODFN
3
&21752/ (1$%/(
/2:(5 /()7 5,*+7 %$&.:$5'
212)) )5((:+((/
'DWXP'DWH 'RNXPHQWHQDUW
+LQZHLV1RWH
7\SHRIGRFXPHQW 0DELOG'LPHQVLRQGUDZLQJ
3OHLJHU0DVFKLQHQEDX*PE+ %HDUE3UHSDUHG
%HQHQQXQJ'HVFULSWLRQ
9,6&RP
'DWXP'DWH
+<. *HSU&KHFNHG MO
'DWXP'DWH
1RUP6WDQGDUG
7*(%RQQ/RFDO&RQWURO3DQHO
7x 12&13,21
) )
=HLFKQXQJVQXPPHU'UDZLQJQXPEHU 0DVWDE )RUPDW6L]H %ODWW
6FDOH 6KHHW
$EHUDUEEP
BB $ YRQ
RI

bQGHUXQJVQU 'DWXP 1DPH ,GHQW1U
5HY
0RGLILFDWLRQQR 'DWH 1DPH ,GHQWQR

Part List: Ex marking: DEKRA 13ATEX0209
1 1 222759 07-5195-40040516 Enclosure, polyester, black dimension: 400x405x160mm

2 1 108036 05-0105-0117 Mounting plate steel zinc coated for polyester enclosure 400x405mm
3 2 122961 05-2144-0734 Label 52x26 polyester foil white self-adhesive
4 1 219772 05-0003-001300 Lamp module operator red
5 1 308947 07-3353-4110 Indicator module RD ComEx-Flex with terminals AC12-250V, DC12-60V
6 1 219774 05-0003-001500 Lamp module operator yellow
7 1 308949 07-3353-4130 Indicator module YE ComEx-Flex with terminals AC12-250V, DC12-60V
8 2 219773 05-0003-001400 Lamp module operator green
9 2 308948 07-3353-4120 Indicator module GN ComEx-Flex with terminals AC12-250V, DC12-60V
10 1 219775 05-0003-001600 Lamp module operator white
11 1 308950 07-3353-4140 Indicator module WH ComEx-Flex with terminals AC12-250V, DC12-60V
12 11 122251 05-0003-000700 Pushbutton with 5 labels: red, green, yellow, white, black
13 1 122256 05-0003-001200 Key switch, lockable in both positions, key retractable in both positions
14 12 308946 07-3323-4400 Switching module ComEx-Flex with terminals 1 NC / 1 NO
15 1 122252 05-0003-000800 Mushroom head pushbutton 'EMERGENCY STOP'
16 1 291524 05-2144-1097 Label, contrast plate YE D=90mm, Flat Panel Emergency-Stop
17 1 219943 05-0032-0010 Protective shroud black for Emergency Stop f.mounting on panel c/w chain and bar
18 1 127724 05-1308-0200 Sealing for locking device
19 1 308944 07-3323-4100 Switching module ComEx-Flex with terminals 2 NC
20 2 127119 05-0003-001900 Blind-plug 30mm
21 17 124014 05-0044-0002 Label holder with label printed according request
22 5 397703 03-7121-0036 Double terminal UTTB 2,5
DATE NAME VIS-804006 - Com. 926/71793 TGE Bonn

C
CREATED: 11.03.2019 Schm Local Control Panel
P
DRAWING NO.: 71793_1100_07
Page: of
Part List: Ex marking: DEKRA 13ATEX0209
23 1 397761 03-7121-0041 PE Terminal UT 2,5-PE, Ex eb IIC, Phoneix

24 1 397721 03-7924-0049 End cover D-UT 2,5/10
25 2 104619 03-7922-0002 End bracket Univ.E/Uk/ 1201442 f.TS 32 u.35
26 0,5 110301 02-2010-0002 Mounting rail NS 35 EN 60715 steel zinc coated
28 20 115404 02-4214-0000 Single core BK H07V-K 1,5
DATE NAME VIS-804006 - Com. 926/71793 TGE Bonn

C
CREATED: 11.03.2019 Schm Local Control Panel
P
DRAWING NO.: 71793_1100_07
Page: of
Document Check Sheet TS Gas Engineering
05566

TGE Codification
TGE Document Title Arrangement Plan with Part List - Control and
Instrumentation Components at Loading Arm
Revision 2
Vendor Document Title : Components at loading arm

Revision : 1.0
Revision -
Revision Date -
For TGE use only

1 Reviewed Without Comments -Apr.
-

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
warning area forward ESD1 ZS.143

release area forward ESD2 ZS.145
MLA locked ZS.146
ZS.141 warning area left ESD1
warning area right ESD 1 1

ZS.142
ZS.144 release area left/right ESD2
ZS.148 ERC ball valve open 1 1
-W-ZS144
-W-ZS142
-W-ZS141
-W-ZS143
-W-ZS145
-W-ZS146
ZS.149 ERC ball valve closed
-W-ZS148
-W-ZS149
1
2
4
-X07 4
TERMINAL BOX, Ex-e/i
3
MLA flanged
ZS.147
-W-X07
+MLA
Legend
Pos. Quantity Name of device Manufacturer Order number Certificate
1 9 Inductive Sensor Namur P&F NJ15-30GKK-N PTB 00 ATEX 2048X

2 1 Junction box Stahl 8146/2071 IECEx PTB 06.0046
3 1 Cable gland M32 Stahl 8161/8-M32-2109-LT KLE bl IECEx PTB 06.0046
4 12 Cable gland M16 Stahl 8161/8-M16 0902-LT KLE bl IECEx PTB 06.0046
5
6
DATE 07.03.2019
Components at loading arm = components_at_loading_arm
EDITOR denz DRAWING NUMBER.: 71793/1100/11 + 11_Components_at_loading_arm
1.0 26.03.2019 Denz CHECK AKI MLA PAGE 1
COMMISSION: 71793 REV. 1.0
Document Check Sheet IGF HH Gas Engineering
05566

TGE Codification
TGE Document Title : Functional Description - Control System
Document Number : 05566/SV35/TCN/3901/0002

Revision : 4
Vendor Document Title Functional Description Control System
Document Number 71793/1100/13
Revision 3.0
Client document number : -
Revision : -
Revision Date : -
For TGE use only

1 Reviewed Without Comments AC c V. A/fty ?<4(5
3 Reviewed With Request To Resubmit .

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
Functional Description Control System Date: 05.03.2019
Functional Description Control System
(71793/1100/13)
3.0 16.05.2019 For Approval AKI DF UM

2.0 05.03.2019 For Approval AKI DF UM
1.0 23.10.2018 For Approval SFF AKI UM
0.0 04.10.2018 For Approval SFF AKI UM
Rev. Date Description Written Checked Approved
1
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
1 Reference Drawings ........................................................................................................... 4

2 Abbreviation ....................................................................................................................... 6
3 General ............................................................................................................................... 7
3.1 Arrangement for Control System ................................................................................ 7
3.1.1 Hydraulic Electric Cabinet (HEC) ....................................................................... 7
3.1.2 Local Control Panel (LCP) ................................................................................... 8
3.1.3 Proximity Switches at MLA ................................................................................. 8
4 Service ................................................................................................................................ 9
4.1 Before service .............................................................................................................. 9
4.2 Connection of MLA to ship ......................................................................................... 9
4.3 Disconnection of MLA from ship ............................................................................. 10
4.4 Operation of ERC Ball valve ..................................................................................... 10
4.4.1 ERC ball valve open (Product line).................................................................... 10
4.4.2 ERC ball valve closed (Product line) ................................................................. 11
4.5 Motor and loading of accumulators ........................................................................... 11
5 Warning area (ESD 1) / Emergency shutdown, Release area (ESD 2) / Emergency
release ....................................................................................................................................... 12
5.1 ESD 1 ......................................................................................................................... 12
5.2 ESD 2 ......................................................................................................................... 13
6 Alarm Conditions ............................................................................................................. 14
6.1 Freewheel Alarm ....................................................................................................... 14
6.2 Hydraulic Failures ..................................................................................................... 15
6.2.1 Low Oil Level .................................................................................................... 15
6.2.2 High Oil Temperature ........................................................................................ 15
6.2.3 Motor Runtime Alarm ........................................................................................ 15
2
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
6.2.4 ERC Accumulator Pressure LL .......................................................................... 16

6.3 Electric Failures ......................................................................................................... 16
6.3.1 Motor Failure...................................................................................................... 16
6.3.2 Proximity Switch Failure (ESD loop) ................................................................ 16
6.3.3 Proximity Switch Failure (Not ESD loop) ......................................................... 17
6.3.4 Power Supply to Failure ..................................................................................... 17
6.3.5 PLC Failure ........................................................................................................ 17
7 Interfaced signals .............................................................................................................. 18
7.1 Voltfree output signals to customers control system ................................................. 18
7.2 Voltfree contact from customer’s control system ...................................................... 19
3
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
1 Reference Drawings
 SCHEME OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
CUSTOMER DOCUMENT NUMBER 05566/SV35/DWG/3901/0002
SVT DOCUMENT NUMBER 71793_1100_01
 HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
CUSTOMER DOCUMENT NUMBER 05566/SV35/DGR/3901/0001
 WIRING DIAGRAM ELECTRIC CONTROL
CUSTOMER DOCUMENT NUMBER 05566/SV35/DGR/3901/0002
 LOGIC DIAGRAM
CUSTOMER DOCUMENT NUMBER 05566/SV35/LOG/3901/0001
 ARRANGEMENT PLAN WITH PART LIST - HYDRAULIC VALVE

CABINET
 ARRANGEMENT PLAN WITH PART LIST - Ex CONTROL
 ARRANGEMENT PLAN WITH PART LIST - LOCAL CONTROL PANEL
4
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
 ARRANGEMENT PLAN WITH PART LIST - CONTROL AND

INSTRUMENTATION COMPONENTS AT LOADING ARM
5
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
2 Abbreviation
ERC Emergency release coupling
ESD Emergency shut down
BV Ball Valve
LCP Local control panel
HEC Hydraulic electrical cabinet
MLA Marine loading arm
MRSD Manual release safety device
DCS Distributed control system
SCS Substrate control system
UPS Uninterruptible power supply
PLC Programmable logic controller
VAC Voltage alternating current
VDC Voltage direct current
ERC BV Upper Ball valves
6
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
3 General
The hydraulic electric control system is designed for MLA L101.
3.1 Arrangement for Control System

The Control system can be separated into 3 units
1. Hydraulic Electric Cabinet (HEC) with Hydraulic Control and Electric cabinet
2. Local Control Panel at Jetty
3. Proximity switches at each MLA
3.1.1 Hydraulic Electric Cabinet (HEC)

A main switch (-3Q01) which controls the control power is installed at the HEC.
The Ex control is located in a flame proofed housing. It is supplied with 3Phase / 400V AC /
PE / 50 Hz / 3, 6 kW for motor power and 110 VAC / 1 Phase for control power, which gets
transformed to 24 VDC power for the control.
The Ex Control includes the following components:
- A PLC (Siemens S7-1500) is mounted on a rack

- Transformer isolated barriers for all intrinsically safe inputs (Proximity switches at
MLA, pressure switch, temperature switch and oil level switch)
- Pressure relief valve which regulates the system pressure and a pressure gauge for the
system pressure
- Motor starter for the hydraulic
- Relays supplying potential free output for customers system
A Horn and a flashing beacon are mounted at the HEC.
The hydraulic provides oil pressure for all arm movement and emergency release function.
There is an oil container, one electrical motor pump unit and a hand operated pump. An oil
level switch supervises the oil level of the container. A temperature switch supervises the oil
temperature.
7
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
The hydraulic valve control contains:
- Motion control valves for 6 movement directions

- Freewheel-/drive valve
- Actuation valve for ERC
- Actuation valve for ERC ball valve in product line open and close
- A bladder accumulator provides oil pressure for the ERC
- A pressure switch for accumulator oil pressure
3.1.2 Local Control Panel (LCP)

The LCP is mounted at the HEC. The LCP provides lamps, pushbuttons, key switches,
indicate operation and alarm states of the control system.
Two mushroom pushbuttons are used to initiate “emergency shut-down” (STOP Hydraulic
pump) and “Emergency release (ESD 2)”
3.1.3 Proximity Switches at MLA

There are several proximity switches at the MLA
- Three Proximity switches indicates when MLA reaches warning area (ESD1) limit in
moving directions left, right and forward.
- Two Proximity switches indicate when MLA reaches release area (ESD2) limit in
moving directions forward and left/right.
- One proximity switch indicates the position of the parking lock (Locked).
- One proximity switch indicates if the MLA (Product and Gas line) are flanged to
enable Arm connection to ship. When Proximity switch is covered (actuated) arm is
flanged, loading arm connected to ship and ERC ready for operation, When Proximity
switch is uncovered (not actuated) Hydraulic pressure to ERC Cylinders are blocked
(Loading arm not connected).
- One proximity switch in the HEC indicates freewheel position at Freewheel Valve
- One proximity switch indicates the open state of the ERC ball valve the Product line
- One proximity switch indicates the close state of the ERC ball valves on the Product
line.
8
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
4 Service
4.1 Before service

First actuate the main switches -2Q01 “Motor power” and -3Q01 “Control power” at HEC.
Actuate key-switch “Control on/off” at LCP. According indication lamp “Control on” is on
and the indication lamp “MLA Locked” is on as the MLA will be in the stored position.
Use pushbutton “Lamptest” to check all the lamps at the LCP; the horn and flashing beacon
switched (short pulse).
During this time, the pressure will increase. The maximum final pressure is limited to 235
bars by the pressure release valve in the hydraulic control.
Manually unlock inboard arm and slewing of MLA by hand lever of locking device. Lamp
“MLA locked” at LCP is switched off.
By means of drive motion push buttons of the selected control device:
“LIFT"
"LOWER"
"BACKWARD"
"FORWARD"
"LEFT",
„RIGHT"
Move triple swivels towards ships flange. During drive motion the pump motor is switched
on. The motor switches off after a delay time of 10 sec., when no drive motion is actuated.
4.2 Connection of MLA to ship

Immediately after flanging, turn control grip of the Manual Release Safety Device (MRSD) at
triple swivel assembly to position "2". The Hydraulic lines to ERC on both Product and Gas
line are open. The indicating lamp "Freewheel” at LCP is blinking (1 Hz).
Now press pushbutton "Freewheel ON/OFF" at LCP. Freewheel position is activated and the
according indicating lamp "Freewheel” is switched ON. Ensure that the ERC ball valve is
9
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
open. When the ERC ball valve in the product line is open, the indicating lamp “ERC ball
valve open” is on. The MLA is now ready for loading.
4.3 Disconnection of MLA from ship

Immediately before disconnection, turn the control grip of the MRSD back to position "1" or
press pushbutton “Freewheel ON/OFF” at the LCP. If Freewheel mode is switched off the
indicating lamp “Freewheel” at LCP is blinking (1 Hz) until the MRSD is switched to
position “1”. The hydraulic lines to ERC are closed now. Drive position is actuated and the
according indicating "Freewheel ON” is switched off.
Push the hand lever at riser of the MLA to position for interlocking and move MLA back to
stored position (locked position). Indicating lamp “MLA locked” is switched on. Turn back
key switch "Control on/off“. Control system is switched off. Motor at HEC disconnect
control.
Use main switch -3Q01 “Control power” to disconnect control power supply and main switch
-2Q01 “Motor power” to disconnect motor power supply.
4.4 Operation of ERC Ball valve

Note: ERC Ball valve means the Upper ball valve located in product line.
Caution: After an emergency release the ERC ball valve can only be opened if the
disconnection was reseted by the key switch "Enable freewheel / ERC ball valve after
emergency release" at LCP. Use the key switch only, if emergency Release coupling is
completely reassembled.
During loading ask the process manager for operation of ERC ball valve.
To avoid discharge of product the ERC ball valve should only be opened when the MLA is
connected to the ship (flanged)
The customer has to set the closing speed in accordance to his requirement.
4.4.1 ERC ball valve open (Product line)

Caution: ERC Ball valve operations
The voltfree input “Release to operate ERC valve” must be closed, to open the ERC ball
valve.
10
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
Actuate selection switch „ERC ball valve open/close„ at LCP to “open” the ERC ball valve in
the Product line open. “ERC accumulator” is actuated. Indicating lamps “ERC ball valve
open” at LCP is blinking for 5 seconds. Then the lamp lights up continuously and indicating
lamp “ERC ball valve closed” at LCP is switched off.
When the proximity switch “ERC ball valve open” indicates that it is open, the lamp “ERC
ball valve open” and LCP lights up continuously.
4.4.2 ERC ball valve closed (Product line)

The voltfree input “Release to operate ERC valve” must be open, to close the ERC ball valve.
Actuate selection switch „ERC ball valve open/close„ at LCP to “close”; to close the ERC
ball valve of the Product line. “ERC accumulator” is actuated. Indicating lamps “ERC ball
valve open” at LCP is switched off and indicating lamp “ERC ball valve close” at LCP is
blinking.
When the proximity switch “ERC ball valve closed” indicates that it is closed, the lamp “ERC
ball valve closed” at LCP lights up continuously.
4.5 Motor and loading of accumulators

The motor is running automatically always when it is needed. Every drive operation, opening
and closing of the ERC ball valve and an emergency release starts the motor pump unit. The
motor stops after a time delay of 10 sec., when no drive motion is actuated, ERC ball valve
opening or closing and emergency release has finished.
In case of low pressure in the accumulator the pump motor is automatically started, to fill the
accumulator.
Loading the accumulator is controlled by following pressure switch: The pressure switch
measures the accumulator pressure. The motor switches on when accumulator pressure is
below 200 bars to load the accumulator. The PLC switches off the motor when accumulator
pressure is above 220 bars with an additional delay of 10 sec.
11
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
5 Warning area (ESD 1) / Emergency shutdown, Release area (ESD 2) /

Emergency release
The horn can be switched off by means of pushbutton “Horn acknowledge“ in each alarm
situation. The horn will be switched on again in case of any further alarm.
5.1 ESD 1
There are 2 situations which initiate ESD1 if MLA is in Freewheel position.
1. MLA in freewheel position is moved from working area to warning area (ESD1) by
drift movement of connected ship (detected by one of the proximity switches at MLA,
refer to chapter 3.1.3 Proximity Switches at MLA, Page 8)
- Warning area forward (ESD1)
- Warning area left (ESD1)
- Warning area right (ESD1) automatically when the arm reaches the specified stage
alarms.
2. The voltfree input “ESD1 (DCS)” from customer control system is actuated
3. During time delay (< 5 seconds) of latching push-button Emergency release (ES2) at
LCP, ESD1 is activated to stop the Motor pumps.
4. During time delay (< 5 seconds) when voltfree input ESD2 (SCS) from customers
control system is actuated, ESD1 is activated to stop the Motor pumps.
Indication and effects
- The flashing beacon is switched on

- Horn is switched on intermittently fast (2Hz).
- Pump motor is switched on and after a delay of 5 seconds the upper ball valve at each
MLA in freewheel position is start closing and within 8 seconds.
- Voltfree output ESD1 (SCS) from customer control system is switched off.
After reason for ESD1 (see above), flashing beacon and horn are switched off automatically.
12
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
5.2 ESD 2
There are 3 situations which initiate an ESD 2 if MLA is in freewheel position:
1. MLA in freewheel position is moved from warning area (ESD1) to release area
(ESD2) area by drift movement of connected ship (detected by proximity switches at
MLA, refer to chapter 3.1.3 Proximity Switches at MLA, Page 8).
- Release area forward (ESD2) and
- Warning area forward (ESD1)
- Release area left/right (ESD2) and

- Warning area left (ESD1) or
- Warning are right (ESD1)
2. The covered latching push-button “Emergency release (ESD2)” at LCP is actuated. In

this situation there will be a time delay of (>= 5 seconds) before disconnection
sequence starts. During the delay time, an ESD 1 is initiated (see chapter 5.1).
3. The voltfree input ESD2 (SCS) from customer control system is actuated. In this
situation there will be a time delay of (>= 5 seconds) before disconnection sequence
starts. During the delay time, an ESD 1 is initiated (see chapter 5.1)
Note: When hydraulic control valve is energized. Hydraulic pressure at the piston side
causes the piston rod to move downward. The bolts which secure the ball valves
breaks and the ball valves on both product and gas line closes.
Indication and effects
- Flashing beacon at LCP is switched on.

- Horn is switched on continuously.
- ERC Cylinders of product line and Gas line at the MLA are ready for disconnection
during time delay of (approx. 5 seconds).
- MLA is switched from freewheel to drive position with a further time delay of 2
seconds to prevent excessive force on the ERC and loading Arm. “Freewheel Lamp”
is flashing (2.5 Hz).
- The inboard arm lifts for 15 seconds (approximately 2 m). 60 seconds after start of
disconnection the ERC cylinder is retracted.
- The ERC cylinder resets automatically 60 seconds after initiation of emergency release.
13
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
After reason for ESD2 (see above), flashing beacon and horn are switched off automatically.
- Switch MRSD to position ,,1”

- Indicating Lamp “Freewheel” is switched off.
- Reassemble emergency release coupling (ERC) at triple assembly of MLA.
- Enable freewheel / ERC ball valve by actuation of key-switch “Enable freewheel / ERC
ball valve after emergency release” at LCP
Caution: Use key switch “Enable freewheel / ERC ball valve after emergency release” only if
emergency release coupling (ERC) is completely reassembled.
First switch MRSD to position 2 and then switch on Freewheel position by using pushbutton
"Freewheel ON/OFF" at LCP.
6 Alarm Conditions
Some of the following alarms are displayed on lamp “Failure”. For each alarm the lamps have
a special impulse sequence so that the different alarms can be distinguished.
The following example shows a special impulse sequence. The lamp “failure” is blinking five
times followed by a break. After the break the impulse sequence starts again.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 t[sec] (1-1-1-1-1-0-0) blinking five

times
6.1 Freewheel Alarm

While connected to the ship it is very important that the MLA can follow the ship movements.
Therefore freewheel position has to be switched on.
14
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
To ensure the Freewheel position during connection there will be an alarm if:
- MLA is not locked

- MLA is in drive position and
- MLA has not been moved for 5 minutes
Flashing beacon and horn (intermittently, 1 Hz) are switched on. The lamp “failure lamp” at
LCP starts blinking (sequence 1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-0-0)
There are two options to switch off the alarm:
- MLA is not connected to the ship. Initiate any drive operation.

- MLA is connected to the ship. Switch on freewheel position.
6.2 Hydraulic Failures
6.2.1 Low Oil Level

The oil level transmitter supervises the oil level of the hydraulic tank in the HEC. If the oil
level is more than LOW point (from top edge) the lamp “failure” starts blinking (sequence 1-
0-0) and the motor pump stops.
Back to normal condition, refill oil in tank.
6.2.2 High Oil Temperature

The temperature transmitter in the HEC measures the according oil temperature. If the oil
temperature. If the oil temperature is above 80 °C, the indicating lamp “failure” starts blinking
(sequence 1-1-0-0) and the motor pump stops. In case of ESD1 or ESD2 the motor is switched
on, anyway.
Back to normal condition, Cool down oil in tank (e.g. open cabinet door and provide air
exchange with ambient air).
6.2.3 Motor Runtime Alarm

The pressures switch “ERC accu. Pressure H/L” at the HEC detects the accumulator pressure. The
PLC switches on the motor when the accumulator pressure is below 200 bars to load the
accumulator.
Motor runtime alarm can occur because of different reasons:

15
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
- If the motor is switched on 4 times within 15 min., trying to load the accumulator, it
could be possible, that a failure of the bladder in the accumulator occurred.
- If the motor needs less time to load the accumulator, it could be possible, that N2
pressure of the accumulator is on a low level.
- If the motor runs a long time (120 seconds). This can occur in case of a leakage in the
system or the geared pump is damaged.
This alarm results in blinking of lamp “failure” (sequence 1-1-1-0-0). The motor is switched
off. The starting of the motor to recharge the accumulator is prohibited in these cases. The
alarm has to be confirmed by pressing the pushbutton “Horn acknowledge” for 5sec.
In case of arm movement, opening / closing ERC ball valve or ESD1, the motor is switched
on anyway.
6.2.4 ERC Accumulator Pressure LL

The pressure transmitters measure the oil pressure of the ERC accumulator in HEC. The PLC
reads the value.
The lamp “failure” is blinking (1-1-1-1-0-0), if accumulator pressure is below 200 bars.
Rectify problem with oil at Hydraulic Accumulator to enable normal condition.
6.3 Electric Failures
6.3.1 Motor Failure

A failure of the circuit breaker 2F05 or a failure of the earthing conductor connection at the
motors is indicated by blinking of the lamp is indicated by blinking of the lamp “Failure”
(sequence 1-1-1-1-1-0-0).
6.3.2 Proximity Switch Failure (ESD loop)

All proximity switches of ESD loop are connected to isolation amplifiers which are equipped
with line monitoring. In case of lead breakage or short circuit an alarm is generated.
The lamp “failure” is blinking (1-1-1-1-1-1-0-0) at LCP.
Back to normal condition, rectify proximity switch failure
16
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
6.3.3 Proximity Switch Failure (Not ESD loop)

All proximity switches which are not part of ESD loop are connected to isolation amplifiers,
which are equipped with line detection. In case of lead breakage or short cut an alarm is
generated.
The lamp “failure” is blinking (1-1-1-1-1-1-1-0-0) at LCP.
Back to normal condition, rectify proximity switch failure
6.3.4 Power Supply to Failure

A failure of the power supply or release of -3U4 or -4F1 is indicated by blinking of the lamp
“failure” (1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-0-0)
6.3.5 PLC Failure

Any detectable failure of a PLC component is indicated by blinking of the lamp “failure
lamp” (sequence 1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-1-0-0). You have to push the pushbutton “Horn
acknowledge” at LCP for at least (4 sec.) in order to acknowledge the failure. If there is no
failure anymore, the indicating lamp “Failure” switches off.
17
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
7 Interfaced signals
7.1 Voltfree output signals to customers control system

Common signal:
Signal name Description Status See

Paragraph
Control PLC is up and key switch “Control on/off” on LCP is in
System position ON. 4.1
Ready (DCS) IMPORTANT:
Closed =
If this signal is open, all other signals have an
control ready
undefined state. Test this signal before
evaluation of the other signals
Failure (DCS) A failure in the control occurs:

- Low oil level or 6.2.1
- High oil temperature or 6.2.2
- Motor runtime alarm or 6.2.3
- ERC Accumulator Pressure LL or Closed = 6.2.4
- Motor Failure or failure 6.3.1
- Proximity Switch Failure (ESD loop) or 6.3.2
- Proximity Switch Failure ( Not ESD loop) or 6.3.3
- Power supply to Failure or 6.3.4
- PLC Failure 6.3.5
ERC ball valve
product line - ERC ball valve in product line is open Closed =
4.4.1
open (DSC) ERC ball
valve open
ERC ball valve
Closed =
product line - ERC ball valve in product line is close 4.4.2
ERC ball
close (DSC)
valve close
ESD 1 (SCS) - MLA in freewheel mode drifts from working area
into warning area
Open =
- During the time delay by manually initiation with 5.1 / 5.2
shutdown
mushroom pushbutton “Emergency release (ESD 2)” at
LCP
ESD2 (SCS) - MLA in freewheel mode drifts from warning area into
release area.
Closed =
- Manually initiation with mushroom pushbutton 5.2
release
“Emergency release (ESD 2)” at LCP during freewheel
18
Com. 926 / 71793
TGE Gas Engineering
71793_1100_13
REV.: 2.0
Arm related signals

Paragraph
Ready for MLA is flanged, in freewheel position with MRSD in Closed =
product position 2 and ERC ball valve in product line is open. ready for 4.2
transfer (DCS) loading
7.2 Voltfree contact from customer’s control system

Paragraph
ESD 1 (SCS) ESD 1 from customers control manual initiated Open =
shutdown 5.1
ESD2 (SCS) ESD 2 from customers control manual initiated Closed =

release 5.2
Release to Enables opening and closing the ERC ball valve in Closed =
operate ERC product line release to 4.4.1
valves ( DCS) open
19
Document Check Sheet TGE IHw Ga Engineering
05566

Vendor / Subcontracto Name SVT GmbH
TGE Codification
TGE Document Title : Serial Interface List
Document Number : 05566/S V35/LST/3901/0002

Revision : 3
VE DOR Codification:
Vendor Document Title : Serial Interface List
Document Number : 71793_1100_17
Revision : 2.0
Revision -
Revision Date -
For TGE use only

1 Reviewed Without Comments 2S Mt/A (g
2 Reviewed With Comments .
4 Noted ( ot Reviewed By TGE)

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
Project: TGE Meghna PVC Bangladesh 71793
Equipment: Marine Loading Arm 6”/3” for Ethylene
Document: Serial Interface List
Doc No: 05566_SV35_LST_3901_0002
SVT Doc No: 71793_1100_17_2.0 Modbus List
SVT Rev No: 2.0
Type Modbus RS-485
Data bits 8
stop bits 1
parity no
slave adress 1
bit rate 19200
data protocol Big endian mode (word oder: first high byte, then low byte)
Function 03 "Read Input Register"
Date: 16.05.2019
DIRECTION DESCRIPTION FOR STATUS
SIGNAL TAG DESCRIPTION/SERVICE CONTACT TYPE
FROM TO 0 1
Modbus Connection
40001 Control System Ready (Watchdog) Modbus 0...255 0...256
40002.0 Motor pump 1 on Modbus motor off motor on
40002.1 spare Modbus - -
40002.2 Low oil level Modbus alarm normal
40002.3 High oil temperature Modbus alarm normal
40002.4 Motor runtime alarm Modbus alarm normal
40002.5 Motor failure Modbus alarm normal
40002.6 Proximity switch / Push-button failure Modbus alarm normal
40002.7 Fuse failure Modbus alarm normal
40002.8 PLC failure Modbus alarm normal
40002.9 Spare Modbus - -
40002.10 ESD1 Modbus ESD1 normal
40002.11 ESD2 Modbus ESD2 normal
40002.12 Manual ESD2 (LCP) Modbus ESD2 normal
40002.13 Manual ESD2 (ELC) Modbus ESD2 normal
Page 1 / 1
Document Check Sheet mm Gas Engineering
05566
Cryogenic Eth lene Storage Tank

TGE Codification
TGE Document I itle Cable List
Document umber 05566/SV35/LST/3901/0003

Revision 6
Vendor Document Title : Cable Overview

Revision : 5.0
Revision -
Revision Date -
For TGE use only

1 Reviewed Without Comments AgttSoL l4-Mqy2oi3

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Cable overview
Conductors Graphical page
Cable name Source (from) Target (to) Cable type all conductors Cross-section [mm] Length [m] Function text
used of cable diagram
-71793-W-AA103 -X05 ÖLFLEX® 440 P 5G 4 1 HORN
-71793-W-LCP -X01 -X01 13 CONTROL LINE
-71793-W-LCP-ERC -X11 -X11 6 enable freewheel
-71793-W-LCP-lamp -X21 -X21 17
-71793-W-PS -X03 -71793 2 ERC ACCU PRESSURE H/L
-71793-W-XY1 -X05 ÖLFLEX® 440 P 5G 2 1 DRIVE
-71793-W-XY2 -X05 ÖLFLEX® 440 P 5G 2 1 =
-71793-W-XY160 -X05 ÖLFLEX® 440 P 5G 2 1 LIFT
-71793-W-XY161 -X05 ÖLFLEX® 440 P 5G 2 1 LOWER
-71793-W-XY162 -X05 ÖLFLEX® 440 P 5G 2 1 FORWARD
-71793-W-XY163 -X05 ÖLFLEX® 440 P 5G 2 1 BACKWARD
-71793-W-XY164 -X05 ÖLFLEX® 440 P 5G 2 1 LEFT
-71793-W-XY165 -X05 ÖLFLEX® 440 P 5G 2 1 RIGHT
-71793-W-XY166 -X05 ÖLFLEX® 440 P 5G 2 1 RIGHT
-71793-W-XY167 -X05 ÖLFLEX® 440 P 5G 2 1 DRIVE
-71793-W-XY168 -X05 ÖLFLEX® 440 P 5G 2 1 =
-71793-W-ZS140 -TB-X07 Li9Y11Y 2 2 0,75 freewheel
-71793-W-ZS141 -TB-X07 Li9Y11Y 2 2 0,75 warning area left (ESD1)
-71793-W-ZS142 -TB-X07 Li9Y11Y 2 2 0,75 warning area right (ESD1)
-71793-W-ZS143 -TB-X07 Li9Y11Y 2 2 0,75 warning area forward (ESD1)
-71793-W-ZS144 -TB-X07 Li9Y11Y 2 2 0,75 release area left/right (ESD2)
-71793-W-ZS145 -TB-X07 Li9Y11Y 2 2 0,75 release area forward (ESD2)
-71793-W-ZS146 -TB-X07 Li9Y11Y 2 2 0,75 ERC ball valve open
-71793-W-ZS148 -TB-X07 Li9Y11Y 2 2 0,75 =
-71793-W_LS_TS -X03 -71793 5 PE
-71793
-W100 -X00 -2Q01 5 5 1,5 Motor Power main switch
-2Q01
-W101 -X00 -2Q01 5 5 1,5 Motor Power main switch
-2Q01
-W200 -X00 -customer 3 3 1,5 Control Power customer
-W201 -X00 -3Q01 3 2 1,5 Control Power main switch
-W202 -X00 -3Q01 3 3 1,5 =
-X00
-W203 MODBUS 2 2 1 Modbus
-W300 -X04 -21K00 ZR-KVVP32 16 14 1 DCS
-21K01
-21K03
-21K04
-21K05
-21K06
-21K07
-W301 -X04 -22K01 ZR-KVVP32 12 6 1 SCS
3.0 26.03.2019 Denz DATE 26.03.2019

cable overview = cable list
4.0 11.04.2019 Denz CHECK 05566_SV35_LST_3901_0003 PAGE 1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Cable overview
Conductors Graphical page
Cable name Source (from) Target (to) Cable type all conductors Cross-section [mm] Length [m] Function text
used of cable diagram
-22K02
-22K03
-W-M100 -X00 -M 4 4 1,5 MOTOR
-71793W-ZS147 -TB-X07 Li9Y11Y 2 2 0,75 ERC ball valve closed
-71793W-ZS149 -TB-X07 Li9Y11Y 2 2 0,75 =
-customer -X00 -customer 5 4 6 MOTOR POWER
3.0 26.03.2019 Denz DATE 26.03.2019

cable overview = cable list
4.0 11.04.2019 Denz CHECK 05566_SV35_LST_3901_0003 PAGE 1.a
12. Appendix
12.01 Technical specification with vendor specific data
12.02 Anchor template
12.03 Anchor bolts
12.04 Pressure drop calculation
12.05 List of Special Tools
12.06 List of Lubricants
1200_71793_Index appendix.indd
Document Check Sheet TGi Gas Engineering
05566

Vendor/ Subcontractor Name SVT GmbH
TGE Codification
TGE Document Title Technical Specification With Vendor
Specific Data
Document Number 05566/SV35/TSP/3901/0001
Revision 4
Vendor Document Title Technical Specification Ethylene Unloading
Arm L101
Document Number -
Revision c
Revision
Revision Date
For TGE use only


Check Resubmit
Code By Date
05566/
Technical Specification SV35/TSP/
3901/0001
Ethylene Unloading Arm L101
Page: 2 of 13 Meghna PVC Limited (MPVC)
Document No.: 05566/SV35/TSP/3901/0001 Cryogenic Ethylene Storage Plant
Meghna Economic Zone, near Narayanganj City, Bangladesh
1 Rev.
2
3
4
5
6 Content Page
7
8 1. General 3
9 2. Design Data 3
10 3. Process Data 3 b
11 4. Materials of Construction 4 a
12 5. Main Dimensions 4
13 6. Scope of Supply 5
14 7. Corrosion protection 6 b
15 8. Insulation 6
16 9. Inspection and Certificates 6
17 10. Spare parts 6
18 11. Envelope drawing / Jetty Data 7 a
19 12. Unloading Arm Sketch 8 a
20 13. Codes and Standards 9
21 14. Control System 10
22 15. Typical PID 12
23 16. Electrical Data 13
24 17. Supply Conditions 13
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
48 Remarks:
49 The warranty obligation of the supplier is not restricted
50 b 05.12.2018 AMA by the above information.
51 a 19.11.2018 AMA
52 0 30.10.2018 AMA
53 Rev.
This document is the sole property of TGE. It must nor be used or copied without written consent of TGE.
05566/
3901/0001
1 1. General Rev.
2 Item - No. L101
3 Ouantity 1 (one)
4 Service Liquid Ethylene with piggy-back line (vapor Ethylene)
5 Type Hydraulically operated marine transfer arm
6 Manufacturer SVT
7 Model Arctic
8 Size & rating liquid: 6" 300 lbs / vapor: 3" 300 lbs 1)
9 Serial - No. 71793
10
11
12 2. Design Data
13 Design pressure barg liquid: (vacuum) / 25; vapor: (vacuum) / 25
14 Test pressure barg 37,5
15 Design temperature °C liquid: -104 / 45; vapor: -104 / 45
16 Design gust wind speed, parked m/s 60 (10 m above grade)
17 Design gust wind speed, operating m/s 22 (annual mean 13)
18 Size inch liquid: 6" / vapor (piggy-back): 3"
19 Connection base riser liquid: 6" 300 lbs / vapor (piggy-back): 3" 300 lbs
20 Ship's end connection liq.: 6" 300# lap joint / vap.: 3" 300# lap joint on flexible hose
21 Earth quake Zone 2, BNBC 2006
22 Ambient temperature °C min. 9 / max. 45 / 34 for cold insulation design
23 Realtive humidity % annual avg. 70 / max. monthly 79 for cold insul. design
24 Snow load kN/m2 0 (zero)
25 Weight, per arm kg appr.19500
26 Note: The marine transfer arm is counter-balanced empty. The operation full of product
27 is possible only after an emergency disconnection.
28
29 Nitrogen supply for purge 7 to 8 bar g at ambient temperature;
30 water dew point -60 °C (at atmospheric pressure);
31 ≥ 99.5 % (vol.) N2, ≤ 50 ppm (vol.) O2
32 3. Process Data
33 Medium liquid vapor (piggy-back)
34 Operating pressure bar g 7.0 0.1 to 19
35 Operating temp. °C -102 to -90 -102 to 34
3
36 Flow rate, per arm m /h 300 525 at 2 bar g and -82.7 °C
37 Max. allowable pressure drop incl. 0.45
bar 0,418 b
38 all accessories at given flow rate at 2 bar g and -82.7 °C
39 Fluid analysis and properties Ethylene liquid Ethylene vapor
40 Ethylene mol % 100 100
41 mol %
42 mol %
43 mol %
44 mol %
45 Dynamic viscosity mPa s 0.1375 to 0.1614 0.0058 to 0.0110
3
46 Density kg / m 547 to 565 2.27 to 25.12
47 Remarks:
50 a 19.11.2018 AMA
51 0 30.10.2018 AMA
52 Rev.
05566/
3901/0001
1 4. Materials of Construction Rev.
2 Piping Stainless Steel acc. to ASTM or EN
3 Piping 1) ASTM A312 TP304L a
4 Elbows 1) ASTM A403 WP304L a
5 Flanges 1) ASTM A182 F304L a
6
7
8
9 Supporting structure
10 Structural steel 1) Carbon Steel
11
12
13 Swivel Joints
14 Swivel joint assembly:
15 flanges 1) ASTM A182 F304L a
16 inner & outer bodies 1) X4CRNIMO16-5-1
17 dynamic seal faces 1) UHMW-PE
18 product & secondary seals 1) UHMW-PE
19 dust / water seals 1) PTFE
20 Pantograph cables 1) yes
21
22 5. Main Dimensions
23 Base Riser Length mm 1) 5900
24 Inboard Arm Length mm 1) 8400
25 Outboard Arm Length mm 1) 7300
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47 Remarks:
49 by the above information.
50 a 19.11.2018 AMA 1) to be inserted / rechecked by manufacturer
51 0 30.10.2018 AMA
52 Rev.
05566/
3901/0001
1 6. Scope of Supply Rev.
2 1 (one) unloading arm with liquid and vapor (piggy-back) lines
3 Flexible hose connection from vapor (piggy-back) line to ship
4 1 (one) hydraulic electric control unit (HEC) at riser base (see Chapter 14)
5 1 (one) Ex control (EXC) installed inside the hydraulic electric control unit (HEC)
6 1 (one) hydraulic valve cabinet (HVC) at riser base
7 Local control panel (LCP) mounted at hydraulic electric control unit (HEC)
8 Hydraulic electric control unit (HEC) and hydraulic valve cabinet (HVC) in one combined cabinet
9 Proximity switches at the arm for detection of reaching the limits of the operating envelope
10 Hydraulic tubing at the arm with fittings connected to the HEC
11 Cold insulation of straight arm sections (see Chapter 8)
12 Double Ball Valve / Emergency Release Coupling (DBV/ERC) in the vertical leg of triple swivel
13 at both liquid and vapor (piggy-back) lines
14 Safety clamps at ERC to avoid unintended release when arm is not in use for transfer
15 Manual release safety device (MRSD)
16 Electrical stray current protection joint (insulating flange) for both liquid and vapor (piggy-back) lines
17 Nitrogen tube for drying and purging of swivel joints including self-regulating pressure valve
18 and inlet filter
19 Nitrogen purge line to the highest point of liquid line with check and ball valve, 1" 300#
20 and with 1" 300# flange connection near the riser base
21 Nitrogen purge inlet to the vapor (piggy-back) line at the riser inlet
22 with ball valve and blind flange, 1" 300#
23 Drain System for liquid line:
24 drain connection 2" 300# at the riser inlet with ball valve and blind flange
25 drain connection 1" 300# at the lowest point of triple swivel with ball valve and blind flange
26 Adjustable support jack located at the triple swivel
27 Safety ladders at the riser and the inboard arm
28 Permanent maintenance platform for accessing the APEX joint
29 Mechanical locking for inboard and slewing, hydraulic locking for outboard arm
30 Earthing connections at the riser base plates and the LCP, HEC and HVC
31 Lifting lugs for handling and erection
32 Self-levelling swivel joint assembly
33 Drip blinds for the triple swivel ship connections for product & vapor lines, no-pressure retaining
34 Tilt stops at triple swivel to prevent bottom part from rotating after emergency release
35 All cabling (electrical and instrumention) within battery limits of package
36 Base template (soft)
37 Loading arm nameplate, stainless steel, permanently affixed
38 All markings visible, legible and indelible under the specified ambient conditions
39 Set of special tools
40 Spare parts for start-up and commissioning (see Chapter 10)
41 Spare parts for 2 years operation (see Chapter 10)
42 Anchor bolts with nuts
43 First fill of hydraulic oil and lubricants
44 Cable glands for incoming electrical and instrumentation cables, nickel plated brass,
45 double compression type for armored cables, IP67.
46
47 Remarks:
50 1) to be inserted / rechecked by manufacturer
51 0 30.10.2018 AMA
52 Rev.
05566/
3901/0001
1 7. Corrosion protection Rev.
2 Complete loading arm, i.e. steel structure and stainless steel product line to be painted
3 according acc. to manufacturer's standard. 05566/SV35/TSP/3901/0002,SVT 71397_PCS b
4 Structural steel:
5 Shot blast to SA 2 1/2 acc. EN 12944 / ISO 8501-1
6 Painting: primer Zinc rich epoxy primer Interzinc 52 60 µ m
7 2nd layer Intergard Two component epoxy midcoat 130 µ m
8 final layer Two component polyurethane finish coat 50 µ m
9 Total minimum dry film thickness (TDFM): 240 µ m
10 Final color: RAL 7035 (light grey)
11 Stainless steel:
12 Coating acc. to manufacturer's standard: 05566/SV35/TSP/3901/0002,SVT 71397_PCS b
13 Total minimum dry film thickness min. : 100 µ m Final color: RAL 7035 (light grey) a
14
15 8. Insulation
16 Cold insulation of straight arm sections suitable for process temperature and ambient conditions
17 accoring to manufacturer's standard
18
19 9. Inspection and Certificates
20
21 Pressure test @ 1.5 x design pressure with water
22 Leakage test of complete arm with air
23 100 % radiographic test of weldings of the Ethylene liquid and vapor piping (circumferential seams)
24 Material certificate EN 10204 - 3.1 for all pressure retaining parts
25 Functional test according to manufacturer's standard
26
27 10. Spare parts
28 Spare parts for commissioning and 2 years normal operation to be included.
29 Spare parts for 2 years operation: 1)
30 To be adjusted according to vendor's recommendation depending on equipment design details.
31
32 Pos. Description Quantity Note
33 1 Primary product seal 4
34 2 Secondary product seal 3
35 3 Flange seal 3
36 4 Seal for ERC 3
37 5 Shear pin for ERC ball valves 4
38 6 Cartridge for hydraulic filter 2
39 7 Set of microfuses 2
40 8 Seal kit for hydraulic cylinder 2
41 9 Isolation amplifier 2
42 10 Proximity switch 2
43
44
45
46
48 Remarks:
49
50 b 05.12.2018 AMA The warranty obligation of the supplier is not restricted
51 a 19.11.2018 AMA by the above information.
52 0 30.10.2018 AMA 1) to be inserted / rechecked by manufacturer
53 Rev.
05566/
3901/0001
1 11. Envelope Drawing / Jetty Data Rev.
2
3 A Distance from Jetty (dock) to Highest Water Level (HHW) m 1.00
4 B Distance from Jetty (dock) to Lowest Water Level (LLW) m 6.00
5 C Distance of Column Center of transfer arm to Jetty face m 3.00 a
6 D Distance from Jetty face to Fender face, range m 1.30
7 Arm bottom of base plate above Jetty m 0.10
8
9 Ship size m3 3940
10 Lateral drift (sway) m ±1.855
11 Longitudinal drift (surge) m ±3.000
12
13
14 Sketch: Operating Enevlope (reference drawing 05566/SV35/DWG/3901/0001)
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
48 Remarks:
49
51 a 19.11.2018 AMA by the above information.
52 0 30.10.2018 AMA
53 Rev.
05566/
3901/0001
1 12. Unloading Arm Sketch Rev.
2
3 Manufacturer's drawing 1) Preliminary GA Drawing (reference document 05566/SV35/ADW/3901/0001)
4 c
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
48 Remarks:
49
50 c 20.12.2018 UMI The warranty obligation of the supplier is not restricted
53 Rev.
05566/
3901/0001
1 13. Codes and Standards 1) Rev.
2
3
4 The design, manufacture and construction of the unloading / loading arm to be in accordance with
5 the following as applicable:
6
7
8 OCIMF Design and Construction Specification for Marine Loading Arms
9
10 ANSI B31.3 & B31.5 Petroleum Refinery Piping
11
12 ASME Section VIII Division 1 - Pressure Vessels
13
14 ASME Section IX / ISO Welding Qualification
15
16 ANSI B16.5 Flanges
17
18 ASTM / EN Materials of construction
19
20 ISO Preparation for painting
21
22 ISO Non-destructive examination/testing (NDT/NDE)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
48 Remarks:
49
53 Rev.
05566/
3901/0001
1 14. Control System Rev.
2 Hydraulic electric control unit (HEC)
3 - one (1) painted stainless steel cabinet
4 - one (1) hydraulic oil reservoir
5 - one (1) electric motor driven hydraulic pump and one (1) manual pump
6 - one (1) level gauge at hydraulic oil reservoir
7 - one (1) full flow oil filter
8 - one (1) differential pressure indicator on filter
9 - one (1) pressure gauge
10 - pressure control valves
11 - solenoid valves
12 - interconnecting cabling
13 - junction boxes for intrument and electric power connection
14
15
16 Hydraulic valve cabinet (HVC)
17 The hydraulic valve cabinet is combined with the hydraulic electric control unit and includes:
18 - control valves for arm movement and ERC operation
19 - freewheel / control valves
20 - one (1) set of pressure relief valves for each arm mode on each cyclinder
21 for inboard and outbord arms
22 - hydraulic accumulator for back-up operation of the Emergency Release Coupling (ERC),
23 ASME certificate for hydraulic accumulator
24
25 Control system interface to DCS / SCS: Modbus RTU
26
27
28
29 The following volt-free contact signals come in from DCS / SCS to the arm control system:
30 release to operate ERC valve (from DCS)
31 ESD1 (emergency shut-down) (from SCS)
32 ESD2 (emergency release) (from SCS)
33
34
35 The following volt-free contact signals go out from the arm control system to DCS / SCS:
36 control system ready (to DCS)
37 failure (to DCS)
38 ERC ball valve open (to DCS)
39 ERC ball valve closed (to DCS)
40 ready for product transfer (to DCS)
41 ESD1 (emergency shut-down) (to SCS)
42 ESD2 (emergency release) (to SCS)
43
44
45
46
48 Remarks:
49
52 0 30.10.2018 AMA
53 Rev.
05566/
3901/0001
1 14. Control System (continued) Rev.
2 Local Control Panel (LCP)
3
4
5 Switches
6 - control system on / off (key switch)
7 - main isolator on / off (inside cabinet)
8 - enable freewheel key switch (after emergency release)
9
10
11 Push buttons
12 - drive functions inboard: lift / lower; outboard: forward / backward; slewing: left / right
13 - horn acknowledgement
14 - lamp test
15 - emergency release covered push button, stay-put type (ESD1 and ESD2)
16 - ERC ball valve open / close
17 - freewheel on / off
18 - emergency shut-down hydraulic pump motor off
19
20 Indicator lamps
21 - control system on white - arm locked green
22 - freewheel on yellow - failure red
23 - ERC ball valve open yellow
24 - ERC ball valve closed green
25
26 Beacon light
27 - warning area intermittent
28 - release area continuous
29
30
31 Alarm horn
32 - intermittent sound warning area
33 - continuous sound release area
34
35
36 Range Alarm System
37 Two stage audible-visual alarm system for alerting jetty personnel to stop loading operation and take
38 corrective action.
39
40 - ESD1 • audible and visual alarm (pre-alarm)
41
42 - ESD2 • audible and visual alarm
43 • product valves at the loading arm close
44 • ERC disconnect ship from loading arm (mechanical release)
45
46
48 Remarks:
49
53 Rev.
05566/
3901/0001
1 15. Typical PID not part of vendor document list Rev.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
48 Remarks:
49
52 0 30.10.2018 AMA 1) to be inserted / rechecked by manufatcurer
53 Rev.
05566/
3901/0001
1 16. Electrical Data Rev.
2 Electrical Data (available sources) hydr. pump motor control system and solenoids
3 Voltage V 400 (±10 %) AC 110 (±5 %) AC - UPS
4 Phases 3 (4 wires) 1
5 Frequency Hz 50 (±2 %) 50 (±0.5 %)
6 Rated power kW 3,5 1,15
7 24 V DC for instrumentation (package internal generation)
8 Protection class
9 - motor min. IP55
10 - local control panel (LCP) min. IP67
11
12
13
14 Electrical Classification
15 All electrical equipment to be designed for hazardous area acc. to IEC, CENELEC, ATEX
16
17 Zone min. 2 (1.5 m around coupling flange Zone 1)
18 Gas Group min. IIB
19 Temperature Classification min. T3
20
21 - control device EN 50018 Ex´de´
22 - electric motors EN 50019 Ex´d´
23 - solenoid valves EN 50019 Ex´d´
24 - junction boxes EN 50019 Exé´ or Exí´
25 - proximity switches EN 50020 Exía´
26 - horn Ex´d´
27 - flashing bacon Ex´d´
28 - main switch Ex´de´
29
30 all analog signals EN 50020 N/A (switches only)
31
32 All instruments and equipment to be suitable for marine and chemical industry atmosphere.
33 All instruments and electrical equipment to be delivered with ATEX certification.
34 17. Supply conditions 1)
35 Unloading arm to be supplied in one piece, if possible. no
36 Arm with blind flanges and dry N2 pressure filling for preservation during transportation and storage.
37 yes
38 Inclusions: Product Line
39
40
41 Exclusions: hoses
42
43
44
45
46
48 Remarks:
51 1) to be inserted / rechecked by manufacturer
52 0 30.10.2018 AMA
53 Rev.
Document Check Sheet H ftr Gas Engineering
05566

TGE Codification
TGE Document Title Anchor Template
Document Number 05566/SV35/DWG/3901/0008
Revision 2
Vendor Document Title : Anchor Template
Document Number 414121

Revision a
Revision
Revision Date
x
For TGE use only
1 Reviewed Without Comments y ao.ZotQ

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A 1280 1,5 A
1080 1,5
B B
C C
1,5
1400
1,5
1080
1280
D D
E E
10
1
F 1400 F
General Copyright according to ISO 16016

Surfaces
tolerances
G DIN EN ISO 1302 G
DIN ISO 2768-mK Material: PE Folie Weight: 2.743 kg
Column - 2
EN ISO 13920-C Filename: ENG-089315 Scale:
Date Name Title:
Created
Checked
27.08.2018
27.08.2018
Schwinning
Martin
Anchor Template
1480/8 T=1 D1=00 D2=10
Drawing Number: Rev. Format Sheet:
1
H a 26616
Rev. Changes
20.12.2018 Krie
Date Name
Transfer complete
Source: 603176 Replace for:
414121Replaced by:
a A3 of:
1
H
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Document Check Sheet
HiISI W Gas Engineering
05566

TGE Codification
TGE Document Title Anchor Bolts
Revision 3
Vendor Document Title : Anchor Bolt
Document Number : 613397

Revision : b
Client document number :
Revision :
Revision Date :
For TGE use only

1 Reviewed Without Comments 3 M«r. 3019

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Qty. for Total for
A Item Description Material A
1 plate 4 plates
Stud bolt DIN 976- A
1 2 8 M36x (L+130) 8.8+tZN
2 8 32 Nut ISO 4032-M36 8+tZN
B 19 3 1 4 Plate 240x100x15 a S235JR+tZN B
M36 n66
(min. 3 threads=12) 4 2 8 Washer ISO 7090-36 300HV+tZN
4
Base Plate
160
C Grouting C
40
Top of
Concrete Pedestal
A-A
30
240
D
1 141 `0,3 49,5
D
(L+130)
L=1170 mm
2 b
100
31,5
A A 15 n38 All parts
E E
Hot Dip Galvanized
(tZn)
70
3 19
(min. 3 threads=12)
(4 sets per loading arm)
F F
a Length "L" was calculated by client in accordance with the

jetty concrete schedule and the anchor loads (see drawing 555740) last revision
Copyright according to ISO 16016
General - Surfaces
G 71793 toleranz
ISO 2768 - mK
DIN EN ISO 1302
Column - 2
Material: Weight: 22.305 kg G
Filename: ENG-094338 Scale:
Anchor Specification Created

Date
07.12.2018
Name
Martin
Title:
anchor bolt
Size M36 metric ISO thread Checked 07.12.2018 Strassburg
M36x (L=1300) b
Drawing Number: Rev. Format Sheet:
1
H
b 26721
a 26647
Rev. Changes
04.02.2019 Mart
14.01.2019 Mart
Date Name Source: 610142 Replace for:
613397 Replaced by:
b A3 of:
1
H
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Document Check Sheet 1 Gas Engineering
05566

Purchase Order / Subcontract umber AU5566-39/01 .PO01102819
TGE Codification
TGE Document Title Pressure Drop Calculation
Document Number 05566/SV35/CAL/3901 /0001

Revision 1
Vendor Document Title : Pressure Drop Calculation
Document Number : -
Revision : Version 1-07c

Revision
Revision Date
For TGE use only

2 Reviewed With Comments _


Check Resubmit
Meaning Checked B Date
Code By Date
Order No.: AU5566-39/01.PO01102819
Customer: TGE Bonn für Meghna PVC Limited
Project: 926 / 71793 Version 1-07c
Document:
Pressure Drop Calculation
Description Loading Arm Vapor line size 3"
Fluid Vapor
Density 25,120 kg/m³
Viscosity 0,011 mPa·s
Flow Rate 525 m³/h
Pressure Drop 0,445 bar ≤ 0,600 bar
0,450
0,400
0,350
Pressure Drop [bar]
0,300
0,250
0,200
0,150
0,100
0,050
0,000
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300
Flow Rate [m³/h]
Page 1 of 1 05.12.2018
Order No.: AU5566-39/01.PO01102819
Customer: TGE Bonn für Meghna PVC Limited
Project: 926 / 71793 Version 1-07c
Document:
Pressure Drop Calculation
Description Loading Arm size 6"
Fluid Ethylene
Density 565,000 kg/m³
Viscosity 0,161 mPa·s
Flow Rate 300 m³/h
Pressure Drop 0,418 bar ≤ 0,600 bar
0,450
0,400
0,350
Pressure Drop [bar]
0,300
0,250
0,200
0,150
0,100
0,050
0,000
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300
Flow Rate [m³/h]
Page 1 of 1 05.12.2018
Document Check Sheet TG Hv Gas Engineering
05566

TGE Codification
TGE Document Title : List of Special Tools
Document Number : 05566/SV35/LST/3901/0004

Revision : 3
Parts List
Vendor Document Title :
(Loose Parts & Special Tools K-71793)
Document Number : -
Revision : -
Revision -
Revision Date -
For TGE use only

1 Reviewed Without Comments 2Q ( q 20(g

Check Resubmit
Code By Date
Clarification Note on document
05566_SV35_LST_3901_0004 (Special Tools)
Customer Comment:
SVT:
The ERC safety/testing clamps are installed during transport at triple swivel
assembly and are therefore not listed as special tools.
Date: 26.04.2019
Time: 09:47:34
Parts list

SVT Order No: 71793
Parts list / Rev.: 10153000 - Loose parts & Special Tools K-71793 / a

1 414121 1 Base Plate 1400/16 Std Template T= 1 D1=0000 FOLIE

D2=10
446013 0,50 KG
2 355187 1 Handling winch 2 To
3,00 KG
3 427970 3 Shackle, high-strength 9,5 To, Type C CS+Galv.
427970 10,98 KG
4 427969 2 Shackle, high-strength 35 To, Type C CS+Galv.
427969 56,66 KG
5 351160 1 Hydraulic Hose with Couplings M16 SMA 3-1500 CS+Galv.
mm
1,00 KG
6 350505 1 Ball Valve Wrench for ERC CS+Galv.
350505 B 3,10 KG
7 449913 a 1 Torque wrench with hex. sockets
2,40 KG
8 302241 1 Screw paste Oks 290 Container size 1 Kg
1,00 KG
9 10150205 4 anchor bolt M36x1300 CS+Hot-Dip Galv.
613397
10 409080 1 Painting Kit
15,00 KG
11 454959 1 ACCESSORIES FOR LADDER DIVERSE
3,50 KG
12 10153000-12 1 Filling & testing device
0,00 KG
ISO 4766 0,06 KG 3.1
20 313825 200 Hydraulic Oil HLP 22 ISO VG 22
DIN 51524-2 175,00 KG

Filter:
Date: 26.04.2019
Time: 09:50:29
Parts list

SVT Order No: 71793
Parts list / Rev.: 454959 - ACCESSORIES FOR LADDER /

1 454960 1 FALL ARRESTER TYPE "COMFORT" SS

0,90 KG
2 454961 1 SAFETY HARNESS PA
2,13 KG
3 454962 1 Y-connection L=1500 MKL
1,60 KG
4 454988 1 shock absorber MASI MB-4 L=1,5m
1,60 KG

Filter:
Document Check Sheet HV Gos Engineering
05566

TGE Codification
TGE Document Title : List of Lubricants
Document Numbe : 05566/SV35/LST/3901/0007

Revision : 2
Vendor Document Title : Lubricants List
Document Number : 71793_LL

Revision : 1
Revision -
Revision Date -
For TGE use only

1 Reviewed Without Comments £>V S . <29 ay
4 Noted (Not Reviewed By TGE) , -
Check Resubmit
Code By Date
Review by TGE does not relieve the endor from his responsibility for fulfilling his contractual obligations.
LUBRICANTS LIST P.O. NO.: AU5566-39/01.PO01102819
VENDOR: SVT GmbH
SVT COM.-NO.: 926/71793 PAGE: 1 OF 1
PROJECT NAME: Meghna PVC Limited
SVT DOC.-NO.: 71793_LL DATE: 28.05.2019
Cryogenic Ethylene Storage Plant
CONTRACTOR: TGE GAS ENGINEERING JOB NO.: AU5566-39/01.PO01102819 REVISION: 1
EQUIPMENT LUBRICATION DETAILS REMARKS & DETAILS

QUANTITIES:- kg OF GREASE
LITRES (L) OF OIL
CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED ACCEPTABLE INITIAL CONSUMPTION

ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION LUBRICANT ALTERNATIVE COMPONENT FILL FREQUENCY OF CHANGE ETC
™
BALL BEARING
0.8 kg
TRUNNION & APEX
EACH
(3x) AFTER THE FIRST 50 HOURS
Omnitask EP2 -
BALL BEARING THEN EVERY 100 HOURS
COUNTER-WEIGHT 0.4 kg
(1x)
WIRE ROPE for
L 101 SHELL GADUS PANTOGRAPH (2x) YEARLY VISUAL INSPECTION, RE-
MARINE UNLOADING ARM Rivolta FLG GT-2 0.17kg/m
S5 V110 1.5 and HYDR. DRIVES LUBRICATION AS NEEDED
ARCTIC 6”/3” (1x)
(3x)
1/2- YEARLY CHECK OF OIL LEVEL

HYDR. AT HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT,
BP ENERGOL CYLINDERS, TUBES, 60 L
Castrol Hyspin AWS 22 REFILL AS NEEDED
HLP-HM 22 VALVES & EACH
(TO BE USED FOR FLUSHING AS
ACCUMULATOR WELL)
1/2- YEARLY CHECK OF OIL LEVEL AT

HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT, REFILL AS
HYDRAULIC POWER UNIT BP ENERGOL TANK / 63L
n.n. Castrol Hyspin AWS 22 NEEDED
(1x) HLP-HM 22 ACCUMULATOR EACH
(TO BE USED FOR FLUSHING AS
WELL)
rev. 1 / 2019-05-28 N:\Auftrag\6\683\68388 926 TGE for ROC\Dokumentation\68388_LL.doc

Safety Data Sheets
9#%$:9#;</;=>$%
45(67 8464 ((6
pqrstuvwxyz{y|}yz{y~}yytwy~
/01$
2
!"#$% 2012454674879
$
&' 2 176949
1%%
012454674879
*3%$*% 2
¡¢£¤¥ ¦¦§¨©¡ª¨«¬
¦®¯°¨±¨¨²¡¡¡
¦¦³¯°ª¡¡±´²´ ª
³ µ¯°¨±¨²¡ª
¦¯£¶¥®
·¯¥¥¥®¥®
(#)'*" 2?@ABCDA?EF GHIJKKILMLINOKKPQ29Q4261Q47GRHISKOITMSIOJJS
#+,-""% UMLVSW
$.
;0$:$%$
!4=9%$% 2f^6792^6e4296476Q12X1Q699 ^4_41c8g2^9h @i@4_4?1eecQ6X4261Q
24Q 4UMN?jDHNHKHMKKWE2^6k X1Q246Q547c48796QY1e4261QX626X47212^9
4Y9^4Q 76Q[4Q a1a9c91Y2^9a1 cX2C^6k ^1c7899246Q9 4Q 454674879
Y19ea71g994Q 12^9c91Y2^6a1 cX2
9*$%%$" 2012X746Y69
%+%$#Z
*$+**#%
)$*- 2016[Q47\1
$:$%$#% 201]Q1\Q6[Q6Y6X4Q29YY9X21X626X47^4_4
&$$'%$#%
$* 2D94 7489789Y19c9d99a1c21Y94X^1YX^679QPYe9 6X474 56X96Q99 9 E
^459a1 cX2X1Q246Q917489742^4Q
&` 20124aa76X4879
b%% 20124aa76X4879
$) 20124aa76X4879
8%%$* 20124aa76X4879
$:$%"-% 201Q9]Q1\Q
*$%%
C97GRHIJJJI@ ISSoNULLSISSoNWVRHILTKI@ ISSoSULLSISSoSW lmn

\\\]e]9[956X9X1e\\\4]7cXX1e\\\[ê42X1e
jklmnopqrstusvwstusxwsysnqsx
0123456895 5 43456465 3456564614163
0/0 3621 4A3/1 <DEF#%
;331 16 5 <=>$%?
41634423456
.06/ 0153314163441
.06/ 01 <=@@"$%?
B5/23251 <=>$%?
-6141636 1 1 .06/ 01
!"#$% &'( &()*+',(',
""%#G!HG#I%G@#%""J%#GF%$"!>#?
231116543456446141631 1635342365433463312/16376554115331/ 44164633125621633456 44204161
24 441 385/ 35314335331169456 1636316211:/411 5346463341234569
;22/ 345641A 5 /144 4364944041614431460123456C9
0123456T9U434 1 /1
Y1 24345656121 W434 1 /1
VW1256323 <M%%JFG!%%GH!@%JH%#""GJI!%F@@%#H%#
%%G?P%%"%J##""F#G?
-6343456 <L%>%>"J#%G!#%%@#%G@G"J#$%J#$#%!I?P%
%"%JG@G""F#?M"G%J!J%"@G@#F"G
J#%G@G$%%%?R!%%E@G%@%#G%%$%%@F%#
%"GF#>%"%J#S)!F#G?
0746256323 <QFG!"%GH!@%JH%#?P%%"%JG@G""F#?
-61 3456 <KG!FF!H!H%#?L%>%>"J#%G!#%%@#%G@G
"J#$%J#$#%!I?MJ%#!G$%%GHH%!%%E@G%@%#GG
"G"FGI>%GNF%GJH%## ?OF"%>IF%GG
#%"%G$%"@%#G%?P%%"%JG@G""F#?
Z5 34 5363W 35 112362/31614W1
B53163442/31314331123
VW1256323 <=HGIJ"%JJ%"G#"#"!\#G?
-6343456 <[E@GF#%%"@G@#F"G"FG%!%!!\#?]%#FG%JJ%"G
$%%%JHI%E@GF#%?
0746256323 <=HGIJ"%JJ%"G#"#"!\#G?
-61 3456 <=HGIJ"%JJ%"G#"#"!\#G?
;91^1A 5 /146 W 35
VW1256323 <=HGIJ"%JJ%"G#"#"!\#G?
-6343456 <=HGIJ"%JJ%"G#"#"!\#G?
0746256323 <=HGIJ"%JJ%"G#"#"!\#G?
-61 3456 <=HGIJ"%JJ%"G#"#"!\#G?
-642345654 1431 1424331634566 1244313 1636111646121 W
X531 353W 4246 <M"G%J!J%"@G@#F"GJ#%G@G$%%%?
R!%%E@G%@%#G%%$%%@F%#%"GF#>%"%J#S)!F#G?
0 12442313 163 <=G@%"J"#%%?
R%bc&')))'Pd]'eef*gSSe'eef*hic&'S(+'Pd]'eefegSSe'eefeh _à
HHH? #%IG%#>"%G?"HHH?G#F"?"HHH?I!GG#?"
klmnopqrstuvtwxtuvtyxtztorty
0123456894 341 1
5312345654 341 !"!##$%&!''"'()) !'$*
01135+425,5-42 ,465 3456.0123456//0
012345619414-2346-1 1
I+346-4246-14
043J,11+346-4246- H!!:$)$$!) !;'!)'')5$;'!*
14
K6 43J,11+346-4246- !"(*
14
08124422 7 446- &!;;'!'!:&='5*
532122142 ,
6 7 5 321 , 9:5!;)3)3<3%5!)3<3%<=<);)'<&&')<'$!5
12585 434568523 '*
08124,8531234F123456 &!3!)'!'!'!4)'!5*
5414-231
08124,8531234F1 >'!?;$!')5(!'&&'&'!&'!#!!4)&3!5!;?!5'!$
1G481635414-231 &&')@ABCDE(;);!?&!!&!'!5&#!&'!)'!35!*
0123456L9M224163,1,1 11 1
1 56 ,812 3456 N8531234F11G48163611-162O85211
565611-162O !"!##$%&!''"'()) !'$*P!!&
81 5661, )!!'%5)&'!!5&!'!;'3!!'$*Q)'("')$
&!53!'*R)&&'&'!&!'&'!#!!4)&3!*
511-162O1 8561 S;&!=!5$'!4)'!55!(!&$!<"!!;%;'3
A!U) !5)) !3!'*A!!!;'3V>'?
!3!'$!%&!'!V*
I6F456163,812 3456 D#55&!';&!53!'5');;5(<(!'(%<5'
5!(!'*S;'3!'!!#)'!;!&'5))!5!#'3!
&)@!(!'<(!'(%<''E*
T1325 6 314,525634616362,1 646-8
0 ,,84,, W#!!';'3&'!*X))3'(!!&)&3!'5&!
5!$!5< !!5(!!'*Q&!;#!!5(!5&
''*
\ -184,, W#!!';'3&'!*R'!#!!'%!(!'<(!')'!<!3!
';!5'!*X))3'(!!&)&3!'5&!5!$!5< !!5
(!!'*Q&!;#!!5(!5&''*!Y!!
A!Z;'!3!'$!%;'35A!Z[;'(!5&*
`!YaZ?UUU?bcA?ddef@ggd?ddefEhaZ?gij?bcA?dded@ggd?ddedE ]^_
(((*"3"'!$!'#!*3(((*"5')*3(((*$3'*3
opqrstuvwxyzx{|xyzx}|x~xsvx}
012345689 6 466 351
C12 34565 1 6 46
C53123411 1 BD+#) #//%)/%.#/.%') ,#/%).19.#.E+/(. #:'..#5.1) #6=2
42156161 B!"#$%&!# $#'()&!#'*)+,$#-.#/%)*-.$##%.'#0*.%.#*'#(.%,#'#
522 3456 4161 * $,.$"#')%.$# $#/%)1.''.$2##3)%&.%'#'*)+,$#0'*#* $'# $#41.#-.4)%.#.!"
$%&!# $#'()&!2##5..#,')#5.1) #6#4)%#$$) ,#4)%() #) #*7!. .#
(.'+%.'2
56 434565 1351 B5)%.##11)%$ 1.#0*#,)1,#%.!+,) '2##5)%.##)%!,#1) .%#/%).1.$#4%)(#
462 466 $%.1#'+ ,!*###$%7"#1)),# $#0.,,89. ,.$#%."#07#4%)(#1)(/-,.#(.%,'#
4625 3444341 :'..#5.1) #;<=# $#4))$# $#$%&2##>../#1) .%#!*,7#1,)'.$# $#'.,.$#+ ,#
%.$7#4)%#+'.2##?) .%'#*#*9.#-.. #)/. .$#(+'#-.#1%.4+,,7#%.'.,.$# $#&./#
+/%!*#)#/%.9. #,.&!.2##@)#)#')%.##+ ,-.,.$#1) .%'2##A'.#//%)/%.#
1) (. #)#9)$#. 9%) (. ,#1) () 2
0123456_9[`5125635O156 53123456
5635 131
Z22 3456 1`51443
H61 41636 1 [`51443
F () 7"#$,&7,#$*)1%-(. GHIJKLM6431 0331NOPQRST9
##U3FV#<2W#(!X(Y"#:'#5-=#6#*)+%'2
Z0 C[JLM6431 0331POPQRST9
##U3FV#<2W#(!X(Y"#:'#5-=#6#*)+%'2
\HZ0 ][JLM6431 0331ÔPQRST9
##U3FV#<2W#(!X(Y"#:'#5-=#;<#*)+%'2
543116461146 Bd))$#!. .%,#9. ,) #'*)+,$#-.#'+441. #)#1) %),#0)%&.%#.a/)'+%.#)#%-)%.#
25635 1) ( '2
[6456163 1`51 B('') '#4%)(#9. ,) #)%#0)%&#/%)1.''#.E+/(. #'*)+,$#-.#1*.1&.$#)#. '+%.#
25635 *.7#1)(/,7#0*#*.#%.E+%.(. '#)4#. 9%) (. ,#/%).1) #,.!',) 2
H6 44 531234561 1
41611 1 B3'*#* $'"#4)%.%('# $#41.#*)%)+!*,7#4.%#* $,!#1*.(1,#/%)$+1'"#-.4)%.#
.!"#'()&!# $#+'!#*.#,9)%7# $##*.#. $#)4#*.#0)%&!#/.%)$2
F//%)/%.#.1* E+.'#'*)+,$#-.#+'.$#)#%.()9.#/). ,,7#1) (.$#1,)*!2
3'*#1) (.$#1,)*!#-.4)%.#%.+'!2## '+%.#*#.7.0'*#') '# $#'4.7#
'*)0.%'#%.#1,)'.#)#*.#0)%&') #,)1) 2
[1O2153123456 B54.7#.7.0.%#1)(/,7!#0*# #//%)9.$#' $%$#'*)+,$#-.#+'.$#0*. ##%'&#
''.''(. #$1.'#*'#'#.1.''%7#)#9)$#.a/)'+%.#)#,E+$#'/,'*.'"#(''"
!'.'#)%#$+''2##b4#1) 1#'#/)''-,."#*.#4),,)0!#/%).1) #'*)+,$#-.#0)%"#+ ,.''#
*.#''.''(. #$1.'##*!*.%#$.!%..#)4#/%).1) V##'4.7#!,''.'#0*#'$.8
'*.,$'2
0e4653123456
6 53123456 B?*.(1,8%.'' "#(/.%9)+'#!,)9.'#1)(/,7!#0*# #//%)9.$#' $%$#'*)+,$#-.#
0)%##,,#(.'#0*. #* $,!#1*.(1,#/%)$+1'#4##%'&#''.''(. #$1.'#*'#'#
.1.''%72
c5 53123456 BD.%') ,#/%).19.#.E+/(. #4)%#*.#-)$7#'*)+,$#-.#'.,.1.$#-'.$#) #*.#'&#-.!#
/.%4)%(.$# $#*.#%'&'#9),9.$# $#'*)+,$#-.#//%)9.$#-7##'/.1,'#-.4)%.#
* $,!#*'#/%)$+12
Z31e4653123456 BF//%)/%.#4))0.%# $# 7#$$) ,#'&#/%).1) #(.'+%.'#'*)+,$#-.#'.,.1.$#
-'.$#) #*.#'&#-.!#/.%4)%(.$# $#*.#%'&'#9),9.$# $#'*)+,$#-.#//%)9.$#-7##
'/.1,'#-.4)%.#* $,!#*'#/%)$+12
U.,#V#i;86668dj58kklm#:nnk8kklm=#X#i;8nW<8dj58kklk#:nnk8kklk= fgh
0002&(&%.!'.%91.'21)(####0002'&$%,+121)(###0002!*''(%21)(
qrstuvwxyz{|z}~z{|z~zzuxz
012345689 5 12563515653123456
01 435153123456 2 !"#"$%&'(%) %
*$%% "(%"+,"%$#-- %
*%'%%" .#)!((/( #"% ('*%&
$(" +
012345639451 42662517425 1341
M 1621
451 42331 2=+>=$?+@
L55 2K*&-"*+
I65 2H#$+
I65351 556 2A)-+
J 2A)-+
8134695463 2A)-+
[544695463 2A)-+
O 55463 2P%"#FQRBS+SSTUVQSBBTWX>U)% +@
; 5345631 2A)-+
O77<4431\546]9 ^ 2A)-+
_5Z166 11 5 4;1 2A)-+
\Y77<1^4743
: 51 1 2A)-+
: 5616 431 2A)-+
0134;1616 431 2B+CB+CD
05<4431 2E%#-%('%&$F"'% ('+
=#-%("G$")%+
4343456251YY42416326N 2A)-+
52365Z31
M35N49643456317 131 2A)-+
`1257 5 43456317 131 2A)-+
:425 431 2A)-+
:534431 2A)-+
0123456ab903<4431661234;431
01234;431 2A"" "))-( #"%& %+
L517423<4431 2d( #"-+
45 4<44315Y5c65 2% %$"% %&% #!(/#"%'%""#+
123456
L56643456 35;546 2 A""+
e6257 34<17314 2,")%"$-'(('%&$F./%&$+
Jc65 61257 5 43456 2% %$"% %&% #!(/#"$% #"(#
5623 %- #" +
dFiD?jjj?kl=?mmnCVSSm?mmnCXoiD?SpB?kl=?mmnmVSSm?mmnmX fgh
'''+*$*&)"+"$'''+*#"+"$'''+&($+"$
_àbcdefghijhklhijhmlhnhcfhm
01234568895 4255 424653456
6534565635 4255 421123
23135 4243
52346 1416361 13 01241 51 51
I1,0/&13F+-025>35+-0,40&.2):2/2,* JGKL+G*)/25 C2::0, MNLLL+/<O>< P
JGKL+E)25 C2, MNQLL+/<O>< P
43345655456
R4*)*+0'+1&+-2,2+2S2052:5*7
0164343456
R4*)*+0'+1&+-2,2+2S2052:5*7
2465 164243
R4*)*+0'+1&+-2,2+2S2052:5*7
0124423135635 4243A46 11 51B
R4*)*+0'+1&+-2,2+2S2052:5*7
0124423135635 4243A11311 51B
R4*)*+0'+1&+-2,2+2S2052:5*7
43456
R4*)*+0'+1&+-2,2+2S2052:5*7
65345656314!1 "C&(,*'+&9+*1,)3+21,0.0%2,*-D++E)25F+G*)/257
53151 51
531634231131123
1256323 "=&+>1&;1+'0<1090.21,+*99*.,'+&)+.)0,0.25+4262)-'7
6 3456 "#$%&'()*+,&+-*.&/%&'0,0&1+%)&-(.,'+/23+.2('*+2+4*25,4+4262)-7++8*)0&('+*99*.,'+/23+
:*+-*523*-+9&55&;01<+*$%&'()*7
0!46256323 "=&+>1&;1+'0<1090.21,+*99*.,'+&)+.)0,0.25+4262)-'7
6 13456 "=&+>1&;1+'0<1090.21,+*99*.,'+&)+.)0,0.25+4262)-'7
0351313531 42@2 142635 4255 422 2314342
1256323 "=&+>1&;1+'0<1090.21,+*99*.,'+&)+.)0,0.25+4262)-'7
6 3456 "=&+>1&;1+'0<1090.21,+*99*.,'+&)+.)0,0.25+4262)-'7
0!46256323 "=&+>1&;1+'0<1090.21,+*99*.,'+&)+.)0,0.25+4262)-'7
6 13456 "=&+>1&;1+'0<1090.21,+*99*.,'+&)+.)0,0.25+4262)-'7
116414311123652 564211235 53656 311 51
0 53311 51
53163441431 "=&+>1&;1+'0<1090.21,+*99*.,'+&)+.)0,0.25+4262)-'7
1123
531634111123 "=&+>1&;1+'0<1090.21,+*99*.,'+&)+.)0,0.25+4262)-'7
H56 311 51
53163441431 "=&+>1&;1+'0<1090.21,+*99*.,'+&)+.)0,0.25+4262)-'7
1123
531634111123 "=&+>1&;1+'0<1090.21,+*99*.,'+&)+.)0,0.25+4262)-'7
5316342 5642131123
?161 "=&+>1&;1+'0<1090.21,+*99*.,'+&)+.)0,0.25+4262)-'7
R*5+D+WMPXXXPYZ8P[[N\+]QQ[P[[N\^+O+WMPQKLPYZ8P[[N[+]QQ[P[[N[^ TUV
;;;7>/>)*<'*)S0.*'7.&/++++;;;72'>-)5(.7.&/+++;;;7<4''/2),7.&/
ghijklmnopqrpstpqrputpvpknpu
01234568895 4255 424653456
&2465 164243' (!"#$%
)*3 164243' (!"#$%
135 164243' (!"#$%
+1,15-1631123. (!"#$%
/13443'1123. (!"#$%
0*1421.*1.535 4243'
12*3135 4243'1.3431.
2"$3!4!%
01234568596255 424653456
5 4243'
2"$3!4!%
;1.4.316216::1 :<443'
2"$3!4!%
74522**34,1-531634
2"$3!4!%
)5<443'46.54
054=>31-343456 (3!4!%
251424163?@8&A
8391:,1.11123. (!"#$%
01234568B9+4.-5.256.4:13456.
+4.-5.1395:. (2""C!$43$$DD#$"3E4!%FE!
"E$CG!C$H4HIE$C"C!$DE!H""JCD
3D!E$$E!!!$H!!!C"H
JCD%FECE!C$IH!4!E$C3!$
$E!%K"C!$4$E$C$"C!
C!!HDE!""JCD!!C""LC$%K
E"C!$4H!$%M!$!!"C!$!H4$$"
H!4!%2"D!$DC4$E$
H%NDEH!DHDE$C$C%O3$$E!
E!!$D!$C$"!GHG$$%
01234568P96.-534653456
+8 &..4423456 Q)+R Q1 1
S06*<1 C!$% C!$% C!$%
S0-5-1 I I I
.94--46 61
2!WXYIZZZI[\]I^^_àbbÎ^^_`cdXYIbefI[\]I^^_âbbÎ^^_^c TUV
%D3%D%$!C%D%"D%D
qrstuvwxyz{|z}~z{|z~zzuxz
012345689 653465 3456
653
21
2465
6456163 !" !" !"

43456
465 3456
#$ % !&'())*+,(-*."
012412 345651 = 653;43461<141='(*>(?@'&A(B@)!A&'+B',*!@.C',!B&(+B.A@'&D(&'(A.'
E)A+FD&'(BC'@.,EA."''GB@EA.'&D(&').A@!B@'&A(B@)!A&+BF'&D.')A!CE,&'HB!>'>D(&'&!'C!'+B'
&D.'.I.B&'!J'(B'(,,+C.B&'!A'@)+**(F."
65346/22546 = !&'(I(+*(-*."
3566101152#34
5675863119::51
01234568K#135L465 3456
M0N11 13456 = 0:8:]#0137 341013456Q'!&'C.&.AT+B.C
M64310331461635L0:8/Q'W**',!T)!B.B&@'(A.'*+@&.C'!A'.^.T)&.C"
:1 6O 3123:O6P5Q'R+B,'-+@SC+).B&?*C+&D+!,(A-(T(&.UV'WB&+T!B?X'C+(*H?*'
C+&D+!,(A-(T(&.
:1 6423012345688Y =[+@&.C
/Z 54
5363Z
:1 64230123456\PY = !&'*+@&.C
:10/3621
:1 64230123456\PY = !&'*+@&.C
:110/3621
]4431:142 = !&'*+@&.C
125:142
]44311:142 = !&'*+@&.C
1634:142
0#6PY76P9
:55434567465 3456564614163
!')A!CE,&@'>.A.'J!EBC"
0#6P9#_ = !&'())*+,(-*."
0#688768Y
:442 3456 = !&'())*+,(-*."
0#686
c.*'Q'defffghijjkl'SmmjjjklU'n'demopghijjkj'SmmjjjkjU àb
>>>"HTHA.F@.AI+,.@",!T''''>>>"(@HCA*E,",!T'''>>>"FD@@T(A&",!T
yz{|}~}
0123456891 354653456
354 2361 5606 71 8
H5I1J5346 :",@&$A,&"$%-$ $" =BCDEFGBFG =FB
1K 411630
0 JJ416534423456 :",@&$A,&"$%-$ $" =BCDEFGBFG =FB
9:;:<=<"$"# )#""-&"$&% "9>9$&$,!,$&%&#"%-)""9>9#$)&
!,$&%&#"%-)"""$""$&"!#"9>9#)-#?)",%&#"%-)"&.
03311 34560
/0021 01330 2 !"#$%#"&'($")%$%$!"*+,-&) &#)!&
M1NO5P 2(" !"#$%#"&.
M1NQ101 2 !"#$%#"&'>#"$"#R!"%) S@,&%"%$"&"
$!"*>#"$"#R!"%) S@,&%"%$"&$T,$!"
31660U64 2 !"#$%#"&':) ) @-V$"W=XF=CF$"",$&#,&%Y,
!Y#*:" ,@&$A,&"$%-$ $"*($")%$%$!"
5456435JL9
(!%&)"#%)&.
01234568LZ3114653456
[4035
k315400 1l44l 2E<f=BfGE=B
m10456 2=
1U40140123456s0t 2("$!!$-.
31J147 2 n+n;)$"%,9%T#d.
\135771U434560 2:]^:)"Y",]#" $"
_W`^_"%$"`$"%
ab9â-$,b$% V&9,#" W$##$"$&c$-W $#
d::^d"%$"$:%%$#!%":##$"
d_W^d"% &$"_)AW"$%
d+>a^d"%$"$+$%" >$%)#a&#
ce^$%" ""$f$"%!$%"""
+:;egch<fhC^d"%$"$WT"%"e%T"e)"`% 9!#@
=Dh<$# &&-,"e%"=DhC.Ri+$%!i^ $%!)"S
j(^j"&($"#
M5342135141
o5311710355 P65N14 1p311465345625634614111464022 31[5N1U1p61431131175U1I6140 JJ41p6565430
0 70444410p00 10647443N13051U1531122 2525J1316100531146534562563461411146
H46413146345650 437443563144031105110J5604744353110163140J101636P65N61q4064015 471
014N4312 34566315 1213461q4014102471411146pN126653 6311313311011311561q403131r403
'w=FCCCFab9FhhXDRxxhFhhXDSfw=FxBEFab9FhhXhRxxhFhhXhS uvu
.A A%#%T#. .$#A&%). .## $%".
SAFETY DATA SHEET
According to Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006 (REACH) Article 31, Annex II as amended.

Product name: Rivolta F.L.G. GT-2
Identified uses: Lubricating grease

Uses advised against: No uses advised against identified.
Manufacturer / Supplier Bremer & Leguil GmbH

Am Burgacker 30 - 42
47051 Duisburg
info@bremer-leguil.de
www.bremer-leguil.de
Telephone: +49 (0)203 / 9923-0

Fax: +49 (0)203 / 25901
Contact Person: Bremer & Leguil GmbH - Product Safety Management

E-mail: product-safety-management@bremer-leguil.de
1.4 Emergency telephone number: +49 (0) 6131 / 19240 (Giftinformationszentrum Mainz)
The product has been classified and labelled as hazardous according to regulation (EU) 1272/2008 (CLP).
Classification according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 as amended.

Health Hazards
Serious eye irritation Category 2 H319: Causes serious eye irritation.
Hazard summary
Physical Hazards: No data available.
2.2 Label Elements
Issue Date: 16.02.2015

Revision Date: 15.06.2016 Version: 4.0
Print date: 15.06.2016
SDS_DE - EN - 000000000600663025 1/10
Signal Words: Warning
Hazard Statement(s): H319: Causes serious eye irritation.
Precautionary Statement
Prevention: P280: Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face

protection.
Response: P305+P351+P338: IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several

minutes. Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue
rinsing.
P337+P313: If eye irritation persists: Get medical advice/attention.
2.3 Other hazards: By handling of mineral oil products and chemical products no particular
hazard is known when normal precautions (item 7) and personal protective
equipment (item 8) are kept. The product may not be released into the
environment without control.
3.2 Mixtures
General information: Lubricating grease: Thickener system and additives in synthetic base oil.
Chemical name Identifier Concentration * REACH Registration Notes

No.
Ca-Sulfonate EINECS: 271-529-4 1,00 - <5,00%
Calcium EINECS: 247-557-8 1,00 - <3,00%
dodecylbenzenesulphonate
Amine aromatic , alkylated Confidential 1,00 - <5,00% Confidential
Ca Sulphonate EINECS: 263-093-9 1,00 - <5,00%
Ca Sulfonate EINECS: 274-263-7 1,00 - <5,00% 01-2119492616-28
* All concentrations are percent by weight unless ingredient is a gas. Gas concentrations are in percent by volume.
PBT: persistent, bioaccumulative and toxic substance.
vPvB: very persistent and very bioaccumulative substance.

SDS_DE - EN - 000000000600663025 2/10
Classification
Chemical name Identifier Classification

Ca-Sulfonate EINECS: 271-529-4 CLP: Eye Irrit. 2;H319
Calcium EINECS: 247-557-8 CLP: Skin Irrit. 2;H315, Eye Dam. 1;H318
dodecylbenzenesulphonate
Amine aromatic , alkylated Confidential CLP: Aquatic Chronic 3;H412
Ca Sulphonate EINECS: 263-093-9 CLP: Skin Sens. 1;H317
Ca Sulfonate EINECS: 274-263-7 CLP: Eye Irrit. 2;H319
CLP: Regulation No. 1272/2008.
For the wording of the listed risk phrases refer to section 16.
General: Instantly remove any clothing soiled by the product.

Inhalation: Supply fresh air; consult doctor in case of symptoms.
Eye contact: Immediately flush with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. If easy to do,
remove contact lenses. Get medical attention.
Skin Contact: Wash with soap and water.
Ingestion: Rinse mouth thoroughly.
4.2 Most important symptoms Causes serious eye irritation.

and effects, both acute and
delayed:
4.3 Indication of any immediate Get medical attention if symptoms occur.

medical attention and
special treatment needed

Suitable extinguishing CO2, fire extinguishing powder or fog like water spraying. Extinguish larger
media: fires with alcohol resistant foam or spray water with suitable surfactant
added
Unsuitable extinguishing Water with a full water jet.

media:
5.2 Special hazards arising During fire, gases hazardous to health may be formed.
from the substance or
mixture:

SDS_DE - EN - 000000000600663025 3/10
Special fire fighting Move container from fire area if it can be done without risk. Dispose of fire
procedures: debris and contaminated fire fighting water inaccordance with official
regulations. Collect contaminated fire fighting water separately. It must not
enter drains.
Special protective Self-contained breathing apparatus and full protective clothing must be
equipment for fire-fighters: worn in case of fire.
6.1 Personal precautions, Not required.

protective equipment and
emergency procedures:
6.2 Environmental Precautions: Avoid release to the environment. Environmental manager must be
informed of all major spillages. Prevent further leakage or spillage if safe to
do so. Do not allow to enter drainage system, surface or ground water.
6.3 Methods and material for Scrape up spillage or absorb with absorbing material. Dispose of the
containment and cleaning material collected according to regulations. Stop the flow of material, if this
up: is without risk.
6.4 Reference to other See Section 8 of the SDS for Personal Protective Equipment. See Section
sections: 7 for information on safe handling See Section 13 for information on
disposal.
Dike for later disposal. Prevent entry into waterways, sewer, basements or
confined areas. Stop the flow of material, if this is without risk.
SECTION 7: Handling and storage:
7.1 Precautions for safe Avoid contact with eyes. Wash hands thoroughly after handling. Do not eat,
handling: drink or smoke when working with the product. Take usual precautions
when handling mineral oil products or chemical products.
7.2 Conditions for safe storage, Local regulations concerning handling and storage of waterpolluting
including any products have to be followed.
incompatibilities:
7.3 Specific end use(s): not applicable
Storage Class: 11, Combustible solids
8.1 Control Parameters

Occupational Exposure Limits
None of the components have assigned exposure limits.

SDS_DE - EN - 000000000600663025 4/10
Appropriate engineering Provide adequate ventilation. Ventilation rates should be matched to
controls: conditions. If applicable, use process enclosures, local exhaust ventilation,
or other engineering controls to maintain airborne levels below
recommended exposure limits. If exposure limits have not been
established, maintain airborne levels to an acceptable level.
Individual protection measures, such as personal protective equipment
General information: Wash hands before breaks and after work. Use personal protective
equipment as required. Personal protection equipment should be chosen
according to the CEN standards and in discussion with the supplier of the
personal protective equipment. The usual precautionary measures should
be adhered to inhandling the chemicals or the mineral oil products.
Eye/face protection: Wear eye protection/face protection.
Skin protection
Hand Protection: Material: Nitrile butyl rubber (NBR).
Min. Breakthrough time: >= 480 min
Recommended thickness of the material: >= 0,38 mm
Avoid long-term and repeated skin contact. Suitable gloves can be

recommended by the glove supplier. Use skin protection cream for
preventive skin protection. Protective gloves, where permitted in acc. to
safety directions. The exact break through time has to be found out by the
manufacturer of the protective gloves and has to be observed.
Other: Do not carry cleaning cloths impregnated with the product in trouser
pockets. Wear suitable protective clothing.
Respiratory Protection: Not relevant, due to the form of the product.
Thermal hazards: Not known.
Hygiene measures: Always observe good personal hygiene measures, such as washing after
handling the material and before eating, drinking, and/or smoking. Routinely
wash work clothing to remove contaminants. Discard contaminated
footwear that cannot be cleaned.
Environmental Controls: No data available.

Appearance
Physical state: solid
Form: Paste
Color: Light brown
Odor: Odorless
Odor Threshold: Not applicable for mixtures
pH: not applicable
Melting Point: 318 °C
Boiling Point: Value not relevant for classification

SDS_DE - EN - 000000000600663025 5/10
Flash Point: > 180 °C (DIN EN ISO 2592)

Evaporation Rate: Not applicable for mixtures
Flammability (solid, gas): Value not relevant for classification
Flammability Limit - Upper (%)–: Not applicable for mixtures
Flammability Limit - Lower (%)–: Not applicable for mixtures
Vapor pressure: Not applicable for mixtures
Vapor density (air=1): Not applicable for mixtures
Density: 0,95 g/cm3 (15 °C) (DIN 51757)
Solubility(ies)
Solubility in Water: The product is insoluble in water.
Solubility (other): No data available.
Partition coefficient (n-octanol/water): Not applicable for mixtures
Autoignition Temperature: Value not relevant for classification
Decomposition Temperature: Value not relevant for classification
NLGI: 2
Explosive properties: Value not relevant for classification
Oxidizing properties: Value not relevant for classification
9.2 Other information No data available.
10.1 Reactivity: Stable under normal temperature conditions and recommended use. Stable
under normal use conditions.
10.2 Chemical Stability: Stable under normal use conditions.
10.3 Possibility of hazardous None under normal conditions. Stable under normal use conditions.
reactions:
10.4 Conditions to avoid: Avoid heat or contamination. Stable under normal use conditions.
10.5 Incompatible Materials: Strong oxidizing substances. Strong acids. Strong bases. Strong oxidizing
substances. Strong acids. Strong bases.
10.6 Hazardous Decomposition Thermal decomposition or combustion may liberate carbon oxides and
Products: other toxic gases or vapors. Thermal decomposition or combustion may
liberate carbon oxides and other toxic gases or vapors.
Information on likely routes of exposure

Inhalation: No data available.
Ingestion: No data available.
Skin Contact: No data available.
Eye contact: Causes eye irritation.

SDS_DE - EN - 000000000600663025 6/10
Acute toxicity
Oral
Product:
Not classified for acute toxicity based on available data.
Specified substance(s)
Amine aromatic , LD 50 (Rat): > 2.001 mg/kg (OECD 401)
alkylated
Ca Sulphonate LD 50 (Rat): > 5.001 mg/kg (OECD 401)
Ca Sulfonate LD 50 (Rat): > 5.001 mg/kg (OECD 401)
Dermal
Product:
Amine aromatic , LD 50 (Rat): > 2.001 mg/kg
alkylated
Ca Sulfonate LD 50 (Rat): > 2.001 mg/kg (OECD 402)
Inhalation
Product:
Skin Corrosion/Irritation:
Product: Based on available data, the classification criteria are not met.
Amine aromatic , OECD 404 (Rabbit):
alkylated Not irritant.
Serious Eye Damage/Eye Irritation:

Product: Based on available data, the classification criteria are met.
Amine aromatic , OECD 405 (Rabbit):
alkylated Not irritant.
Respiratory or Skin Sensitization:

Product: Skin sensitizer: Based on available data, the classification criteria are not
met.
Respiratory sensitizer: Based on available data, the classification criteria
are not met.
Amine aromatic ,
alkylated No sensitizing effect (guinea pig); OECD 406
Germ Cell Mutagenicity

Carcinogenicity

SDS_DE - EN - 000000000600663025 7/10
Reproductive toxicity
Specific Target Organ Toxicity - Single Exposure

Specific Target Organ Toxicity - Repeated Exposure

Aspiration Hazard
Other Adverse Effects: No data available.
12.1 Toxicity
Acute toxicity
Fish
Amine aromatic , LC 50 (Fish, 96 h): > 71 mg/l
alkylated
Ca Sulphonate LC 50 (Fish, 96 h): > 10.001 mg/l (OECD 203)
Aquatic Invertebrates
Amine aromatic , EC 50 (Water Flea, 48 h): 51 mg/l
alkylated
Chronic ToxicityProduct: Based on available data, the classification criteria are not met.
12.2 Persistence and Degradability
Biodegradation
Product: Not applicable for mixtures
12.3 Bioaccumulative Potential

12.4 Mobility in Soil:

12.5 Results of PBT and vPvB The product does not contain any substances fulfilling the PBT/vPvB criteria.
assessment:
12.6 Other Adverse Effects: No data available.
Water Hazard Class WGK 1: slightly water-endangering.

SDS_DE - EN - 000000000600663025 8/10
(WGK):
General information: Dispose in accordance with all applicable regulations.
Disposal methods: Do not empty into drains; dispose of this material and its container in a safe
way. When storing used products, ensure that the waste categories and
mixing instructions are observed.
European Waste Codes

12 01 12*: spent waxes and fats
ADR/RID
14.1 UN Number: –
14.2 UN Proper Shipping Name: –
14.3 Transport Hazard Class(es)
Class: Non-dangerous goods
Label(s): –
Hazard No. (ADR): –
Tunnel restriction code: –
14.4 Packing Group: –
14.5 Environmental hazards: –
14.6 Special precautions for user: –
IMDG
14.1 UN Number: –
14.2 UN Proper Shipping Name: –
14.3 Transport Hazard Class(es)
Label(s): –
EmS No.: –
IATA
14.1 UN Number: –
14.2 Proper Shipping Name: –
14.3 Transport Hazard Class(es):
Label(s): –
14.7 Transport in bulk according to Annex II of MARPOL73/78 and the IBC Code: not applicable.

SDS_DE - EN - 000000000600663025 9/10
15.1 Safety, health and environmental regulations/legislation specific for the substance or mixture:
EU Regulations
Regulation (EC) No. 2037/2000 Substances that deplete the ozone layer: none
Regulation (EC) No. 850/2004 on persistent organic pollutants: none
National Regulations
Water Hazard Class WGK 1: slightly water-endangering.

(WGK):
15.2 Chemical safety No Chemical Safety Assessment has been carried out.
assessment:
Revision Information: Vertical lines in the margin indicate an amendment.
Wording of the H-statements in section 2 and 3

H315 Causes skin irritation.
H317 May cause an allergic skin reaction.
H318 Causes serious eye damage.
H319 Causes serious eye irritation.
H412 Harmful to aquatic life with long lasting effects.
Other information: The classification is in line with current EC lists. It is expanded, however, by
information from technical literature and by information furnished by supplier
companies. The classification results from the Conventional Method
mentioned in regulation EU 1272/2008 (CLP).
Revision Date: 15.06.2016

Disclaimer: The data contained in this safety data sheet are based on our current
knowledge and experience and are given to the best of our knowledge and
belief. It characterizes the product only with regard to safety requirements for
handling, transport and disposal. The data do not describe the product's
properties (tech. product specification). Neither should any agreed property
nor the suitability of the product for any specific technical application be
deduced from the data contained in this safety data sheet. Modifications on
this document are not allowed. The data are not transferable to other
products. In the case of mixing the product with other products or in the case
of processing, the data in this safety data sheet are not necessarily valid for
the new-made material. It is the responsibility of the recipient of the product to
observe federal, state and local law. Please contact us to obtain up-to-date
safety data sheets. This document was issued electronically and has no
signature.

SDS_DE - EN - 000000000600663025 10/10
SAFETY DATA SHEET
Section 1. Identification
Product name Hyspin AWS 22
SDS # 456614
Historic SDS #: 12059
Code 456614-US03
Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against
Product use Hydraulic fluid.
For specific application advice see appropriate Technical Data Sheet or consult our
company representative.
Supplier Castrol Industrial North America, Inc.

150 W. Warrenville Road
Naperville, IL 60563
Product Information: +1-877-641-1600
BP Lubricants USA Inc.

1500 Valley Road
Wayne, NJ 07470
Telephone: (973) 633-2200
EMERGENCY SPILL 1 (800) 424-9300 CHEMTREC (USA)
INFORMATION:
Section 2. Hazards identification

OSHA/HCS status This material is not considered hazardous by the OSHA Hazard Communication
Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).
Classification of the Not classified.
GHS label elements

Signal word No signal word.
Hazard statements No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Precautionary statements
Prevention Not applicable.
Response Not applicable.
Storage Not applicable.
Disposal Not applicable.
Hazards not otherwise Defatting to the skin.
classified Note: High Pressure Applications
constitute a major medical emergency.

(US) (ENGLISH)
Section 3. Composition/information on ingredients
Highly refined base oil (IP 346 DMSO extract < 3%). Proprietary performance additives.
Ingredient name CAS number %

Distillates (petroleum), hydrotreated heavy paraffinic 64742-54-7 ≥90
Base oil - highly refined Varies - See Key to ≤3
abbreviations
Any concentration shown as a range is to protect confidentiality or is due to batch variation.
There are no additional ingredients present which, within the current knowledge of the supplier and in the
concentrations applicable, are classified as hazardous to health and hence require reporting in this section.
Occupational exposure limits, if available, are listed in Section 8.
Section 4. First aid measures

Description of necessary first aid measures
Eye contact In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes.
Eyelids should be held away from the eyeball to ensure thorough rinsing. Check for and
remove any contact lenses. Get medical attention.
Skin contact Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water or use recognized skin cleanser. Remove
contaminated clothing and shoes. Wash clothing before reuse. Clean shoes thoroughly
before reuse. Get medical attention if symptoms occur.
Inhalation If inhaled, remove to fresh air. Get medical attention if symptoms occur.
Ingestion Do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Get medical
attention if symptoms occur.
Most important symptoms/effects, acute and delayed

Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed, if necessary


constitute a major medical emergency. Injuries may not appear serious at first but within
a few hours tissue becomes swollen, discolored and extremely painful with extensive
subcutaneous necrosis.
Surgical exploration should be undertaken without delay. Thorough and extensive
debridement of the wound and underlying tissue is necessary to minimize tissue loss and
prevent or limit permanent damage. Note that high pressure may force the product
considerable distances along tissue planes.
Specific treatments No specific treatment.

Extinguishing media
Suitable extinguishing In case of fire, use foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide extinguisher or spray.
media
media
Specific hazards arising In a fire or if heated, a pressure increase will occur and the container may burst.
from the chemical

(US) (ENGLISH)
Special protective actions Promptly isolate the scene by removing all persons from the vicinity of the incident if
for fire-fighters there is a fire. No action shall be taken involving any personal risk or without suitable
training.
Special protective Fire-fighters should wear positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)
equipment for fire-fighters and full turnout gear.
Section 6. Accidental release measures

Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
For non-emergency No action shall be taken involving any personal risk or without suitable training.
personnel Evacuate surrounding areas. Keep unnecessary and unprotected personnel from
entering. Do not touch or walk through spilled material. Put on appropriate personal
protective equipment. Floors may be slippery; use care to avoid falling.
For emergency responders If specialized clothing is required to deal with the spillage, take note of any information in
Environmental precautions Avoid dispersal of spilled material and runoff and contact with soil, waterways, drains
and sewers. Inform the relevant authorities if the product has caused environmental
pollution (sewers, waterways, soil or air).
Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up

Small spill Stop leak if without risk. Move containers from spill area. Absorb with an inert material
and place in an appropriate waste disposal container. Dispose of via a licensed waste
disposal contractor.
Large spill Stop leak if without risk. Move containers from spill area. Prevent entry into sewers,
water courses, basements or confined areas. Contain and collect spillage with non-
combustible, absorbent material e.g. sand, earth, vermiculite or diatomaceous earth and
place in container for disposal according to local regulations. Dispose of via a licensed
waste disposal contractor.
Section 7. Handling and storage

Precautions for safe handling
Protective measures Put on appropriate personal protective equipment (see Section 8).
Advice on general Eating, drinking and smoking should be prohibited in areas where this material is
occupational hygiene handled, stored and processed. Wash thoroughly after handling. Remove contaminated
clothing and protective equipment before entering eating areas. See also Section 8 for
additional information on hygiene measures.
Conditions for safe storage, Store in accordance with local regulations. Store in original container protected from
including any direct sunlight in a dry, cool and well-ventilated area, away from incompatible materials
incompatibilities (see Section 10) and food and drink. Keep container tightly closed and sealed until
ready for use. Store and use only in equipment/containers designed for use with this
product. Containers that have been opened must be carefully resealed and kept upright
to prevent leakage. Do not store in unlabeled containers. Use appropriate containment
to avoid environmental contamination.

Control parameters
Distillates (petroleum), hydrotreated heavy paraffinic ACGIH TLV (United States).
6/1993
Base oil - highly refined ACGIH TLV (United States).

(US) (ENGLISH)
6/1993
Appropriate engineering All activities involving chemicals should be assessed for their risks to health, to ensure
controls exposures are adequately controlled. Personal protective equipment should only be
considered after other forms of control measures (e.g. engineering controls) have been
suitably evaluated. Personal protective equipment should conform to appropriate
standards, be suitable for use, be kept in good condition and properly maintained.
Your supplier of personal protective equipment should be consulted for advice on
selection and appropriate standards. For further information contact your national
organisation for standards.
Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the relevant airborne
concentrations below their respective occupational exposure limits.
The final choice of protective equipment will depend upon a risk assessment. It is
important to ensure that all items of personal protective equipment are compatible.
controls comply with the requirements of environmental protection legislation. In some cases,
fume scrubbers, filters or engineering modifications to the process equipment will be
necessary to reduce emissions to acceptable levels.

Hygiene measures Wash hands, forearms and face thoroughly after handling chemical products, before
eating, smoking and using the lavatory and at the end of the working period.
Appropriate techniques should be used to remove potentially contaminated clothing.
Wash contaminated clothing before reusing. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety
showers are close to the workstation location.
Skin protection
Hand protection Wear protective gloves if prolonged or repeated contact is likely. Wear chemical
resistant gloves. Recommended: Nitrile gloves. The correct choice of protective gloves
depends upon the chemicals being handled, the conditions of work and use, and the
condition of the gloves (even the best chemically resistant glove will break down after
repeated chemical exposures). Most gloves provide only a short time of protection
before they must be discarded and replaced. Because specific work environments and
material handling practices vary, safety procedures should be developed for each
intended application. Gloves should therefore be chosen in consultation with the supplier/
manufacturer and with a full assessment of the working conditions.
Body protection Use of protective clothing is good industrial practice.
performed and the risks involved and should be approved by a specialist before handling
this product.
contamination that will not soak through to the skin. Overalls should be laundered on a
regular basis. When the risk of skin exposure is high (e.g. when cleaning up spillages or
if there is a risk of splashing) then chemical resistant aprons and/or impervious chemical
suits and boots will be required.
Other skin protection Appropriate footwear and any additional skin protection measures should be selected
based on the task being performed and the risks involved and should be approved by a
specialist before handling this product.
Respiratory protection In case of insufficient ventilation, wear suitable respiratory equipment.
The correct choice of respiratory protection depends upon the chemicals being handled,
the conditions of work and use, and the condition of the respiratory equipment. Safety
procedures should be developed for each intended application. Respiratory protection
equipment should therefore be chosen in consultation with the supplier/manufacturer
and with a full assessment of the working conditions.

(US) (ENGLISH)
Section 9. Physical and chemical properties
Appearance
Physical state Liquid.
Color Amber.
Odor Mild.
Odor threshold Not available.
pH Not available.
Melting point Not available.
Boiling point Not available.
Flash point Open cup: 205°C (401°F) [Cleveland.]
Pour point -27 °C
Flammability (solid, gas) Not applicable. Based on - Physical state
Lower and upper explosive Not available.
(flammable) limits
Vapor pressure Not available.
Vapor density Not available.
Density <1000 kg/m³ (<1 g/cm³) at 15.6°C
Solubility insoluble in water.
Partition coefficient: n- Not available.
octanol/water
Viscosity Kinematic: 22 mm2/s (22 cSt) at 40°C
Kinematic: 4.25 mm2/s (4.25 cSt) at 100°C
Aerosol product
Section 10. Stability and reactivity

Reactivity No specific test data available for this product. Refer to Conditions to avoid and
Incompatible materials for additional information.
Chemical stability The product is stable.
Possibility of hazardous Under normal conditions of storage and use, hazardous reactions will not occur.
reactions Under normal conditions of storage and use, hazardous polymerization will not occur.
Conditions to avoid Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame).
Incompatible materials Reactive or incompatible with the following materials: oxidizing materials.
Hazardous decomposition Under normal conditions of storage and use, hazardous decomposition products should
products not be produced.

Information on toxicological effects
Aspiration hazard
Name Result
Distillates (petroleum), hydrotreated heavy paraffinic ASPIRATION HAZARD - Category 1

routes of exposure

(US) (ENGLISH)
Inhalation Vapor inhalation under ambient conditions is not normally a problem due to low vapor
pressure.

Skin contact Adverse symptoms may include the following:
irritation
dryness
cracking
Short term exposure
effects
Long term exposure
effects
Teratogenicity No known significant effects or critical hazards.
Numerical measures of toxicity

Acute toxicity estimates
Not available.

Toxicity
No testing has been performed by the manufacturer.
Persistence and degradability

Not expected to be rapidly degradable.
Bioaccumulative potential
Mobility in soil

(US) (ENGLISH)
coefficient (KOC)
Mobility Spillages may penetrate the soil causing ground water contamination.
Other adverse effects No known significant effects or critical hazards.

Other ecological information Spills may form a film on water surfaces causing physical damage to organisms. Oxygen
transfer could also be impaired.
Section 13. Disposal considerations

Disposal methods The generation of waste should be avoided or minimized wherever possible. Significant
quantities of waste product residues should not be disposed of via the foul sewer but
processed in a suitable effluent treatment plant. Dispose of surplus and non-recyclable
products via a licensed waste disposal contractor. Disposal of this product, solutions
and any by-products should at all times comply with the requirements of environmental
protection and waste disposal legislation and any regional local authority requirements.
Waste packaging should be recycled. Incineration or landfill should only be considered
when recycling is not feasible. This material and its container must be disposed of in a
safe way. Empty containers or liners may retain some product residues. Avoid dispersal
of spilled material and runoff and contact with soil, waterways, drains and sewers.
Section 14. Transport information

DOT Classification TDG Classification IMDG IATA
UN number Not regulated. Not regulated. Not regulated. Not regulated.
UN proper - - - -
shipping name
Transport - - - -
hazard class(es)
Packing group - - - -
Environmental No. No. No. No.
hazards
Additional - - - -
information
Special precautions for user Not available.
Transport in bulk according Not available.

to Annex II of MARPOL and
the IBC Code

U.S. Federal regulations
(TSCA 8b)
SARA 302/304
Composition/information on ingredients
No products were found.
SARA 311/312
Classification Not applicable.

(US) (ENGLISH)
SARA 313
Form R - Reporting This product does not contain any hazardous ingredients at or above regulated
requirements thresholds.
Supplier notification This product does not contain any hazardous ingredients at or above regulated
thresholds.
State regulations
Massachusetts The following components are listed: OIL MIST, MINERAL; OIL MIST, MINERAL
New Jersey The following components are listed: MINERAL OIL (UNTREATED and MILDLY
TREATED); MINERAL OIL (UNTREATED and MILDLY TREATED)
Pennsylvania None of the components are listed.
California Prop. 65
Ingredient name Cancer Reproductive
Toluene No. Yes.
Ethyl acrylate Yes. No.
Benzene Yes. Yes.
Other regulations
China inventory (IECSC) All components are listed or exempted.
Japan inventory (ENCS) All components are listed or exempted.
(PICCS)
Taiwan Chemical All components are listed or exempted.
Substances Inventory
(TCSI)
REACH Status For the REACH status of this product please consult your company contact, as
identified in Section 1.

National Fire Protection Association (U.S.A.)
1 Flammability
Health 1 0 Instability/Reactivity
Special
History
Date of issue/Date of 09/01/2017.
revision
Prepared by Product Stewardship
Key to abbreviations ACGIH = American Conference of Industrial Hygienists
CAS Number = Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number
MARPOL = International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution From Ships, 1973 as
OEL = Occupational Exposure Limit
SDS = Safety Data Sheet

(US) (ENGLISH)
STEL = Short term exposure limit
UN = United Nations
UN Number = United Nations Number, a four digit number assigned by the United
Nations Committee of Experts on the Transport of Dangerous Goods.
Varies = may contain one or more of the following 101316-69-2, 101316-70-5,
101316-71-6, 101316-72-7, 64741-88-4, 64741-89-5, 64741-95-3, 64741-96-4,
64741-97-5, 64742-01-4, 64742-44-5, 64742-45-6, 64742-52-5, 64742-53-6, 64742-54-7,
64742-55-8, 64742-56-9, 64742-57-0, 64742-58-1, 64742-62-7, 64742-63-8, 64742-64-9,
64742-65-0, 64742-70-7, 72623-85-9, 72623-86-0, 72623-87-1, 74869-22-0, 90669-74-2
Notice to reader
All reasonably practicable steps have been taken to ensure this data sheet and the health, safety and environmental
information contained in it is accurate as of the date specified below. No warranty or representation, express or implied is
made as to the accuracy or completeness of the data and information in this data sheet.
product other than for the stated application or applications without seeking advice from BP Group.
It is the user’s obligation to evaluate and use this product safely and to comply with all applicable laws and regulations. The
BP Group shall not be responsible for any damage or injury resulting from use, other than the stated product use of the
material, from any failure to adhere to recommendations, or from any hazards inherent in the nature of the material.
Purchasers of the product for supply to a third party for use at work, have a duty to take all necessary steps to ensure that
any person handling or using the product is provided with the information in this sheet. Employers have a duty to tell
employees and others who may be affected of any hazards described in this sheet and of any precautions that should be
taken. You can contact the BP Group to ensure that this document is the most current available. Alteration of this
document is strictly prohibited.

(US) (ENGLISH)

L101 - Loading Arm Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

L101 - Loading Arm Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

L101 - Loading Arm Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Vendor / Subcontractor

Document Check Sheet TS Wm Gas Engineering

Cryogenic Ethylene Storage Tank

Equipment / Tag Number L101

For TGE use only

4 Noted (Not Reviewed By TGE)

Customer TGE Gas Engineering

Order number AU5566-39/01.PO01102819

Tag No. L 101

Manufacturer SVT GmbH

SVT works order number 926/71793

Product Liquid Etylene

Year of manufacturing 2019

Design changes reserved.

Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manual

The Safety Instructions Are Marked in this Manual as Follows

Description of the Workspace

Transportation Safety Devices

Marine Loading Arm Balance Adjustment

Long Term Storage Requirements and Recommendations

2.2. Marine Loading Arm Assembly

N2 Purging of Swivel Joints

Cool Down Procedure for Ethylene Marine Loading Arms

Normal Operation Procedure

Emergency Shutdown Procedure, Alarm Conditions

Mechanical Interlocking Device, MLA Type Arctic

Manual Jacking System

Hydraulic Cylinder Operation

7.3 ERC Ball Valves 6” (453884)

7.1 Manual Release Safety Device (MRSD)

Manual Release Safety Device (MRSD)

7.2 Cryogenic Emergency Release Coupling (ERC) 6” (457856)

7.3 ERC Ball Valves 6” (453884)

7.4 Cryogenic Emergency Release Coupling (ERC)

7.5 Ball Valves 3” (357945)

7.6 Ball Valve 1” (456752)

7.7 Ball Valve 2” (456739)

7.8 Ladder and Fall Protection System

7.9 Installation and Maintenance of Hydraulic Systems

Ventilation of the Hydraulic System

Ventilation of the ERC-Cylinder

Ventilation of the ERC-Ball Valve Cylinder (Product Line)

Typical Procedure for Tensioning Pantograph Wire Ropes on Marine Loading

Arms (MLAs) by SVT

Required Tools, Manpower and Equipment

Evaluate Wire Rope Slack as per the following Sketch

Re-tightening the Wire Ropes of the Drive System

Swivel Joint Type 30-244L/ 6” - 10”/ Cryogenic

Swivel Joint Cryogenic Type 30-244L / 3”

Handling of Seals and Sealing Surfaces

Seal Change at the Apex

Seal Change at the Trunnion

Structural Ball Bearings

Trunnion Bearings (Position B)

Insulating Flange, Swivel Joint Type, Cryogenic Type, 6”

(Stray Current Protector)

Insulating Flange, Flange Type, 3”

Cryogenic Type (Stray Current Protector)

Repair Instructions Painting